Home

HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 Version 6.0

1. Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Analog trunk Night service Analog trunks can be programmed for DISA access They can be used as normal analog trunks during the day and then switched over to DISA mode when the night answer function is activated Call data output DISA calls are specially marked in call data output System speed dialing The system speed dialing memory can be used via DISA Trunk The trunk is released each time you activate the service P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 29 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic 4 2 8 Intercept Conditions Implementing features see also Manager E Intercept Conditions Definition Intercept forwards incoming calls to another destination A call is intercepted if the original des tination is invalid or if limitations exist Users can specify the following as intercept destinations e PCAC e Stations e Hunt group e Announcement external announcement device If an intercept position or AC is configured in the system calls are routed
2. Figure 5 2 General LCR Flow e A system wide flag activates LCR via Manager T or HiPath 3000 Manager E e When LCR is activated the check is performed for every trunk seizure except when dialing a trunk code e If all the least expensive connection routes have been seized LCR automatically switches to defined more expensive routes The user can be signaled of this fact both visually and acoustically e Inthe case of outgoing calls on the ISDN network the dialed number continues to be dis played until the destination number information on the other party is received P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 5 11 feature05 fm Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing LCR Not for U S and the dial plan Once an account code is entered it applies to the entire connection setup to the digits dialed on the station without the trunk group code Model Specific Data Digits can be transmitted either individually or en bloc depending on the access method The allowed and denied lists are also used for LCR The toll restriction check then refers Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later No
3. 00000 eee eee eee 3 59 21 21 Deerinig a Callan ve uch oe ee kears eens Golo eas cei an le ye eee as 3 60 3 1 22 Station Number Configuration Using Manager T 200 00 3 61 3 1 23 ANI For Selected Countries Only 0 0002 eee 3 62 3 124 Rajet Calo cewiee cea su toes e086 A CORRE OE OS OSE EO ORE Ee Reh ee 4G 3 63 3 2 Features for General Outgoing Traffic 0002 cee ee 3 64 3 2 1 Dual Tone Multifrequency Transmission DTMF Temporary Signaling Method CHANGEOVER ta haa ad ot lew i tag moped th BA aS bee Cad dh oe Mom ead ne 3 64 3 2 2 Individual Lock Code 8 ira and oe aie x raed aaa eee aha bat wha a eee ee 3 66 3 2 3 System Telephone Lock Changeover 00 0 cee eee eee eee eee 3 68 3 2 4 Automatic COS Changeover after Timeout 0 0 00 eee eee 3 70 3 2 5 THOU 8s sos Gio ia ai ag wid analy tis ek ar Se Mae ene anew ced ated al ok Rls 3 73 3 2 6 Mobile PIN FlexGall arpi mani ticle gy dave a EE A fyi dade ees 3 75 3 2 7 B Channel Allocation seisi epeei na OSE EEE RE a a A i a eee ek 3 77 4 Features for External Traffic 0002 4 1 4 1 Features for General External Traffic 0 0 0 ccc eee 4 1 4 1 1 Multi Device Connections 0 ccc cee eens 4 1 4 1 2 Multi Device Connection for U S Only 2 0 0 0 ces 4 2 yale alg 2 0 cc cae eee ar a ee ee ae ae er een eae eo ge en rere eee 4 5 Be VAI KOY S aeann S e asd asd aie A pine E a dame e ata rei
4. Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Call hold A station on hold cannot toggle between calls 9 30 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Networking Conference 9 18 Conference Definition The conditions described for Conference also apply to networked systems Voice station users on the HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 can establish internal and external confer ence calls using local and CorNet call routes as needed The system limits the number of con ferees in a conference to five A party in another node connected to the conference via CorNet is allowed to add additional parties within its own node using its own conference circuit Mem bers of a conference within another node will not be updated with the conference display infor mation number of conferees in the conference of the HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 system Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Conference Dependency Restriction You can set up a conference between voice station
5. Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Do Not Disturb If the destination station is in Do not disturb DND the caller hears busy tone P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 73 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Outgoing Traffic Subject Dependency Restriction Destination If the internal destination is busy the caller camps on If the internal destination is a display telephone the destination s display shows Call from xxx where xxx is the Hotline origina tors station number The destination can be an internal station an external destina tion up to 32 digits can be programmed in HiPath 3000 Manag er E or Manager T or a Subscriber group 3 74 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Outgoing Traffic 3 2 6 Mobile PIN FlexCall Implementing features see also Manager E Mobile PIN Definition This feature allows a user active station to conduct internal or trunk calls flex calls from a remote telephone passive station using his or her own user profile station number name toll restriction call detail recording The call detail data CDRC CDRS is assigned to the active station To activate this feature perform one of the following steps on the remote termi
6. Subject Dependency Restriction Trunk groups The busy state is not displayed for the entire trunk group busy state Transfer before an swering Automatic re call The call key is reassigned if the internal destination is not reached following unscreened transfer and a recall occurs 4 12 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for General External Traffic 4 1 6 Transit Traffic Implementing features see also Manager E Transit Traffic Definition Transit traffic refers to external voice calls that are handled by the telephone system in the in coming and outgoing directions External connections can be set up to either the central office or to a networked system It is possible to handle transit traffic both manually and automatically over digital trunks and an alog lines with a backward release criterion Transit traffic can also be processed on analog trunks without a backward release criterion loop start by using timeout control followed by au tomatic release maximum time is 42 minutes Transit traffic is needed in the following situa tions e Networked systems e Trunk to trunk connections including DISA e Transition from a private network to the public network and vice versa Transit traffic is used in conjunction with the following features e Call forwarding CF e Transfer e Callback CorNet and QSig
7. ACCT while on a call Only optiset E and optiPoint 500 users can enter an account code while engaged in a call When to enter ACCT You can enter an account code from any type of terminal optiset E optiPoint 500 analog before the call begins before line seizure Only an optiset E or optiPoint 500 telephone includes optiClient At tendant can enter an account code during an incoming or outgoing external call No check option This option is not possible if there are trunk groups flagged with the forced mandatory entry procedure That is the parameter forced and the option No check are mutually exclusive Invalid entry If the ACCT entry is incorrect the user sees the display Invalid entry and the call is dropped Non display tele phones If an account code is required the user hears silence after dialing the trunk group access code If the user does not dial an account code within 30 seconds this timer is not variable the user receives a busy tone and the call is dropped If the correct entry is made con firmation tone three short bursts of tone is heard and the user can proceed with dialing P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 10 15 feature10 fm Features for Call Detail Recording Call Detail Recording Central CDRC 10 8 Call Detail Recording Central CDRC Implementing features see also Manager E Call Detail Recording Centr
8. Figure 14 2 HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience HiPath 5000 PC with HiPath Com Scendo Service gt HiPath 3000 with HiPath ComScendo Service Stations 100 and 200 are reachable internally and externally via numbers 100 and 200 in both normal mode and standby mode P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 14 5 feature14 fm HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience Scenarios Supported HiPath 3000 with HiPath ComScendo Service gt HiPath 3000 with 14 2 3 HiPath ComScendo Service In the following scenario a HiPath 3000 system functions as a standby system HiPath 5000 RSM Normal mode Feature server with Resilience Service Application RSA Standby mode HiPath 3000 HiPath 3000 standby system HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience HiPath 3000 with HiPath ComScendo Figure 14 3 Service gt HiPath 3000 with HiPath ComScendo Service Station 100 is reachable internally and externally via number 100 in both normal mode and standby mode P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 14 6 HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience Configuration Notes 14 3 Configuration Notes Configuration of HiPath 5000 RSM The following entry must be made in the vsrs ini file before starting the Feature server service Global RSA 1 Configuration of a standby system When configuring a
9. Withdraw message texts Night service on off Ring transfer on off Direct activation of the following services without code STN Actuator on off Use speed dialing system Error signaling the following types are possible Display of programmable error message Sensor name max 10 characters for exam ple Temp Alarm on a specific optiset E or optiPoint telephone no acoustic signaling P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Sensors Display of calls on a specific optiset E or optiPoint telephone with error message during call destination station number Error entry in error history entry in error memory activated Destination Call Number An associated analog port is programmable for the sensors This port is called by the system once a setup signal has been received The calling party then overrides this connection A re corded announcement can be activated via an answering machine connected to this port which informs the dialed station of the response of the sensor An analog port programmed in this way cannot be contacted from the outside If an external call number has been programmed for a sensor but an analog port has not the external connection will be established but an audible signal in relation to the response of the sensor is not transmitted However if necessary the called STN can identify the origin of the call on th
10. Consultation hold on a second line occurs when a second MULAP line is activated after consultation hold is initiated from a MULAP line This function is useful when activating features that can only be activated from consultation hold such as transfer and conference Once a second line has been placed on consultation hold the first line is released P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 8 52 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Team Top Example of an application A call is being conducted on MULAP M1 Switch to MULAP M2 by pressing the trunk key this places M1 on exclusive hold A new connection is set up on M2 To include the M1 party in the conference press Consultation M1 M2 is released Conference The conference continues on M1 Instead of being added to a conference the call can be transferred In this case the two parties are interconnected M1 becomes free Conference A conference can always be initiated or expanded to maximum five participants Callback Message Waiting Caller List Callback and Message Waiting are station related features If a member of a MULAP initiates a callback or sends a text message the sender i e only the initiating station in the MULAP is called back When the callback is initiated on a busy MULAP it is executed as soon as the MULAP is released When the callback is initiated on a free MULAP the primary stations of the basic MU LAP or the execu
11. If the internal numbering was converted to a maximum 6 digit numbering plan the con verted station number is output 5 26 to 30 Ringing duration of an incoming external 5 Left call mm ss mm minutes value range 00 59 ss seconds value range 00 59 The system displays all incoming calls as long as the output of ringing duration has been configured in the system If a counter overflow occurs duration gt 59 59 59 59 is output A change in date or time during system operation can result in this situation 6 31 to 38 Duration of the call or call segment 8 Left hh mm ss hh hours value range 00 23 mm min utes value range 00 59 ss seconds val ue range 00 59 If a connection has not been established for an incoming call 8 spaces are output here If a counter overflow occurs duration gt 23 59 59 23 59 59 is output P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 10 24 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Call Detail Recording Call Detail Recording Central CDRC Table 10 1 Compressed Output Format Explanation of Output Fields Sheet 3 of 7 Field Fields position V 24 out put only Definition Number of characters Orien tation 7 39 to 63 Dialed or received external station number if available nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn n dialed or received character value range 0 9 Output occurs fo
12. Operation Executive Telephone Exec Secretary Telephone CMI Exec Secr DSS Key Mobile _ Secr Exec DSS Key MULAP MULAP Secr Tel MULAP MULAP Executive X busy XX hold consultation exclusive common XXX being called XXXX ringing Secr is talking on exec MULAP X X X Secretary presses DSS Execu x XXXX XXXX XX X tive key 1 Secretary performs unscreened XXXX XXXX XXX XXX transfer to exec or exec CMI 2 or Executive answers 3 X X XX X Secretary performs screened X X X transfer to executive 4 1 Call signaled on executive MULAP and executive CMI 2 Secretary performs unscreened transfer call is transferred to executive MULAP 3 Executive answers Executive could also answer the held call on executive MULAP by call pickup menu 4 Secretary performs screened transfer to exec and exec continues to conduct the call on exec MULAP Operation Executive Telephone Exec Secretary Telephone CMI Exec Secr DSS Key Mobile _ Secr Exec DSS Key MULAP MULAP Secr Tel MULAP MULAP Executive X busy XX hold consultation exclusive common XXX being called XXXX ringing Secr is talking on exec MULAP X X X Secretary presses DSS Execu X XXXX XXXX XX X tive key 1 Executive answers X X XX Secretary hangs up after execu XX XX tive answers 2 Executive retrieves executive 3 X X X 1 Secretary switches l
13. Same rules apply as in a normal conversation Elapsed time of call is assigned to last station which handled the call P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 3 26 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 1 11 Definition Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Leave Group Call Hunt Group Stop Hunt An internal extension that is entered in call management as a member of one or more groups including MULAP groups can e leave and rejoin individual selected groups and e leave and rejoin all groups by entering a code using the service menu or pressing a key Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Groups stations 800 20 800 20 150 20 20 8 Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction User access The user must be part of a subscriber group to have access to this feature Default access codes The default access codes are 85 to leave the Hunt Group and 85 to rejoin the group DISA Users can activate this function from a DISA connection for their sta tion or for other stations Associated Services Call Management If all members of a group invoke the Leave Hunt Grou
14. Subject Dependency Restriction Trunk key Retrieve key You can retrieve a call that was placed on hold by pressing either a trunk key when the LED is flashing slowly by pressing the Retrieve key or by entering a code from the Program Service menu The trunk to be seized must be suffix dialed with the exception of the trunk key Internal calls To place an internal call on hold users must either park the call or for USA only use an internal consult key P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 2 2 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 2 2 Parking Definition Features for All Traffic Types Parking With call parking users can place both internal and external calls on hold Parked calls can be answered from any telephone in the system Users can activate the call park feature only when they are on another call Users must assign a virtual number park slot O through 9 to the call that they want parked They must then enter the slot number to receive the call If a parked call is not retrieved within a certain period of time default is 160 seconds the ini tiating party is recalled in accordance with the defined recall rule Related Topics e Section 2 2 Parking on page 2 3 e Section 2 3 Toggle Connect on page 2 5 e Section 2 6 Conference on page 2 9 Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350
15. group is treated as though it were busy P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 23 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 10 Hunt Group Implementing features see also Manager E Hunt Group Definition A hunt group implements a call distribution cycle within a subscriber group The stations in the hunt group are linked so that a call to the group that reaches a busy member or is not answered is forwarded to the next available station within the group The following hunt group options are available e Cyclical selection The search begins with the station after the last station selected If the call is not answered it is forwarded to the next station after a timeout CFNA in call man agement e Linear selection When a call arrives the search always begins with the first station in the group The stations can be reached either by a hunt group number or by the users station number depending on the hunt group type You can set up hunt groups in call management Each Call Group can be assigned a name in the database with 16 characters maximum The stations can be reached either by a hunt group pilot number or by the user s station num ber depending on the hunt group In the case of a Linear Hunt group the last member of the hunt can be a pseudo number lead ing to a voice mail system The pseudo number is the call
16. 0 combination of offsets 30 and 40 10 77 to 87 Account code ACCT entered by the user 11 Left for this call ppppppppppp p ACCT digit value range 0 9 If an ACCT has not been entered 11 spac es are output If the ACCT is shorter than 11 digits the remaining characters are filled with spaces 11 88 to 98 MSN used mmmmmmmmmmm 11 Right m MSN digit value range 0 9 Information is displayed if the user has pro grammed an MSN key Non existent char acters are replaced by spaces If MSN infor mation is not available as in a point to point connection 11 spaces are output instead of these characters 12 99 to 103 Seizure code used access code bbbbb 5 Right b digit of the seizure code value range 0 9 Non existent characters are replaced by spaces P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 10 28 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Call Detail Recording Call Detail Recording Central CDRC Table 10 1 Compressed Output Format Explanation of Output Fields Sheet 7 of 7 Field Fields Definition Number of Orien position V 24 out characters tation put only 13 104 to LCR route used rr 2 Right 105 r digit of the dialed route value range 0 9 Non existent characters are replaced by spaces 14 106 to PRI nodal service nn 2 Right 107 n digit value range 0 9 Non existent characters are replaced by spaces 15 108 PRI WAT
17. CSTA via IP Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X x Hardware requirements LIMS or LIM or HiPath HG15 HiPath HG1500 board 00 board Software requirements V5 0 V1 2 V1 2 V1 2 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 12 5 feature12 fm Features via LAN Call Detail Recording Central CDRC via IP 12 4 Call Detail Recording Central CDRC via IP Definition In HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 you can start up the central call data output function only once which means that it is available to only one application at a time Three different modes exist to support the various requirements of the different applications Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X x Hardware requirements LIMS or LIM or HiPath HG15 HiPath HG1500 board 00 board Software requirements V5 0 V1 2 V1 2 V1 2 12 4 1 TFTP Client in HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 HiPath 3000 HiPath External Application TFTP TFTP protocol client p l TFTP i server a 2 Alternative server Figure 12 3 CDRC via IP TFTP Client in HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 Controlled by a programmable timer and a fixed threshold value determining the call data buffer capacity around 80
18. General requirements optiPoint 500 basic standard advance optiPoint 600 office optiset E advance plus comfort memory Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Overflow You can configure numeric and time overflow to a programmable overflow destination Up to six optiset E or optiPoint telephones can be configured with overflow display Undialed trunk You can switch an undialed trunk Busy external line You can selectively release busy external lines Second number You can also reach the AC under a second station number default 9 USA GBR 0 2 22 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for All Traffic Types Override 2 13 Override Implementing features see also Manager E Override Definition Authorized users and the current intercept position day or night can use a code or key to over ride a call in progress at an internal station The participating stations are notified of the busy override by an alerting tone and a screen dis play The feature can be invoked during the busy signal or during the camp on state During an override condition e if the called party goes on hook all parties are released e ifthe party which was connected to the called party goes on hook the overridden and ove
19. HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 Version 6 0 Feature Description Global network of innovation SIEMENS hp3hp5featureTOC fm Contents Contents 1 Description of Features nc 5 c2 22 ecinds ied hab Phi sGa eh ee Pie beds Phe mhen ed 1 1 2 Features for All Traffic Types 002 eee eee eens 2 1 2A CauhOld 2226s pec hbitri tee ae eit de ae Oec eee et eee Ss 2 1 2 2 Parkinga a al Parent ari each aga ty ile eo Bronte aah a Dh hv a ada De m e Ra A te 2 3 2 3 Toggle Connect s s citi eck Rhee OU ee ter Sek eee ise Bae Be ee eee tu 2 2 5 2 4 Transfer before answering 3 518 ee eae hs whee oF trade howd ve eae Ge wlace ae ade bled Bele 2 6 2 5 SGreened ThANSIOR ees aest asd acrid ira hee eh a eae a Ue 2 8 ZOcCOMPIONCO exe ita t hack sade enn a Maude atk ao E E A mae a tate een as 2 9 2 7 Music on Hold Internal or External Source 0000 cee eee ees 2 12 2 5 ANNOUNCCINGMIS 5 ose ain cia Saya alie Sate ery eed Oe when oie She Ble Relea a erate 2 15 2 9 Consultation OIG ac ep ue nam daa et a aes raid wo acer dae gwd wd er ee ee ale ad 2 17 2 10 Automatic recall csi 8a ohne wile ee cena oa Oe Ge ee a Oates ah ee ames 2 18 2 11 Setting the Dialing Method for Analog Stations 0002e eee ee 2 20 2 12 optiPoint Attendant a na aaa aaan aaaea 2 21 PERRO NLEI ANO EE Gis E A E A EN 2 23 2 14 Overload Indication s a a aaaeeeaei 2 25 2 15 Shared Transfer Switch For Germany Only aa anaana aaae 2
20. HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X x x Hardware requirements So board Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later CO feature Station feature x x x x Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction National or internation Only one national or international prefix exists for the entire system al prefix The programmed prefix and the carrier codes can be up to 2 digits long P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 11 26 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 1 24 ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S Caller ID After Release Police Implementing features see also Manager E Caller ID After Release Police Definition This feature places the calling party s number in caller list O after the call is released Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 27 feature11 fm ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S 11 1 25 Call collect barring for ISDN trunks Implementing features see als
21. Release Programma Exec MU Ring transfer DSS Secr 1 Secr MULAP 1 Programma Programma Programma DSS Execu Exec MULAP Ring transfer DSS Secr 2 Secr MULAP 2 Programma Programma Programma Figure 8 6 8 38 Top with Two Executives and Two Secretaries Default Key Assignments for Executive 1 on Key Module P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Team Top Programma Programma DSS Execu Programma Exec MU Exec MULAP Programma Ring transfer Ring transfer Programma DSS DSS Secr 1 Secr 2 Programma Secr Secr MULAP 1 MULAP 2 Programma Programma Programma Programma Programma Programma Release Programma Programma Figure 8 7 Top with Two Executives and Two Secretaries Default Key Assignments for Secretary 1 on Key Module P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 39 feature08 fm Other Features Team Top Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Maximum number of Team Top 500 500 50 10 configurations Maximum number of stations 10 10 10 8 members in a Team Top config uration M
22. V1 0 or later Number of tenant service systems 6 6 6 6 16 for 16 for V6 0 16 for V6 0 16 for V6 0 V6 0 or lat or later or later or later er Hotline destinations 6 6 6 1 Announcement devices 16 16 4 1 MOH devices 6 6 6 6 16 for V6 0 16 for V6 0 16 for V6 0 16 for V6 0 or later or later or later or later Routes 16 16 16 8 Number of trunk group keys per op 6 6 6 6 tiset E or optiPoint telephone Max number of entrance telephones 4 4 4 4 Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Call detail recording central CDRC Only one CDRC exists for all tenants Internal calls Internal calls are possible between stations in different systems if al lowed by the traffic restriction groups Prime Line Prime Line can be configured only for the entire system Customer database printout The database can only be printed for the entire system Internal phonebook The internal phonebook displays the names of all stations and speed dialing numbers in the system Switch It is not possible to transfer undialed trunks Simplified dialing Simplified dialing is not possible Speed transfer Speed transfer is not possible Intercept Intercept can be configured only for the entire system P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description feature07 fm Tenant Service Tenant Service Configuration
23. put Long format for printer THE system outputs all data except ACCT separated by spaces with header in the lan guage selected for the system and form feed The call charge amount is output The following rules apply to the line format The carriage return CR and line feed LF control characters are transmitted at the end of each record Data not supplied and unused fields are filled with spaces In compressed format the data output is consecutive No form feed FF is transmitted In long format each page contains a one line header followed by a blank line After 62 characters are printed a form feed automatically executes The output contains the following information Date at end of call 8 characters Time at end of call 8 characters Number of seized trunk 3 characters Internal station number max 6 digits Incoming ring duration Call duration 5 characters External station number up to 25 digits if available Call charge pulse amount 11 characters blank in U S Additional information such as incoming call outgoing call transferred call conference DISA call setup charges 2 characters The following data is always compressed prior to output ACCT up to 11 digits MSN used up to 11 digits for multi device connections LCR access code trunk access code 6 digits P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 10 17 feature10 fm Features for Call
24. Dialing Rules Table Name Outdial rule Type PacBell A Main network supplier Dialing MCI D222A PRI if trunk group is free and the lt Sprint D333P6SM1A 2 layer mode class of service and sched AT amp T D28 PRI ule are appropriate Siemens D10231UM2A CN AT amp T A Primary carrier 50 SCN D900A CN P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 5 28 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description feature06 fm Features for Internal Traffic Internal Traffic 6 Features for Internal Traffic 6 1 Internal Traffic Definition Internal traffic refers to connections between two internal stations If the system is equipped with simplified dialing Prime Line users can set up an internal call on optiset E or optiPoint telephones by using the extension key If simplified dialing is not configured users can set up an internal call by dialing the internal sta tion number The simplified dialing Prime Line feature is a system wide feature that allows users to dial di rectly to external destinations without the use of Trunk or Trunk group keys The external access code is automatically dialed by the system Only one outgoing Trunk Group is possible with this arrangement To dial internal stations the user must first press the Internal key and dial the sta tion number Model Specific Data Without simplified dialing Prime Line outside connections require a Trunk Trunk group key or
25. HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description U U S ISDN B channel allocation 11 32 BRI 11 29 CO protocol 11 36 D channel encoding type 11 32 emulation type 11 32 frame line encoding 11 32 multi device connection 11 38 number of B channels PRI 11 32 PRI 11 29 trunk group calling service 11 33 UCD See universal call distribution UCD call prioritization 3 34 UCD night service 3 44 UCD subscriber states 3 35 Universal call distribution 3 29 group status display 3 45 groups 3 29 home agent 3 46 queues 3 33 wrap up 3 38 Universal call distribution UCD 3 28 Universal night answer position 4 23 US ISDN Anschl sse 11 29 BRI 11 29 PRI 11 29 protocol type 11 31 User to user signaling UUS 3 18 User to user signaling UUS1 11 23 V V 24 range extension for call data 10 33 Voice channel signaling security 8 1 Voicemail 11 68 W Wrap up UCD 3 38 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description hp3hp5featurelX fm hp3hp5featurelX fm P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 Z 10 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description
26. HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 57 feature11 fm ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only 11 3 20 Definition For terminating calls the CO specifies the B channel it has selected If the HiPath 3000 deter Terminating B Channel Selection mines that the requested B channel is not available and that it is not exclusive the HiPath 3000 responds with an alternate B channel Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction No appropriate B If the HiPath 3000 cannot accept the call on an appropriate B chan channel nel it rejects the call with cause value 34 channel congestion or cause value 44 requested channel not available P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 11 58 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only 11 3 21 B Channel Cut Through Operation Mode Definition North American ISDN PRI most often requires that the B chann
27. Once the Route group is se lected the availability of the route is checked against the time schedule If the Route group is available the LCR COS requirement assigned to the route group is compared to the LCR COS associated with the dialing device If the LCR COS associated with the dialing station is equal to or greater than the route group COS the Toll Restriction tables are checked for additional screening information The dialed call number is used as the criterion for the connection route to be used The system can evaluate up to 24 digits of the digit sequence plus up to 9 field separators The digit se quence that can be dialed can consist of up to 32 digits The evaluation can be carried out both destination dependently and time dependently and in dependence on the station s LCR class of service COS General Operating Principle The system analyzes the number dialed to determine if the digits entered are valid If the digits are recognized a reference route table is scanned for route group choices Once the Route group is selected the availability of the route is checked against the time schedule If the Route group is available the LCR COS requirement assigned to the route group is compared to the LCR COS associated with the dialing device If the LCR COS associated with the dialing station is equal to or greater than the route group COS the Toll Restriction tables are checked for ad ditional screening information This process is
28. P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 37 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic 4 2 12 Call Collect Barring per Station Implementing features see also Manager E Call Collect Barring Per Station Definition This feature allows the automatic release of incoming collect calls Users can configure it sep arately for each station even in combination with functions such as call forwarding call pickup or intercept Users can also program call collect barring system wide This applies if a caller dials a hunt group instead of an individual station or misdials a number Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x Hardware require TMAMF TMAMF ments HiPath 3550 only Software require V1 0 or later V1 2 or later ments Dependencies Restrictions Subject Call collect barring per Neither the system wide parameters for call collect barring nor the trunk setting made for the stations affect trunk calls analog trunks Call collect barring per Only for MFC R2 countries that support this feature trunk Dependency Restriction P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 38 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External T
29. Subject Dependency Restriction Tenant Users can configure a maximum of six different tenants System configuration The system configuration can be changed from only one telephone programming telephone 7 4 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description feature08 fm Other Features Voice Channel Signaling Security 8 Other Features 8 1 Voice Channel Signaling Security Implementing features see also Manager E Voice Channel Signaling Security Definition This feature is a security device which prevents tone injections in the voice channel This avoids data corruption in the voice channel A station configured as a fax machine automatically receives signaling security In this state no tones whatsoever are injected in the voice channel Users cannot override this connection optiset E and optiPoint 500 telephones can also be protected by programming the feature Call Waiting Rejection in the database Callers will not be able to camp on and will continue to re ceive busy tone This feature can only be set via database For optiset E and optiPoint 500 display telephones refer to the Requirements Conditions table below for an alternative Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements
30. The Configurable CLIP system wide flag must be activated for this In an entry is not made in the CLIP column the DID number is transferred Example In the case of calls by hunt group members only the hunt group number should be displayed on external devices The hunt group number must therefore be specified in the CLIP column for all members The internal call number is displayed within a system or network inde pendent of the CLIP specification Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements optiset E or optiPoint 500 telephone with display Hardware requirements Digital trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V3 0 or later V3 0 or later V1 0 or later CO feature x x xX X Station feature x x x x Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction CLIP LIN CLIP and LIN Location Identification Number USA only are mutu ally exclusive By default LIN is activated for the USA and CLIP is ac tivated for all other countries If CLIP is activated for the USA LIN is automatically deactivated 11 6 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 1 6 ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S Calling Line Identification Restriction CLIR Implementing
31. This feature lets you select specific speed dialing destinations depending on the internal traffic restriction ITR groups To do this you can assign a range of speed dialing numbers to internal traffic restriction groups using HiPath 3000 Manager E or system administration When a user dials a speed dialing number the system identifies the ITR group for the number which determines whether the user is authorized to dial this number If not an error message appears and the dialing attempt is rejected The speed dialing number ranges can overlap in the ITR groups Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX X x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Speed dialing entries in 1000 1000 1000 300 the system Max length of 25 digits 25 digits 25 digits SSD entries 6 digit trunk access code Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction External station num bers Speed dialing destinations can contain external station numbers only External station num bers The external station number must include the trunk group or seizure code Translation of station numbers to names You can assign a name to each speed dialing destination P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 H
32. W dial selected stn no or stn S system search Ax UCD group x 1 60 is called 16187 night bell mode is called immediately is called after the first forwarding time column 5 16186 night bell location 16185 time until call forwarding no night bell the port assigned to i no is called relay option relay 1 3 8 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Figure 3 2 Call Management Relationships Blocks 3 and 4 Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X x Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Number of call destination lists up to 70 and including V1 2 Number of call destination lists for 500 500 376 70 V3 0 V4 0 and later Number of UCD groups 60 60 60 10 Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Call Management CM does not treat a station as a call forwarding no answer destina tion if its telephone has failed if the user has activated do not disturb or has activated data protection and is busy or if the user does not have trunk access for external calls Call Management If CM cannot find a station to which it can switch the call it follo
33. number instead Below is a brief explanation The system assigns a sequential default number to each port and therefore each telephone in ascending order starting with 101 in the HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 system This means that each ISDN S bus is assigned a default number For an ISDN adapter the default number is identical to the number of the logical port in the client Secondary optiset E or optiPoint 500 telephone Permitted call numbers are assigned by default however they can be changed us ing Manager E Every station number is always assigned to one logical port number The default numbers can be used as follows e Outgoing call setup The system sets up the call using the default number regardless of the MSN sent by a tele phone or application Customers are billed on the basis of the default number in a hotel environment this can be the room number combined with a fixed number combination e Incoming call setup When a customer equates the MSN of an application which may be installed on a note book computer and connected to the hotel telephone network via an ISDN adapter with the default number of a hotel room combined with a fixed number combination callers can reach the PC directly from the outside by direct inward dialing Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X X x Hardware re
34. of route tables 254 254 254 254 Number of routes per route table 16 16 16 16 No of time zones 8 8 8 8 No of dial rules 254 254 254 254 Number of characters per outdial rule 40 40 40 40 No of dial plans 514 514 514 514 Number of digits dialed including 32 32 32 32 trunk group code No of digits evaluated 25 25 25 25 Dependencies Restrictions tivated Subject Dependency Restriction LCR With per digit dialing the last element in the outdial rule cannot be E n it may be E n A Networking In networking with open numbering route optimization cannot be ac Least cost routing If Main network supplier is entered as a type in the outdial rule re LCR routing is not done in the route tables If routing should be carried out when the trunk is busy or when So lines are disrupted the type should be set to Single Stage P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 5 12 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing for U S Only 5 2 Least Cost Routing for U S Only 5 2 1 Introduction This section explains the definitions and procedures used by the HiPath 3000 least cost routing LCR feature to control the route over which outgoing calls are routed to the public network The system analyzes each trunk call placed using least cost routing If the digits are recog nized a reference route table is scanned for Route group choices
35. only 5 20 S Schedule LCR U S only 5 24 Screened Transfer 2 8 Search order of LCR route table 5 23 Selecting DTMF or rotary pulse dialing in LCR U S only 5 19 Selective seizure of a DID number using a MUSAP key 4 26 Sensors 8 8 Service profile identifier 11 35 BRI 11 36 maximum values 11 36 Services in the talk state 8 17 Setting the dialing method for analog stations 2 20 Shared transfer switch 2 26 Signaling Encryption 8 67 Signaling of direct inward dialing numbers for incoming calls 4 27 Signaling resources 12 14 Silent monitoring 3 48 Silent reversal at start and end of call 10 1 Simple PSE See radio paging equipment Simplified dialing prime line 4 53 SIP Networking 9 13 SIP Protocol 9 11 SIP Telephones 8 64 SNMP 12 1 hp3hp5featurelX fm messages 12 2 traps 12 2 Speaker Call Direct Answering Internal Pag ing OptiPage 6 10 Special Access Selection 11 45 Speed dialing station 4 51 system 4 46 Station number configuration via Manager T 3 61 Station numbers deleting 8 26 Station redial and least cost routing U S only 5 19 Station speed dialing in system 4 51 Stations universal night answer 4 23 Stimulus interface 4 73 Storing procedures 8 54 SUB See subaddressing Subaddressing 11 15 Subscriber groups 3 19 System number incoming 4 79 System number outgoing 4 79 System speed dialing outgoing external traffic 4 46 System speed dialing with HiPath 3000 Hi Path 5000 9 38 System speed dialing a
36. only a closed numbering plan may be used Open numbering is not possible H 323 clients H 323 clients Such as HiPath AP 1120 are not supported Scope of functions in standby mode Default features default key assignment conference call forward ing callback call hold parking etc can be used Station specific features key assignment groups caller lists call forwarding ring no answer etc are not available System client pass word station type The settings for Password Authentication active and Station type Mobile Non mobile or Mobile blocked defined under HiPath 3000 Manager E Stationview Workpoint Client System Client are also taken into account in standby mode Applications Applications are not supported in standby mode optiClient Attendant If there is an optiClient Attendant available a manual system update must be performed when switching from normal to standby mode and vice versa optiClient Attendant File Settings System button for system update The netwide BLF function is not supported in standby mode In stand by mode only the BLF information of the local node is displayed after the manual system update P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 14 3 feature14 fm HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience Scenarios Supported 14 2 HiPath ComScendo Service Res
37. or insert digits P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 5 22 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing for U S Only 5 2 13 1 Rules for Creating LCR Dial Plan Entries e The first field should contain only a programmed trunk group access code It must not con tain any wildcards e The wildcards N and X can occur more than once in any field except the first field e The wildcard Z can occur only in the last field It represents an undetermined number of suffix digits e A digit sequence can be divided into a maximum of 10 fields 5 2 14 Route table A route table contains up to 16 routes Each route is described by a combination of the follow ing e Trunk group e Outdial rule e Toll restriction e Schedule e Code for an expensive route Routes The system contains 254 route tables each with 16 routes LCR evaluates the trunk access in hierarchical order Search Order The system searches the route table from top to bottom If the located route is busy or if the station does not have the proper class of service the system continues to the next route Outdial rule The outdial rule is described in HiPath 3000 Manager E by its name which can be up to 16 characters long and by its index in system administration Carrier Select Override Users can deactivate automatic selection within the route by selecting a specific carrier carrier select overr
38. that is a queuing call with a high priority can be answered sooner than a call queuing for a longer time but with a lower priority In the case of trunk circuits the priorities are assigned according to trunk per B channel The system evaluates incoming calls for a UCD group by the priority established Priority levels are set in HiPath 3000 Manager E The Internal call priority is also established on the HiPath 3000 Manager E Priority screen under Priorities for internal calls Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Priority levels 10 10 10 10 3 34 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 12 3 UCD Subscriber States Definition After a user agent logs onto the system the current status of the UCD station where the agent logged on appears on the display The following states are possible e Available UCD calls are signaled to the UCD group member agent e Unavailable The UCD member agent has logged off from the workstation to take a break or leave the group e Work time The user agent needs time to process a UCD call e Autowork time T
39. 0 of the HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 offers for net working communication servers zones and domains Protocol Remarks Example uses TDM based CorNet N Siemens AG signaling protocol for digital e Networking HiPath 3000 communication among Siemens commu zones nications systems e Networking with HiPath 4000 Note Systems should only be networked via CorNet N if these are V4 0 or earlier CorNet NQ Siemens AG signaling protocol for digital e Networking HiPath 3000 communication among Siemens commu zones nications systems e Networking with HiPath 4000 QSig Cross manufacturer signaling protocolin e Networking with HiPath 4000 accordance with ECMA and ISO e Networking with systems from other manufacturers P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 1 feature09 fm Networking Protocol Remarks Example uses E amp M Signaling protocol for analog tie traffic e Networking with HiPath 4000 e Networking with systems from other manufacturers IP based CorNet NQ CorNet NQ protocol tunneled in H 323 via Annex M1 IP backbone networking ofHiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 zones and do mains Please refer to the Service Manual for examples of the maximum line lengths in Cor Net NQ direct networking P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Networking Supported features depending on networking
40. 1 7618 09 05 10 36 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description feature11 fm ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S 11 ISDN Features 11 1 Euro ISDN Features not for U S Implementing features see also Manager E Euro ISDN Features Definition HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 complies with the DSS1 standard which specifies the requirements for the uniform communication structure standardized by ETSI throughout Europe Euro ISDN provides users with various features that can be activated either permanently in the trunk or by means of a procedure It is not necessary to configure the feature specifically The features available with Euro ISDN and HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 are listed below Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Digital trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Long S bus Not available with TA Sg and STMD8 HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 Features Operation for features is the same as for analog stations Control is by means of information elements in the protocol PC connected to S A PC can be connected to the internal S applications bus using an ISDN So card P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath
41. 26 2 16 Entry Voice Mall EVM ie eres ireira apa e a e pola om We ikke deals are A Rao Oy bes 2 27 2 17 Whisper Off Hook Announcement 0 000 eee 2 30 3 Features for General Traffic 0 eects 3 1 3 1 Features for General Incoming Traffic 0 0020 3 1 S 11 Distinctive RINGING aroraa e et enG aaa aE rede eed E a a a 3 1 3 1 2 Call Waiting Tone Call Waiting 4 2s s anaana aaaea 3 4 3 1 3 Call Management CM naaaaaaa aanne 3 6 3 1 4 Call Forwarding No Answer CFNA With a Timeout 3 11 3 1 5 Call Forwarding CF Busy and No Answer 200000e seen 3 14 3 1 6 Call Forwarding GE ao ac anced cesar nan S nie ore hat dna eben ae al ele Mare hw bows 3 16 8 1 7 S bscriber GiOUDS sen nki E asmrtrararet ta Lap ace tee E E E Sol ed ah a pg 3 19 OAs GroupCall o anerer a E tne kB va E a mec nied cite toe tee Gm ard os E ae one 3 20 3 1 9 Group Call with Busy Signaling 12 5 c lt osertotstet eee esa tevetade sana 3 22 S MTO AU GOUD a 5s Petra ok x erature at Sara low AAU eck ak at oie Sarena 8 eae eae Wes 3 24 3 1 11 Leave Group Call Hunt Group Stop Hunt 000 0c eee 3 27 3 1 12 Universal Call Distribution ane Baw a aren iate Aa mgeawiece bee eee a eee BA 3 28 Sakla l UCD QUEUE Skr no ices ca a eae eh ily ee acl once A a a Be 3 33 3 1 12 2 UCD Call Prioritization dds sioaache pea ewe bene Seabed a tates eae wa 3 34 3 1 12 3 UCD Subscriber States wccis le aa dc
42. 3 feature12 fm Features via LAN CSTA via IP 12 3 CSTA via IP Definition The Transmission Control Protocol TCP is used for CSTA via IP There is a fixed link connec tion detecting and automatically correcting lost data packets over a permanent connection A total of three CSTA clients or applications can connect to HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 simulta neously via the LAN This means that they can simultaneously use CSTA via IP Restrictions may apply to applications that use certain services For example only one application at a time can start the message registration function External Applications HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 i CSTA client Up to 3 CSTA cli TCP IP LAN CSTA ents external ap server id client gt plications can be served simulta neously l CSTA client 1 CSTA client Figure 12 2 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 CSTA via IP For an external application to address HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 it must know the TCP port 7001 of the TCP IP server implemented in HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 as well as the IP ad dress Data packets sent from an application to HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 that is packets containing the HiPath IP address TCP port 7001 and protocol type TCP are accepted for further pro cessing P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 12 4 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features via LAN
43. 3 drops out of the conference The call on trunk 2 is treated like a normal outgoing call Outgoing connection other services Incoming connection other services Loss message 100 records were lost Errors which prevent call data output on the V 24 interface can be caused by the follow ing for example Connected device is turned off or suffers a power failure Printer is out of paper Printer is offline Printer has a paper jam CDRC output is interrupted by CDB output e Interface cable is defective or incorrect In these or similar cases the call records accumulated during this time are buffered in the system The first 300 HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 150 HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3500 or 50 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3250 and HiPath 3300 not for U S records can be buffered Additional records are only counted by the system and then discarded If the connection can be restored to the connected device a loss message indicating the number of lost records that is 100 calls lost is issued after the buffered records are output P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 10 21 feature10 fm Features for Call Detail Recording Call Detail Recording Central CDRC 11 12 13 14 15 10 22 Incoming call with transmitted caller station number 11a Caller list When the call arrives an information line is immediately output indicat ing the date time trunk station
44. 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 1 feature11 fm ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for 11 1 1 Definition U S Direct Inward Dialing DID This feature allows a direct connection via the public network to an extension in a communica tions server using the ISDN numbering plan Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX xX x x Hardware requirements Digital trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0orlater V1 0 or later V1 0 or later CO feature x x x x Station feature Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction DID The extensions in the communications server must have at least out ward restricted class of service and direct inward dialing must be per mitted P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 11 2 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 1 2 Definition Multiple Subscriber Number MSN ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S Multiple subscriber numbers enable you to assign several different station numbers on the same So basic access bus or multi device connection You can assign each terminal an MSN up to 11 digits long so that it can be called selectively Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700
45. 3550 and HiPath 3500 support one T1 interface TST1 module that can be config ured as a primary rate interface A CSU is required for each interface connected to the public network The HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3500 support a maximum of one CBC group The group can also be configured with a maximum of eight CBC trunk groups Typically the entire T1 span is placed in a single trunk group but depending on the application the primary rate channels can be separated into discrete route groups This may be required for applications where a por tion of the channels can be separated out for non system data applications A span or spans must be selected as the reference interface for the Central Office A hierarchi cal table is provided for assigning four reference clock points If the primary clock source fails the next clock source specified is used as the reference When the primary clock source re turns the system automatically resynchronizes to this clock A maximum of four reference clocks can be defined per system Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x x Hardware require DIU2U TMST1 TST1 ments Number of T1 modules 5 5 1 per system Number of CBC 4 4 1 groups per system Number of trunk 8 8 8 groups per CBC group 11 30 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Fe
46. 4 Features for External Traffic 4 1 4 1 1 Multi Device Connections Features for General External Traffic Implementing features see also Manager E Multi Device Connection Definition HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 can be operated on an ISDN multi device connection Sg bus This allows parallel operation with other ISDN devices located on the same connection You can pro gram a DID number up to 11 digits long multiple subscriber number MSN of the multi device connection Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x X Hardware requirements STMD3 STMD8 So trunks Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction ISDN terminals Any parallel connected ISDN terminals must be given an MSN to en sure unique call assignments Trunk groups with PP and PMP If you connect different basic access points point to point and point to multipoint to the system they must be entered in different trunk groups P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for General External Traffic 4 1 2 Multi Device Connection for U S Only Definition The HiPath 3000 systems support ISDN data and vi
47. 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 3 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for General External Traffic Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction ISDN terminals Any parallel connected ISDN terminals must be given an MSN to en sure call assignments Trunk groups with PP and PMR If you connect different basic access points point to point and point to multipoint to the system they must be entered in different trunk groups 4 4 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for General External Traffic 4 1 3 Routes Implementing features see also Manager E Routes Definition The external trunks in the system can be combined into trunk groups by B channels The order in which the trunk groups are seized can be linear always the first free trunk or cyclical after the last trunk seized in the outgoing direction An overflow trunk group can be configured for each of the trunk groups If all the trunks in a trunk group are busy during a seizure attempt the search for trunks continues in the overflow trunk group The search is performed in the specified overflow trunk group only If all the trunks are busy in this trunk group as well no ad ditional overflow attempts are made It is common practice to seize outgoing trunks starting with the highest numbered trunk where as incoming tru
48. AOC D not for U S 10 2 10 3 Call Duration Display on Telephone 0 0 0 eens 10 4 10 4 Call Detail Recording at Station CDRS not for U S 0006 10 6 10 5 Call Detail Recording Attendant CDRA not for U S 0 0050 10 8 10 6 Call Detail Recording Per Trunk CDRT not for U S 0006 10 10 10 7 Account Code ACCT reene T deh che arn Mom caries a ARAN at e a a e E 10 12 10 8 Call Detail Recording Central CDRC 0 0 10 16 10 9 Toll Fraud Monitoring Fc ne ee re Sere ve rt wh Tarra fa ws Yon Me anc RO et a aaa 10 31 10 10 Printer Pipe Mode V 24 RS 232 Range Extension for Call Data 10 33 10 11 Call Charge Display With Currency not for U S 00002 eee 10 34 T1 ISDN POAUUGCS a okies cate sae ae Goa eee aes riage Se hoe oa nas A DESG aw arate 11 1 11 1 Euro ISDN Features not for U S ssc cece ee eerie oe oar ee eee 11 1 11 1 1 Direct Inward Dialing DID nnna naana dose Sars aie ae ne tia She ae we 11 2 11 1 2 Multiple Subscriber Number MSN 0 0000 eee 11 3 11 1 3 Default Station Number Instead of Multiple Subscriber Number MSN 11 4 11 1 4 Calling Line Identification Presentation 0 0002 eee 11 5 11 1 5 Configurable CLIP feud e tou da eae Oe eG eee esha hes See eer enn 11 6 11 1 6 Calling Line Identification Restriction CLIR 0 eee eee 11 7 11 1 7 Connected Line Iden
49. AOC D not for U S Implementing features see also Manager E Advice of Charges at Station During Call AOC D Definition Call charge information can be recorded on both analog and digital trunks Call charge evalu ation for connections on loop start trunks is performed using the call charge pulses transmitted from the trunk in countries where call charge pulses are used Call charge information received with the AOC advice of charges feature during external calls on digital trunks appears on the telephone display provided that the carrier makes this information available The public network supports the following AOC types e AOC S Advice of charges at call setup Call charge display on the telephone is the same as for AOC D The charges are not displayed if the call was not fully set up or if HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 is unable to evaluate the call detail information of a service provider e AOC D Charging information during the call e AOC E Charging information at the end of a call As long as the user has not initiated another action the final call charges for a call are displayed for a specific period of time at the end of a call and then added up in call charge memory Call charge pulses are converted to monetary amounts on the basis of the call charge factor defined as a currency amount including any extra charges that may apply per call charge unit or pulse refer to Section 10 11 Call Charge Display With Curr
50. Abbrevi Interworking Interworking Interworking Interworking ation HiPath 4000 DSS1 CO CorNet N QSIG con 3000 connected to HiPath 3000 nected to ConNet NQ HiPath 3000 V4 0 connect HPath 3000 CorNet Q edtoHPath CorNet NQ lt gt DSS1 3000 lt gt ISO CorNet NQ QSIG lt gt Cornet N Routing of Charge Data CHT N N N Y Routing of Busy monitor Data EST N N N N Change Class of Service RPC N N N Y Reset telephone lock RPC N N N Y Call back to mailbox Y N Y N with Message Waiting Indication CSTA Command Information N N N N Tabelle 9 2 Networking Features HiPath 3000 5000 V5 0 HiPath 4000 V2 0 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 9 10 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Networking Supported features depending on networking protocol Networking Features HiPath 2000 V1 0 HiPath 3000 5000 V6 0 and HiPath 8000 The systems are networked via SIP Session Initiation Protocol The SIP protocol is an ASCII based signaling protocol used to configure sessions in an IP network Only the following stan dard SIP features are available e Basic procedures for supporting SIP e Station number display caller connected stations The systems can also be networked via CorNet N or NQ TDM or IP P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 11 feature09 fm Networking Satellite CS Capability 9 2 Satellite CS Capability Imple
51. Definition problems To guarantee failsafe network operation a suitably configured IP network is required If the Feature server is unable to access two or more nodes this indicates a network problem and HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience is not activated HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience is not suitable for the resolution of network When configuring a standby system remember that both the regular stations and the resil ience stations have to be set up The default station numbers and names of the resilience sta tions must be deleted home and standby systems HiPath ComScendo licenses must be available for the resilience stations on the If a node failure is detected and HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience is activated the resil ience stations are assigned to their standby system resilience destination The internal station numbers configured on the home system the DID numbers and the names of the resilience stations are transferred to the standby system The Feature server is responsible for automat ically updating the numbering tables CAR tables in the HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 network When the node is operational again the resilience stations are once again assigned to their home system and the original situation is thus restored On the standby system the station numbers and names of the resilience stations are automatically deleted and the numbering ta bles CAR tables are updated in th
52. Feature Description Figure 3 3 Example for a Schedule Features for General Traffic Features for General Outgoing Traffic e Manual activation of the code lock overwrites automatic mode for the associated station e Inthe default scenario automatic changeover of COS classes is deactivated The existing COS class and call forwarding algorithm are applied e Automatic COS changeover and day night service do not function across all nodes e Only one time zone is supported by the system Remote station groups working in different time zones are set to the system s time zone Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V6 0 or later V6 0 or later V6 0 or later V6 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 71 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Outgoing Traffic Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Automatic Night Ser The Automatic Night Service feature has priority over the Automat vice ic COS Changeover feature If automatic night service is activated the COS is handled as normal and the COS group applied for the night The COS schedule is only relevant during the day P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 3 72 HiP
53. Feature Description 7 hp3hp5featureTOC fm Contents 12 Features via LAN 2 c cuc cae swees tee ibe basin eee eaen se tale pea e weer mane wes 12 1 121 SNMP F nctionalty arent eed a bee Pe wee ee ye ee etd ee ee ede 12 1 12 2 Administering HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 via the LAN Interface 12 3 123 CST Wee et Lind eb nd dt dupe Sawa ort tere cue una a E ee he hse Gen cote hla Sh ded 12 4 12 4 Call Detail Recording Central CDRC via IP 0 0 c eee eee 12 6 12 4 1 TFTP Client in HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 00 eee 12 6 12 4 2 TCP Client in HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 0 0 eee 12 7 12 4 3 TFTP Server in HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 0 000 eee 12 7 12 5 Remote Administration of HiPath 3000 via PPP 2222 00055 12 8 12 6 Administration of Plus Products via PPP 0 000 cece ees 12 10 127 Voiceover P e224 Betta dea ta ace eho hee phone ae leans bine 12 13 12 8 I O Service Extensions i 24 25 50 so ie ha Lace et ce ee ae cee 12 15 12 81 COLA MONACO ite oh ees aa say E GA oR AEE eee eink ae ee Ee meee 12 16 13 Small Remote Site Concept 002s 13 1 TSU UOC UCUON a honest Aku shu cowe tien eyo eae A tk oh Aaa E Se a EP ae wees 13 1 13 2 Activating the FealllGus np krerekcees cee O Mine hee WE EGER ae Vena Ese 13 1 13 3 Operating Modes nn Sete sk bate et in te fod 2h tie week ek ohn bee BE pina 13 2 hee MOMMA Mode ta 5 4 se a2 aise oder and terete oat l
54. HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements So trunk board Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later CO feature x x x xX Station feature x x x x Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction MSN MSNs can be up to 11 digits long If an MSN is too long a right justified evaluation of the digits is per formed MSN The system activates features based on MSNs Call detail recording central CDRC Call detail recording central is possible MSN If the MSN for a Setup is missing or invalid a default MSN appro priate to the situation is used When a station number is specified that is already in use optiset E or optiPoint 500 the Setup is rejected P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description feature11 fm ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S 11 1 3 Default Station Number Instead of Multiple Subscriber Number MSN Definition This feature was created to increase security and to settle call charges in a hotel environment for example Previously the system was able to automatically configure each valid MSN This meant that the settlement of call charges and call detail recording took place under a number which the CS operator did not necessarily enter In addition to dialing an MSN users now have the option of dialing the internal default station
55. ITR groups 6 6 6 6 16 for V6 0 16 for V6 0 16 for V6 0 16 for V6 0 or later or later or later or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 63 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction ITR group All stations and trunks are assigned to ITR group 1 by default MOH devices Up to 16 MOH devices can be defined for the 16 possible ITR groups This means that the analog interfaces used for connection are part of the ITR groups Which MOH device is used depends on the ITR group of the station that places the call on hold MOH source You cannot use the logical port O as an MOH source P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 64 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic 4 3 12 Private Trunk Implementing features see also Manager E Private Trunk Definition The private trunk feature provides a station with immediate access to a trunk via a programma ble feature key Users can program toll restrictions for private trunks by using the traffic restriction group ITR feature or by configuring a separate trunk group Care should be exercised when configuring a Private Trunk By definition a Private Trunk im plies that it will only terminate at one station However because feature
56. LCR LCR If LCR is activated the system checks for the least costly route for ev ery trunk seizure except when a trunk code is dialed LCR Digits can be transmitted either singly or en bloc depending on the access method and the dial plan P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description feature05 fm Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing LCR Not for U S Subject Dependency Restriction LCR After an account code is entered it applies to the entire connection setup LCR The allowed and denied lists are also used for LCR The toll restric tion check then refers to the digits dialed at the station without con sidering the trunk group code LCR Class of Service The LCR class of service determines whether a station can use the route recommended in the route table Prime Line simplified dialing LCR is not possible when Prime Line is active 5 2 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 5 1 1 Carrier Types Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing LCR Not for U S Since in many cases individual carriers provide specific connections and conditions at different tariffs sometimes with different signaling methods least cost routing can be used to automat ically select the most economical connection or most economical carr
57. Manager E COS Changeover Manufacturer specific expansions to the QSig protocol QSig allow you to activate the tele phone lock of a station networked over QSig with the System telephone lock COS changeover feature The effects on the telephone are the same as for the individual lock code the trunk access is reduced to the COS set system wide default 1 Initiate the COS changeover with the code System telephone lock or by selecting the correct entry in the service menu Then the system prompts you to enter the station number with the leading trunk group code if needed On telephones with a display you can use the confirm key after you have completed your entry to activate or deactivate the lock code depending on the current state of the lock code After you confirm the selection the system displays an acknowledgment text On telephones without a display you can turn the telephone lock on with the key and off with the key These keys also indicate that you have finished entering the station number Requirements for COS changeover e The telephone number of the telephone that you are using to initiate the changeover must be entered as a station for system telephone lock system settings e The system must be networked over the QSig protocol with the ISO QSig protocol ver sion P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 9 46 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description feature10 fm Feature
58. Manager T or HiPath 3000 Manager E Call Forwarding no answer in conjunction with Direct inward dialing Call allocation and Internal calls is carried out according to station numbers in Call Manage ment Up to three Call forwarding no answer destinations can be configured in the Call Man agement tables for the stations In other words if the initial station has assigned a ring no an swer destination the incoming call forwards to that assigned destination If in turn this second destination does not answer Call Management searches for a further destination to route the call Call forwarding no answer chaining is only possible between destinations in the CM tables That is if a destination has Call Forwarding CF configured on the telephone the incoming call forwards to this destination but will NOT forward to a further destination even if that destination is itself forwarded A call forward destination can be a voice mail hunt group If the last destination in CM is busy the incoming call does not progress beyond the ringing tele phone until the busy telephone becomes idle At which time the call is forwarded to the now idle telephone The external and internal call ring cadences are carried over from one destination to the other Incoming Caller ID PRI and BRI is also carried over from one destination to the next Excep tion CF external calls in this case caller ID is not displayed only the original CF number called
59. Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 9 22 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 11 Call Waiting Definition Networked systems handle call waiting the same way as internal call waiting Corresponding D channel messages are generated for waiting calls Model Specific Data Networking Call Waiting Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 23 feature09 fm Networking Distinctive Ringing in the Network 9 12 Definition Distinctive Ringing in the Network The calls are evaluated in the network and signaled accordingly CorNet calls are handled and signaled the same as internal calls Distinctive internal and external ring types are provided over CorNet Network station to station calls provide internal ringing patterns whereas external trunk calls routed over CorNet provide external ringing patter
60. Names cannot be assigned to Station speed dial numbers P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 51 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Maximum number of station 10 10 10 10 speed dialing entries per station Maximum length of station 25 digits trunk access code speed dialing entry Maximum number of speed dial 2000 2000 2000 300 ing entries in the system Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Telephones without displays Following station number entry telephones without a display must wait for the confirmation tone Analog telephones with DP S stations Station speed dialing is not possible Internal station num bers features speed dialing list You cannot store internal station numbers and features in the station optiset E or optiPoint telephones In the case of optiset E or optiPoint telephones users can store sta keys tion speed dialing using codes or the telephone s programmable Repdial keys station speed dialing memory Station speed dialing
61. Restriction PtP Only the DID CLIP CLIR and AOC features are supported P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 25 feature11 fm ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S 11 1 23 Programming National and International Codes for Outgoing Calls Implementing features see also Manager E Programming National and International codes for Outgoing Calls Definition The caller s station number including the trunk access code 0 for example the national prefix 0 for example or the international prefix 00 for example appears in the optiset E and opti Point telephone display the caller list and dialing aids such as Smartset Carriers are reached by dialing a separate national prefix 1 digit or international prefix 2 dig its If a HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 system provides access to more than one carrier separate port or shared port it is not possible to determine the carrier from which incoming calls arrive To represent a prefix this feature enables you to configure the national and international access codes national and international prefixes Anumber between 0 and 9 can be used as the val ues for the programmable digits This allows calls to be answered with the help of caller lists and Smartset even when carriers are used The existing prefixes are also used for the carriers Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800
62. Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction CorNet N En bloc dialing is used in CorNet N networks CorNet NQ En bloc dialing is used in CorNet NQ networks QSig En bloc dialing is used in QSig networks USA PRI En bloc dialing is required with PRI in the USA P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 55 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic 4 3 7 Dial Tone Detection Implementing features see also Manager E Dial Tone Detection Definition The system always links analog trunk connections to the Dial Tone Detection routine The sys tem checks the trunk to determine whether the audible tone is present The dialing information is not transmitted to the trunk until this check has been performed The reason for this is that the time until the CO dial tone is received can differ depending on the network operator and network status Dial Tone Detection is performed e After trunk seizure e After dialing of administrable digits for example discriminating digit in the main communi cations server LCR e When a second dial tone is monitored Dial Tone Detection may not be appropriate for example in a Centrex environment where dif ferent tones to indicate CO Call Forwarding activation etc need to be heard by the user In such cases the Trunk Supervision Dial Tone Detection flag must be turned off Then a trunk seizure delay can be programme
63. Subject Dependency Restriction MOH for IP workpoint For this feature MOH channels number of MOH data streams for clients IP workpoint clients of the HiPath HG1500 board s will be provided For load limitation the maximum number of possible MOH data streams per HiPath HG1500 board is limited to 10 i e up to 10 IP workpoint clients can simultaneously listen to MOH HiPath Xpressions Compact V2 0 based announcements for HiPath 33xx 35xx and 37xx HiPath 3000 V5 0 or later supports HiPath Xpressions Compact V2 0 announcements for UCD and announcement before answering An Xpressions Compact based announcement replaces music on hold MOH in certain situa tions such as during hold or while a station is busy or being transferred Up to 32 stations can be connected in parallel to the HiPath Xpressions Compact based announcement Xpressions Compact supports announcements in order of arrival announcements are played once completely and continuous announcements Music On Hold HiPath Xpressions Compact based announcements are configured according to port The an nouncement ports are licensed separately The announcement ports are no longer available for voicemail operation and should be removed from the voicemail port hunt group Each announcement port features an announcement mailbox Callers who are transferred to an announcement port hear the first greeting of an announcement mailbox The first greeting of an announcemen
64. TID entries called Multiple Subscribers Numbers MSN are used by the ST devices for call setup DID numbers must be assigned to each channel that connects to an ST device The numbers issued by the CO can be assigned as DID numbers The DID number can con tain between 1 and 11 digits The DID numbers are required to set up incoming calls to the de vice Assign a call number to each No Port station port used for the ST device This call number can contain between 1 and 6 digits The call number does not need match the DID number An MSN number must be assigned to the ST device for each B Channel required for the appli cation The MSN numbers act as SPIDs for the ST device The MSN number can be from 7 to 14 digits If the entry is 9 to 14 digits the last 2 digits are used as the TID number The last 2 digits should be 00 for B channel 1 and they should be 01 for B channel 2 on each ST interface used It is suggested that the MSN number consists of the DID number followed by 5 zeros followed by a 2 digit TID number Related Topics Section 11 1 2 Multiple Subscriber Number MSN on page 11 3 Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X x X Hardware requirements SO board Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath
65. Team with Two Members P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 8 28 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Team Top The Team configuration in Figure 8 1 includes the following components e MULAP 1 and MULAP 2 MULAPs basic MULAP groups that appear on both Telephone A and Telephone B e DSS keys Telephone A to Telephone B and Telephone B to Telephone A A group call key allows you to activate or deactivate incoming MULAP call signaling Table 8 1 Transfer in Team Switch Lines for DSS System Option Not Set Not for U S Operation Tel A Tel A Tel B Tel B M1 DSS Key B M1 DSS Key A X busy XX hold consultation exclusive common XXX being called XXXX ringing Tel B is talking on M1 X X X Tel B presses DSS Tel A key X XXXX XX X Tel B performs unscreened transfer to XXXX XXX XXX Tel A 1 or Tel A answers 2 X X XX Xx Tel B performs screened transfer to Tel A X X X 3 1 Tel B performs unscreened transfer call is transferred to M1 2 Tel A answers and could answer the call on hold on M1 by call pickup menu 3 Tel B performs screened transfer to Tel A and Tel A continues to conduct the call on M1 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 29 feature08 fm Other Features Team Top Table 8 2 Transfer in Team Switch Lines for DSS Syst
66. The stations and groups en tered in these columns are called consecutively depending on the call forwarding no answer CFNA time The fifth column contains an entry that determines the time until CFNA occurs The sixth column contains an entry indicating the night bell type and the telephone that should also be called The seventh column defines when the night bell entered in column six should be called either immediately or after the first CFNA time entered in column five Block 4 If group numbers have been entered in the call destination lists the last call manage ment table handles any additional allocation This table is provided for hunt groups linear and cyclical and group calls P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 3 6 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Block 1 Block 2 16 incoming calls 16 incoming calls 1616 call allocation trunk day 1618 call forwarding no answer L1 7 16183 ext calls day 22 _ Without DID Stn no 1114 during day gt Lmax G7 t gt 22 h4 lt Entries m R1 Rn G1 Gm Bike DID day Rn 5 16182 Internal calls Stn no 11 16 Call dest list 14 7 Internal day
67. V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction So This feature does not function with ISDN terminals Recalls Recalls are postponed until the stations are free Call waiting Call waiting tone can also be suppressed from optiset E and opti Point telephones with display using a procedure 87 Call waiting tone off 87 Call waiting tone on This has no effect on display sig naling Call hold A station on hold always has signaling security Conference If a station in a conference has activated call waiting rejection an un protected station can still be camped on P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description feature08 fm Other Features Date and Time Display 8 2 Date and Time Display Implementing features see also Manager E Date and Time Display Definition The system contains a real time clock and a calendar Each optiset E and optiPoint telephone with display indicates the time and date information based on this clock In the case of digital trunks not for U S the date and time are set automatically provided that the information is transmitted from the central office during the first outgoing call The system changes automatically from standard time to daylight savings time and vice versa In IP networks with HiPath 5000 clock synchronization is no longer impleme
68. VOIP COs and other systems with SIP capability that are based on the original SIP protocol e g OpenScape which is based on the Mi crosoft Live Communication Server and Vovida and or Cisco P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 13 feature09 fm Networking SIP Networking Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x xX x Hardware requirements Software requirements V6 0 or later V6 0 or later V6 0 or later V6 0 or later 9 14 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Networking Cross Networking E amp M 9 4 Cross Networking E amp M Definition The TIEL HiPath 3750 HiPath 3700 and TMEW2 HiPath 3800 boards support tie traffic to other private communication systems They contain four two way analog tie trunks with E amp M signaling Each tie trunk has eight connections two incoming speech paths two outgoing speech paths two incoming signaling paths and two outgoing signaling paths The speech paths can switch between four wire and two wire modes To ensure high quality transmission a four wire connection should be used for analog networks The advantage of providing separate speech paths for incoming and outgoing calls is that it helps maintain call stability echo Repeaters in the transmission equipment can als
69. When call deflection is used HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 receive no call detail information for the forwarded call Customers are billed by their local Telecom P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 11 14 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 1 13 Definition Subaddressing SUB ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S Subaddressing allows the addressing capacity to be expanded regardless of the ISDN station number or additional information to be transmitted to the station dialed This makes it possible to initiate certain procedures Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Digital trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later CO feature x x x x Station feature x x x x Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction SUB The flow of information is in one direction only P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 15 feature11 fm ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S 11 1 14 Malicious Call Identification MCID Implementing features see also Manager E Malicious Call Identification Definition This feature makes it possible to identify unwanted callers The feature is activ
70. access the group s caller list in ad dition to your own caller list Storing an external an swered call You can access the store station number function manually from the service menu 3 54 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 17 Call Pickup AUN Within Call Pickup Groups Implementing features see also Manager E Call Pickup Within Call Pickup Groups Definition Calls that are signalled acoustically at a station in a call pickup group are simultaneously indi cated by an LED next to the programmed key and signaled on the displays of the other group members The call can be picked up by pressing the programmed key or dialing a code Acous tic pickup signaling after 5 rings can also be configured system wide The time from start of ring to acoustic notification of all group members is not variable If there are several calls ringing the group they are picked up in order of arrival Calls destined for Call Keys Trunk Keys or General Call Keys can be picked up by another user The LED on these keys will indicate busy after the pick up Calls directed to MUSAP keys can be picked up but after pick up the key indicates it is idle A version of the feature is Targeted call pickup outside of a pickup group Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3
71. advisory messages 10 10 10 10 in system Max no of characters in advi 24 24 24 24 sory message P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 6 19 feature06 fm Features for Internal Traffic Advisory Messages Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Call forwarding With call forwarding the telephone displays the advisory message of the called station P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 6 20 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Internal Traffic Internal Phonebook 6 11 Internal Phonebook Implementing features see also Manager E Internal Phonebook Definition On all optiset E and optiPoint telephones with display users can view a directory of all internal stations with their names and numbers In addition users can view entries from the system speed dialing facility name destination station number to search for and call the desired sta tion After selecting the Internal Phonebook option from the menu you can directly enter the name of the party you want to reach with by selecting GSM Cellphone procedure To do this press the key containing the letter you wish to access Press the key once to access the first letter twice to access the second letter and three times to access the third letter the one farthest to the right All the letters of the name can be entered consecutively in the display You can also scroll w
72. an access code Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Extension key LED signaling is not assigned to the extension key Simplified dialing Prime Line Prime Line is a system wide feature that allows users to dial directly to external destinations without the use of call or trunk keys The req uisite trunk or trunk group code is automatically dialed by the system If Prime Line is deactivated you must press a trunk or call key or dial a trunk or trunk group code to set up an external connection P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description feature06 fm Features for Internal Traffic Direct Station Selection DSS Repertory Dial Key 6 2 Direct Station Selection DSS Repertory Dial Key Implementing features see also Manager E Direct Station Selection DSS Definition The programmable function keys on optiset E and optiPoint telephones or key modules can be configured as direct station select DSS keys In this case users program the keys with the number of an internal station or station group Pressing the DSS key calls the destination sta tion di
73. and later 200000000 6 23 6 13 ROON MONOT ai eaaa amp 2 r aE aaa and aa eta Sat Gea a a Taa a ai lea Mare ees 6 25 6 14 Editing the Telephone Number 0 000 e eee eee eee 6 27 7 Te ant Service i asn bese Sho ae eases ke tarde Grebe hese Seales wea E AAEE Wie E a a wheat ee 7 1 7 1 Tenant Service Configuration 00 002 eee 7 2 8 Other Features ceine e deers inn bos tee he eee eee ee eee 8 1 8 1 Voice Channel Signaling Security 0 00 ee 8 1 8 2 Date and Time Display a5 ay eckmitad Beane ard ate ind aye Wie a etter dR a awal and ah aye ae ae Sar 8 2 8 9 REAY S rear seek bla slay Praha car date ote vate Lek eh ony Nar as ee ana Ue Acacia Nong of aa cael a he ea 8 4 Ba SOM SOLS Gry ty ke Ge eo SS ee ee ese SS AUG Mk Paneer om ak Bae AE aD e earet 8 8 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Contents Bo Mulilingulal Text OUTPUT 22002222320 huaa Denan ee e O08 dase Set Oe oe ee 8 10 8 6 AssSo iated Dialing i iy aver dual eat do ate he pied Gh ye ad won a etree ed 8 12 8 7 Associated Services u aeaaaee se eke e ob thee ee eek ee etek oe 8 14 8 8 Display Number of Stations with Direct Trunk Access for Austria Only 8 16 8 9 Services in the Talk Stale 223 ou Sek we ad ee ee ee eee eae eee ee vere eee 8 17 8 10 Reset Activated Features wick cede wae ere aes ee oraaa aane 8 18 8 11 Rel cate Hotaling serieen sae ko 2 3 be
74. answer continues out of the external CF destination to the station entered in the call destination list Note For CF on loop start trunks the flag functions only if you have entered a call cycle for the call forwarding no answer You can specify whether the system follows an external call forward ing procedure that a station has programmed in the call forwarding Ext call forwarding table External call forward If you activated external call forwarding no answer for the entire ing trunk the system circumvents internal call management for more in formation refer to the ISDN features CFB and CFNR P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 3 12 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Subject Dependency Restriction DISA This feature cannot be activated deactivated or changed by anything other than the Assistant T or HiPath 3000 Manager E Call waiting rejection A secondary destination which has activated DND will be skipped Analog telephones There is no indication at these telephones that the call being present ed is a forwarded call Display telephones An incoming call to a forwarded telephone displays the prompt Call from xxx Secondary forwarding destinations will display the prompt Call from xxx where xxx is the original destination dialed by the call er Hunting to external call for
75. based on the B channel The seizure algorithm of the directions can be configured as either cyclical or linear Route overflow is available A route is assigned to every line in the case of ISDN BRI 2 B channels A line cannot be as signed to more than one route The standard configuration for all lines is Route 1 The CO call privileges assigned to the B channel determine the access rights available to even or uneven B channels which have been set up Non switched MSI lines must be deleted via system administration P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 5 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for General External Traffic Names can be programmed for the 16 8 routes in order to ensure user friendly operation In an LCR environment this code is only used for display seizure codes are programmed in the Dial plan In the case of networking the input is to be entered or deleted in accordance with the configuration of the remote system Prime line refers to the seizure of an external trunk without dialing a predefined CO code Operation The user presses the trunk group key and receives a dial tone The trunk number is displayed If all trunks in the trunk group are busy the corresponding LED will be lit The LED also lights even if the trunk group has overflowed to another trunk group The user can put the call on Consultation Hold transfer the call place it in a Par
76. call waiting 9 23 callback on free busy 9 25 CDR with networking 9 19 central attendant console 9 32 conference 9 31 consultation hold transfer pickup 9 21 DISA Intern 9 37 distinctive ringing in the network 9 24 incoming calls 9 19 9 20 recall 9 22 satellite capability 9 12 sharing central voice mail server 9 36 station number name display 9 26 supported features 9 3 toggle 9 30 toll restriction 9 17 Night answer activating 4 23 Night service 4 22 11 3 2 6 Number of B channels for PRI parameters 11 32 Numbering 9 16 O Offset 10 28 Open numbering 9 16 Operation of least cost routing U S only 5 27 Operator assisted credit card call access 11 45 optiClient Attendant 2 21 9 35 optiPoint Attendant 2 21 optiPoint BLF 6 2 optiPoint key module 6 2 Originating B Channel Selection Implementa tion 11 57 Outdial rules least cost routing letters U S only 5 24 parameters U S only 5 24 least cost routing U S only 5 23 5 24 Outdial rules for least cost routing U S only 5 17 Outgoing Preference 8 48 OUTWATS facility 11 39 Overflow least cost routing U S only 5 18 Overflow UCD 3 41 Overload Indication 2 25 Override 2 23 P Parameters for LCR dial rules U S only 5 24 Parking 2 3 Payload Encryption 8 67 Phantom direct inward dialing 11 35 assigning numbers 11 37 Pickup call key 4 11 trunk key 4 9 Point to point connection 11 25 PRI carrier access for least cost routing U S only 5 17 P
77. can only be achieved with the first setting greet ings and messages optimized for storage e Maximum recording time of a voice message per mailbox 5 minutes can be configured in increments of 1 to 5 minutes default value 2 minutes e Date and time stamp for each message P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 2 27 feature02 fm Features for All Traffic Types Entry Voice Mail EVM The number n of messages recorded in EVM is shown on the optiPoint display n new messages e Forwarding of fax calls automatic fax tone recognition to a preconfigured fax destination e Playback of individual announcements depending on your HiPath system software version P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 2 28 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Model Specific Data Features for All Traffic Types Entry Voice Mail EVM Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x Hardware requirements CBCC S30810 Q2935 A301 or CBRC S30810 Q2935 Z301 and EVM Software requirements V4 0 or later V4 0 or later The EVM submodule enables integrated voice mail in HiPath 3300 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3550 The central controllers S30810 Q2935 A301 CBCC or S30810 Q2935 Z301 CBRC must be used for this Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependenc
78. contain a maximum of 10 entries Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x 4 60 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Hardware requirements Trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Number of classes of service 15 15 15 15 Number of characters in list entries 25 25 25 25 Total number of allowed lists 6 6 6 6 Allowed lists long 100 entries 1 1 1 1 Allowed lists short 10 entries 5 5 5 5 Total no of denied lists 6 6 6 6 Denied lists long 1 1 1 1 50 entries Denied lists short 5 5 5 5 10 entries Dependencies Restrictions Dependency Restriction You can use system speed dialing destinations regardless of the COS The toll restriction classes of service regulate which denied or al lowed lists are used for the stations for each trunk group The classes of service apply to data and voice stations Subject SSD Class of service CS CorNet QSig If the trunk group for networking is set to communications server CS the toll restriction check is not pe
79. door opener is activated by a DTMF transmitter e Call forwarding This specifies determines whether the call from the entrance telephone is forwarded to an external call forwarding destination Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x x x Hardware requirements Entrance telephone or ET A or ET w amplifier Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Max no of entrance telephones 4 4 4 4 Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Entrance telephone ring destination If a call is already indicating camp on at the entrance telephone ring destination an intercept is performed If the intercept station is also busy the system searches all optiset E and optiPoint telephones Night service Night service is not taken into account in the signaling HiPath 3250 Door busy and messenger call are possible using the optiset E con trol adapter P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 6 9 feature06 fm Features for Internal Traffic Speaker call 6 6 Speaker call Definition A speaker call allows an internal connection to be set up without the called user lifting the hand set the loudspeaker on the called user s telephone is activated Direct answering wi
80. eh we ewe Bae eee alt a a ae es 5 23 Dies lo SONGGUIG 2 casera tid wa cece tea renee Sedu E a ak eee ae wae Kock 5 24 5 2 16 Dialing RUlES Table es ta 1cireeere PRR eee che WSS Oe eee a a 5 24 5217 Operations cic ee ciwia seers ease ee eh tien dag os ae kee ears fees 5 27 6 Features for Internal Traffic 00 eee eee 6 1 6A internal Trafis 6 cenene ra Saree ie Gb herd Seat ne ane he Cooney E 6 1 6 2 Direct Station Selection DSS Repertory Dial Key 0000 e eee 6 2 63 NAMES ene AAP e s ey al Au Beata ty EE a das bane Grae Ss A E divas a e Daneel 6 6 6 4 Automatic Callback When Free or Busy 2 00 00 cece eee eee 6 7 6 5 Entrance Telephone Door Opener 00 0c eee ee ete 6 9 6 6 SOG akOniCall seit ne i aN wen oer eta a ar hl aia oleate eee he hace alba eine 6 10 6 7 Transfer from ANNOUNCOMEM oi b cada oe Seed Wand PEO ae ees 6 12 6 8 Radio Paging Equipment PSE 24 664 6 440 cues ails 222496 Vadis ea wins 6 13 6 8 1 Simple Radio Paging Equipment Simple PSE not for U S 6 13 6 8 2 Radio Paging Equipment via ESPA Enhanced Radio Paging Equipment Not for U S 6 14 6 9 Message Texts Mailboxes Message Waiting 0000e eee ee eee 6 15 BuO Advisory MESSAGCS Fx apace teen Bue ak yeh atid Aka ees a hehe ol E aha ad ld ele eee ee 6 19 6 11 Nite mali Phonebook emeei oping ce Seok ssa hela a Shag tps og anc ates a aa a hg tas oe oe 6 21 6 12 LDAP Telephone Directory V4 0 SMR 7
81. essential characteristic of this feature is that the HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 System number outgoing does not have to be the same as the International national system number incom ing To make this possible the System number parameter that has been used until now has been split into System number incoming and System number outgoing for V3 0 SMR 3 and lat er Incoming and outgoing calls usually use the same system number In this case the entry under System number outgoing is either empty or the same as the one under System number incoming If this is not the case you can e enter a different number under System number outgoing e use the routing parameter No and type outgoing to define whether the entered System number outgoing contains the station number without area code subscriber with area code national or also with the international country code international You can also activate the flag Suppress station number for special customer applications This prevents the system from sending out the DID number of the station along with the Station number outgoing Example You want to prevent customers from directly reaching a service staff member who is reached centrally with a general service number To conceal his or her own DID number enter the general service number as System number outgoing and activate the Suppress station numb
82. external calls are saved Every new outgoing call overwrites the previous number stored This is also true if System or Station speed dial is used When using LCR access only the num ber dialed by the station is stored in the LNR memory A call to a user in a networked system over a CorNet link is stored in LNR memory An external call routed via CorNet to a trunk in another node is also stored This feature cannot be invoked if Lock Code has been activated Each time users place and dial an external destination the number is stored If the destination was busy or not reachable users can press the redial key to redial the same number This feature can only be invoked from the Redial key No feature access code is possible P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 43 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic Expanded Redial This feature applies only to display optiset E or optiPoint 500 however it uses the same feature key Redial as the Last Number Redial feature for non display telephones The system stores the last three external calls dialed by a display telephone The expanded redial memory operates in a first in first out FIFO manner that is the fourth external call num ber placed from that telephone is placed at the top of the redial table and the oldest call is re moved from memory and so on Only external calls are saved This i
83. feature x x x x Station feature x x x x Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction COLR Same CDB entry as CLIR P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 9 feature11 fm ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S 11 1 9 Definition Advice of Charge AOC This feature offers the user call detail information and must be provided by the pubic network The information is transmitted in three ways e AOC S Advice of charges at call setup Call charge display on the telephone is the same as for AOC D The charges are not displayed if the call was not fully set up or if HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 is unable to evaluate the call detail information of a service provider e AOC D Advice of charges during the call e AOC E Advice of charges at the end of the call Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Digital trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later CO feature x x x x Station feature x x x x Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction AOC Some countries transmit call charge pulses instead of the amount In this case the received pulses are converted to currency amounts us ing a call charge fac
84. features see also Manager E Calling Line Identification Restriction CLIR Definition This feature suppresses the transmission of the calling party s station number The public net work must support suppression temporary or permanent Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x x X Hardware requirements Digital trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later CO feature x x x x Station feature x x x x Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction CLIR Calling line identification restriction can be defined across the sys tem CLIR HiPath 3000 Manager E can be used to ignore an activated CLIR set ting across the system allowing the calling party s station number to be displayed on the development level only This can be useful for emergency calls and in similar situations CLIR Calling line presentation restriction per station e 86 activate e 86 deactivate It is not possible to ignore an activated CLIR setting per station P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description feature11 fm ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S 11 1 7 Definition Connected Line Identification Presentation COLP This feature allows the cal
85. from being overridden The calling station will only hear the busy tone P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 5 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 3 Call Management CM Implementing features see also Manager E Call Management CM Definition Call Management is a call management system This system determines how incoming calls are handled with regard to line type and Day Night service Call management consists of four blocks Block 1 Two call allocation tables exist for calls on analog or digital ISDN trunks without a direct inward dialing DID option One call allocation table is evaluated during day service and the other table during night service For each trunk these tables contain a reference to further day and night lists Call management goes directly to these lists when a direct inward dialing DID call arrives In the default setting DID calls on all trunks that lead to an intercept are sig naled at the day or night intercept position Intercept criteria can also be entered in these tables Block 2 A total of three lists exist for day service internal calls and night answer These lists contain references to one of the possible call destination lists Block 3 The call destination lists form a seven column table A row of this table is also referred to as a CM element The first four columns contain procedures
86. in X X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction 3PTY For multi device connections only In the case of CSs the conference is executed in the CS The information element is transmitted to the trunk 3PTY internal to S The other conference participants are connected in the system therefore only one channel is required to the So bus 11 52 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 3 15 Call Waiting CW Definition ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only If a station is busy and a second call is pending the busy station receives call waiting The call waiting CW status is transmitted to the trunk The busy station has the option of answering the waiting call Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction CW For PCPBX point to multipoint connections only In the case of PABXs call waiting is executed in the CS The information element is transmitted to the trun
87. internal calls Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX xX X x Hardware requirements Digital trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later CO feature x x x x Station feature xX xX x x Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction MCID Malicious call ID is supported only on a direct trunk connection and not in tie traffic QSig or CorNet N MCID Trunk release is delayed P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 11 16 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S Subject Dependency Restriction MCID The malicious call ID class of service can be programmed for indi vidual stations MCID internal to So Activation is forwarded to the trunk P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 17 feature11 fm ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S 11 1 15 Definition Competition of Calls to Busy Subscribers CCBS This feature sets automatic callback from an external station that is busy When the station be comes free the trunk attempts to set up a connection between the two stations Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3
88. internally stored data fol lowing a power failure or system restart The system also checks to determine whether call charges are still stored that have not yet been output via the V 24 RS 232 inter face If this is the case the system outputs a data line using the format illustrated in the example 15 for each affected trunk output does not include station number P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Call Detail Recording Call Detail Recording Central CDRC e Compressed Output Format for Call Details Output via LAN Interface HE 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 aly 2345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890 Date 8 digits 2 Time 8 3 Trunk 3 4 internal station number 6 digits 5 Ring duration 5 6 Call duration 8 7 Station number 25 8 Call charge pulses 11 blank in U S 9 Information element 2 10 ACCT 11 11 MSN 11 oe 12 b Seizure code 5 po bea 13 LCR route 2 Nie a V N VVVV V V VV V V V 13 12 99 08 23 23 4 16 00 05 23 02317324856 12 2 12345678901 902725 841 e DOS mode carriage return CR line feed LF default or UNIX mode line feed LF at the end of a call data record e Separators default or between the logical elements of a call data record the record is no longer position
89. is programmed on this key Flickering Your own station Immediate connection with the calling station 50 ms on is being called by Note Multiple parallel waiting calls are signalized by the 100 ms off the station pro __ flickering of several DSS keys provided that the respec grammed on this tive stations are programmed on those keys The sub key scriber being called can select and answer a call by pressing one of the flickering keys regardless of the call shown on the display P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 6 2 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Internal Traffic Direct Station Selection DSS Repertory Dial Key LED Meaning Effect of pressing a key Irregular flash Station is in Do An authorized station can override DND in which case ing not disturb a busy signal sounds for five seconds The destination 450 ms on DND status station then receives a call not a speaker call 50 ms off 1 May occur in V4 0 SMR 8 and later The DSS key is also used as a means to quickly transfer an incoming call to another station The user during a conversation with an external party can press a DSS key this places the current call on Consultation Hold The user can then transfer the call screened or unscreened to the DSS destination If the destination does not answer a recall is effected and the user can retrieve the call by pressing the DSS key once again A DSS appearance can appe
90. is executed in the CS The information element is transmitted to the trunk 11 20 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S 11 1 18 Call Waiting CW Definition When a busy party receives a call a call waiting tone indicates that another call has arrived and may be answered The call waiting status is transmitted to the trunk The busy station has the option of answering the waiting call Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x X x Hardware requirements Digital trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later CO feature x x x x Station feature x x x x Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction CW call waiting For PCPBX point to multipoint connections only In the case of tele communication systems call waiting is executed in the CS The in formation element is transmitted to the trunk P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 21 feature11 fm ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S 11 1 19 Definition Telephone Portability TP This feature allows a user to park a call on the bus unplug the telephone plug it in agai
91. is made between common hold and exclusive hold With common hold any party can retrieve the held call with exclusive hold only the party who placed the call on hold can retrieve it The following describes other situations involving Hold states Call waiting When a station is involved in a call and a second call is waiting to be answered you can scroll to and select the prompt Accept call waiting This places the first caller on exclusive hold at your telephone and answers the incoming call This feature is also known as answer hold You can process the second call transfer park or Quit and Return to the held party The second incoming call is dropped Toggle and Automatic Hold refer to Section 2 3 for more details When a station using a trunk key or call key is engaged in one call and another call is in coming on another key you can automatically place the current call on exclusive hold and answer the incoming call by pressing the flashing key You can then toggle between the two calls at will While the user is talking on one line the other line is put on consultation hold An automatic recall is performed by the remote station for the last call processed when the you hang up Alternatively you can place your original caller on Common hold by first pressing the Hold key before answering the incoming call Anyone with an appearance of the Trunk key or Call key can take the call by pressing the slowly flashing key
92. is why and are invalid entries Dial rules may be used to in sert the and in the dial string to the public network Do not confuse the hyphen in the destination field which functions as a field sep arator with the dash in the Route table field which blocks the numbers see Table 5 1 If Prime Line is used no LCR is possible For the LCR dial plan to accurately select the route group the dial plan entries must be entered as follows Entries should be placed in ascending numeric order from 0 to 9 Specific dialed numbers must precede wildcard entries to prevent conflicts in matches with wildcard entries Table 5 1 is an example of the suggested entry order Table 5 1 Sample Entries in a Dial Plan Table Entry No c aioe ae o Route table 1 9COZ 1 2 9C011Z 3 9C492 5001 1 4 QCNXX XXXX 1 5 9C1 NXX XXX XXXX 1 6 9C1 900 XXX XXX 1 7 9C1 976 123 3456 2 254 1 In this example the dash blocks all 900 numbers from being dialed P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 5 21 feature05 fm Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing for U S Only 2 In this example the dash blocks only the specific number 976 123 3456 from being dialed The fields formed by the field separators and C in the dial plan can be addressed selec tively to repeat suppress exchange
93. later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Agent status If you activate the night service feature your current status does not change System night service UCD night service can be activated independently of system night service and vice versa If a call reaches a UCD group by way of sys tem night service the call remains in the UCD group independently of UCD night service Group specific night service destination The group specific night service destination can be an internal exten sion an external destination or any other UCD group Calls currently being processed Calls that are being processed during activation of UCD night answer are not affected 3 44 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 1 12 10 Definition UCD Group Status Display Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Users can use a procedure or code to display the number of calls waiting in the queue on the optiset E or optiPoint telephone Users can program a feature button on the optiset E or optiPoint 500 telephone for this feature Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X x x Hardware requirements Digital subscriber line module Software
94. networks if supported on the trunk side transit traffic can be used externally as well e Message waiting for central voice mail servers in CorNet and QSig not for U S networks BRI trunks Such calls are intercepted to the HiPath 3550 or HiPath 3500 intercept External access from a remote node is not possible over HiPath 3550 or HiPath 3500 position Definition of Features Associated with Transit Traffic e Call forwarding A trunk to trunk connection is possible using call forwarding no answer CFNA or call forwarding CF to an external destination Care should be taken concerning the release capability of the trunks Using LCR an incoming call can also be forwarded CF or CNA to a CorNet N link to a station in the remote node to the Attendant in the remote node to a voice mail system in the remote node or rerouted to an external destination by the remote node When calls from a HiPath 3000 are routed through a CorNet N link to in ternal and external destinations the CorNet N channels must be split between these func tions In the case of a transfer to a remote voice mail system the HiPath 3000 sends the originally called destination s station number to the voice mail to activate the proper answer message P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 13 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for General External Traffic e Transfer It is possible for the use
95. number which will be transmitted to the voice mail system It is also possible to have a call forwarding within the destination list One station can simultaneously be a member of two groups Calls from either group are pre sented to the agent in the normal manner If the user has a display telephone he or she can identify the source of the call by the name assigned to the trunk trunk group Groups Hunt groups is a set of several stations that can be reached at one call number This call number can be a code or the call number of the first station in the hunt group master hunt group In Hicom 150 E Office Point HiPath 3150 3250 up to 20 groups can be configured each with eight members Hicom 150 E Office Com HiPath 3300 to 3550 communication systems support up to 150 groups each with 20 members Hicom 150 E Office Pro HiPath 3700 3750 communication systems support up to 150 groups 300 as of Hicom 150 H V1 0 Hicom 150 E Office Rel 3 0 each with 20 members P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 3 24 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Within each communication system certain call numbers are reserved for groups or hunt groups and cannot be used for individual stations In the Hicom 150 E Office Point HiPath 3150 to 3350 these numbers are 31 through 49 In the Hicom 150 E Office Com Pro HiPath 3500 to 3750 communication systems these numbe
96. on I E Programmable DSS Executive Programmable i i Exec MULAP Exec MULAP Ring Transfer Exec MULAP Ring Transfer Exec MULAP Programmabl DSS Secr MULAP Secr MULAP Programmable Programmable Basic MULAP Secr MULAP with No 202 Exec MULAP i with No 201 Secr with No 202 Exec with No 201 Exec CMI with No 77801 Figure 8 4 Example of a Top Configuration with One Executive and One Secretary This Top configuration includes the following components Executive MULAP 201 with an executive and executive CMI as executives and with a sec retary as member Basic MULAP 202 with a secretary as primary station and an executive and executive CMI as members DSS keys Secretary to executive executive CMI and executive to secretary Ring transfer keys For controlling incoming MULAP call signaling The default setting for the ring transfer key is deactivated LED off Calls are signaled on the secretary P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 35 feature08 fm Other Features Team Top In addition incoming MULAP call signaling can be activated or deactivated by means of a group call key on non executive telephones only Ring transfer has priority meaning that the group call key is activated only when ring transfer is deactivated
97. on more than one station All stations with the appearance of the Trunk key can also ring on an incoming call if they are programmed in a Call Group otherwise they only have LED signalization A user can place a trunk appearance on Common Hold by pressing the Hold key and going on hook The trunk appearance will flash slowly at all other appearances of the Trunk key Calls placed on Trunk keys are subject to COS toll restriction levels and rules Trunk keys can be used in a Centrex environment The system can cut through immediately to the Centrex CO to allow the user to hear if special tones indicating Message Waiting In this case Dial Tone Detection must be turned off because the special CO tones are not recognized by the HiPath 3000 as dial tone Feature Interaction e Call pickup An incoming call ringing on a Trunk key can be picked from another station via the feature Call Pickup Group or via Call Pickup Directed e Retrieve trunk on exclusive hold A Trunk key is placed on exclusive hold at the station which put it on Hold by pressing another flashing Trunk key which results in a Toggle op eration To retrieve the held trunk the user needs only to press the flashing key e Retrieve trunk on common hold Another user with the appearance of the same Trunk key can retrieve a trunk call on Common Hold Appearance flashing slowly by pressing the flashing key e Answer calls Any user with the appearance of the trunk can ans
98. one call to each station Ignores call ringing groups Call diversion If a destination station entered in a destination number list has acti vated the call diversion function 1n for another station or a hunt group Call Management still analyzes the destination number list of the original destination station when the call is not answered and NOT the destination number list of the diversion destination P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 3 10 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 4 Call Forwarding No Answer CFNA With a Timeout Implementing features see also Manager E Call Forwarding No Answer CFNA With a Tim eout Definition With this feature calls arriving at a specific destination are forwarded if they are not answered within a specified period Call forwarding no answer in conjunction with direct inward dialing call allocation and internal calls is carried out according to station numbers in call management Each call signaled at a station is also signaled at stations in the call ringing group in other words the call is forwarded to these stations as well This type of forwarding is also referred as Fixed call forwarding no answer in that once the destination has been set in the database it cannot be activated deactivated or changed by the end user The destination can only be changed by maintenance personnel via
99. one of up to 60 UCD groups An ID can only be assigned to one group Several IDs can be assigned to one agent permitting the agent to work in more than one UCD group however the agent can only be active in one group at a time Certain system features are only available to UCD members An agent can logon logoff from any optiset E optiPoint 500 or analog telephone connection in the system using an ID The agent is available after logon and is permanently assigned to this device until logoff An agent can only be logged on from one device at a time and only one agent can be logged on per device even for IP Clients like optiPoint 400 standard Each agent is assigned to one work group only After logging off the agent is no longer available for UCD calls At logon this assignment to the UCD groups is checked The port to which an agent logs on is stored in the non volatile memory in order to retain the assignments should the system be re set Agent Indexes are defined in the following manner e HiPath 3000 Manager E Options gt Incoming Calls gt UCD groups gt Members e Manager T 31 1 Operation With universal call distribution UCD an incoming internal or external call is assigned to the station idle longest in a UCD group P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 29 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Incoming calls are routed to
100. one subscriber in a group has activated external call for warding you cannot make an unscreened transfer within the group Analog telephones The system does not check whether analog telephones are present As a result you must log the telephone onto the system by lifting the handset once Intercept If the call cannot be signaled at any station it is intercepted Call waiting Busy stations receive call waiting or ring injection if no other stations are available Join Leave Group Each member of a group call can dial 85 to leave group call and 85 to reenter group call Hunt group If a station is active in group call and a hunt group any changes such as dialing 85 85 apply to both features P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 09 05 3 21 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 9 Group Call with Busy Signaling Implementing features see also Manager E Group Call with Busy Signaling Definition If a group member is busy incoming calls to the group receive a busy signal The call also camps on at the busy station This type of group defined in Manager T as Grp call RNA and in HiPath 3000 Manager E as RNA under Type functions in the similar manner as a Group Call arrangement that is when a new call enters an idle group all member telephones ring The first station to answer the call is co
101. point the last held party immediately recalls per the Consultation Hold pro cedure e Pickup An incoming call ringing on a Call key can be picked up from another station via the feature Call Pickup Group or via Call Pickup Directed Conversely if a user with a Call key on the telephone picks a trunk call from another sta tion the trunk appears on the Call key P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 11 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for General External Traffic e Placing a call The user presses a Call key The user is presented with simulated dial tone if LCR is in effect or if not CO dial tone e Receiving a call An incoming call is signalled audibly and visually at the station The dis play shows the trunk group name If caller ID is available the user display will indicate the calling party s caller ID number Calling party name is not available The user presses the flickering key to answer the call The LED of the Call key remains lit Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x X X Hardware requirements Upoye device Software requirements V5 0 or lat V1 0 or lat V1 0 or lat V1 0 or lat er er er er Max no of call keys per 10 10 10 10 optiset E or optiPoint 500 telephone Dependencies Restrictions
102. protocol 9 1 Supported features depending on networking protocol Networking Features HiPath 3000 5000 V6 0 Not relevant Y Implemented N Not implemented In mixed networks consisting of HiPath 3000 5000 V5 0 and HiPath 3000 5000 V6 0 systems only the functionality of version 5 0 is supported An existing HiPath 5000 RSM must be upgraded to V6 0 Feature Abbrevi HiPath 3000 5000 ation ECMA ISO QSIG CorNetN CorNet CorNet IP QSIG TDM NQ CorNet Network TDM NQ in IP Network Network Basic Call Q 931 BC Y Y Y Y Y Segmentation Y Y Y Generic Procedures Generic Functional Procedures GF Y Y Y Y ROSE ADPUs Requirements of GF for a Transit Y Y Y Y PBX Generic Procedures for the control Y Y Y Y Y of supplementary services for un successful calls Transport of Manufacturer Specific Y Y Y Y Information Classmarks Y Y Y Call Completion cc Call Completion to busy subscriber CCBS Y Y Y Y Y Tabelle 9 1 Networking Features HiPath 3000 5000 V5 0 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 3 feature09 fm Networking Supported features depending on networking protocol Feature Abbrevi HiPath 3000 5000 ation ECMA ISO QSIG CorNetN CorNet CorNet IP QSIG TDM NQ CorNet Network TDM
103. re mote CS placing the call e Toll restriction e Workpoint client station number e Station name Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 9 20 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Networking Consultation Hold Transfer Pickup 9 9 Consultation Hold Transfer Pickup Definition Consultation hold between a HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 station and a station in a networked communication server is initially set up via a second B channel If possible the connection itself is made via path replacement rerouting which is activated after Connect If path replacement is not possible the connection remains on the second B channel When an external call is transferred to a station connected via CorNet the station number name and class of service for the A and C stations are transmitted Users can pick up from the networked communication server if the call is identified as a con sultation call If the consulted party picks up the call the request from the master communica tion server causes the call to be switched in transit and the system disconnects the consulting party If the consulted party disconnects the consultation call the con
104. repeated for every call using the system LCR application P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 5 13 feature05 fm Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing for U S Only User dials access code and number Route table is select ed Route group is se lected Is your route avail able What time is it Is your LCRCOS equal to or higher than the require ment No Try the next route group or return busy tone No Try the next route group or return busy tone Expensive warning tone Are there any toll re striction tables that prevent you from di B aling the number on the selected route Yes Go to the toll re striction tables for analysis group ie Insert outdial rule I Call is processed Figure 5 3General LCR Flow for U S Only a trunk code A system wide flag activates LCR via Manager T or HiPath 3000 Manager E When LCR is activated the check is performed for every trunk seizure except when dialing If all the least expensive connection routes have been seized LCR automatically switches to defined more expensive routes The user can be signaled of this fact both visually and acoustically 5 14 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5
105. require an SFG access code which is assigned by the telephone company at the time of sub scription P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 39 feature11 fm ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only 11 3 3 Dedicated Pre Provisioned Service Selection This feature simplifies the service ordering process by supplying ordering codes that tell the central office how to configure the HiPath 3000 Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 11 40 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 3 4 Transfer Definition ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only This feature allows calls to be transferred the same as non ISDN calls Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 41 feature11 fm ISDN Features U S ISDN F
106. requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later General requirements optiPoint or optiset E headset disconnect key P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 45 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 12 11 UCD Home Agent Implementing features see also Manager E UCD Home Agent Definition Users can integrate an off premises extension analog telephone into the UCD group as a home agent Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction UCD Only the most important functions are accessible via codes logon wrap up unavailable P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 3 46 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 1 12 12 Definition Transfer to UCD Groups Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Internal and external calls can be transferred to a UCD group If the call is not answered within a certain period a recall is carried out This time is fixed and cannot be changed Announcements can be played for the external t
107. service on P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 3 48 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Subject Dependency Restriction Silent monitoring This feature can be used in the following countries only Australia Brazil France Great Britain Hong Kong India Ireland Malaysia the Netherlands Singapore South Africa Thailand USA international markets As of V3 0 SMR 6 this feature can also be used in Argentina Bel gium and Spain As of V4 0 SMR 04 this feature can also be used in Portugal Silent monitoring The call can be overridden only using code 944 station number not from a menu Signaling The call is not signaled at the overridden station no display no alert ing tone no sound Conference Silent Monitoring limits the maximum number of conferences Maxi mum number of conferences possible in system maximum number of simultaneous Silent Monitoring stations P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 49 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 14 Do Not Disturb DND Definition Users can activate do not disturb DND on their stations so that no incoming calls are put through A user who has activated DND hears a special dial tone after lifting the handset When the fea ture is active
108. standby system HiPath ComScendo Service or HiPath 3000 for the fea ture HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience you must follow the procedure below 1 Perform country initialization The system is bootstrapped Previously saved data such as system speed dialing desti nations and classes of service are deleted or reset to the basic settings default 2 Execute the licensing procedure HiPath ComScendo licenses are required for both the regular stations and the resilience stations Configure IP stations and resilience stations 4 Delete the internal station numbers DID numbers and names of all resilience stations Configuration of a home system A resilience destination IP address of the standby system must be defined for all resilience stations in the home system HiPath 3000 Manager E Stationview Workpoint Client Configuration of IP workpoint clients resilience stations Enter settings for the devices via the Web interface 1 Enter the second gateway with the same number under Administration System Gateway Settings 2 Select SRSR enabled and Automatic Switch back under Administration System SRSR Settings Change the parameters Switch to home expiry timeout Switch to standby expiry time out and TC_TEST expiry timeout from the default value of 20 to 5 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 14 7 feature14 fm HiPa
109. station to allow for external telephone functions such as to answer camp on calls and conference calls CAID values are used to simulate mul tiple call handling at a single desktop station That is each CAID number simulates an addition al extension a call appearance but the additional extension numbers do not actually repre sent outside trunk lines Some COs do not assign CAID values to ISDN data terminals If you do not know the CAID numbers assigned to the system consult the BRI provider P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 11 36 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description ISDN Features U S ISDN for U S Only PDID administration allows customers to set phantom direct inward dialing identification num bers PDIDs PDID numbers take the place of CAID values in the Nortel DMS100 NI1 CO only Customers can assign PDID numbers to all voice and data terminals in the system This allows incoming calls to be routed to the specified station or ISDN terminal without attendant interven tion The PDID number can be from 1 to 7 digits in length corresponding to a traditional seven digit phone number PDIDs or directory numbers DNs are assigned by the ISDN provider FIN for message waiting allows users to set the feature identification number FIN for the BRI message waiting feature provided by the LEC The LEC assigns FIN values to associate the feature with specific HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3500 or HiPath 330
110. stored in the system until it is output to the printer and deleted by the attendant console using a procedure If an overflow occurs the oldest entry is overwritten first The stored data is lost if there is a power failure P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 10 8 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Signals on the CDRA display key e LED lights up continuously New CDRA call details that have not yet been displayed are waiting e LED off Features for Call Detail Recording Call Detail Recording Attendant CDRA not for U S Either CDRA call details that have been displayed at least once are waiting or no entry was made Configuring a station as a pay phone automatic CDRA If an internal station is configured as a pay phone all chargeable calls are automatically iden tified as CDRA calls A call that is transferred to another station from the pay phone is logged as a CDRC or CDRA call depending on how the pay phone is configured Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX xX x x Hardware requirements Loop start Loop start call detail recording GEE8 GEE12 16 50 Hardware requirements telephone optiset E or optiPoint telephone with display Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later General requirements Call details fro
111. system Internal stations support CFU only to prevent conflicts with call man agement Internal to So P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 11 12 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S 11 1 11 External Call Forwarding Definition If you have assigned an MSN to a subscriber group any member of the group can activate and deactivate external call forwarding for this MSN provided that the user is authorized to use ex ternal call forwarding A total of 10 multiple subscriber numbers can be forwarded If you have assigned an MSN to a subscriber group any member of the group can activate and deactivate external call forwarding for this MSN Users can enter only one forwarding destination per MSN There are three different versions of the feature e Call forwarding unconditional CFU The carrier forwards all calls to this MSN directly regardless of the MSN status e Call forwarding busy CFB Calls are forwarded only if the MSN dialed is busy e Call forwarding no reply CFNR Calls are forwarded only if the destination does not answer the incoming call within a preset period of time such as 15 seconds time is configurable Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x X Hardware requirements Sotrunk connection Software r
112. table Up to 254 route tables with 16 routes each can be created Each route ina route table is described by a combination of the trunk group outdial rule toll restriction schedule and an option for warning against a more expensive route The table is scanned from top to bottom The system checks to determine whether the trunk group is free and the station has the requisite class of service If so the system dials per the outdial rule and schedule entered in the route table Depending on the entry in the route table a warning can be issued to the station informing the user that the call is being routed This warning can be signaled by a warning tone and a display message The display shows the outdial rule name e Dial plan Each station number dialed for external traffic is checked against the dial plan for up to 30 positions including field separator and trunk group code If the number dialed matches an entry in the dial plan LCR is handled in accordance with the route table in the dial plan To use all available features such as callback in conjunction with LCR the trunk group code must be separated from the dialed station number by a dash in the dial plan sam ple dial plan entry O CZ The first entry in a dial plan does not have to be a trunk group code it can also be a station number in a networked system The following station number entries are valid 0 9 Allowed digits Field separator X A sea
113. tables discussed in the following sections 5 2 13 LCR Dial Plan In the case of external calls the system checks each number dialed up to a total of 25 digits including field separators and trunk group access codes The dial plan entry is associated with a route group for the destination number and the system assigns this route to the station for setting up the connection The dial plan may be separated into unique fields for identification and configuration purposes using the dial rules The table shows the numbers 4922000 and 14084922000 entered in the dial plan table Field 1 Field 2 Field 3 Field 4 Field 5 9 C 492 2000 9 C 1 408 492 2000 6265932 Reset boards and 1 port assignments stored in the sys tem P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 5 20 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing for U S Only The following station number entries are valid e 0 9 Allowed digits e Field separator maximum of 10 fields per dial plan entry e C Simulated dial tone can be entered up to three times This entry is also inter preted as a field separator X Any digit from Oto 9 N Any digit from 2 to 9 e Z One or more digits follow before end of dialing C Simulated dial tone can be entered up to three times Notes The character within a dial string means end of dialing or signaling method changeover That
114. the programmed intercept criteria apply P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 36 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic 4 2 11 Call Collect Barring Per Trunk for Brazil only Implementing features see also Manager E Call Collect Barring Per Trunk Definition This feature provides for automatic release of incoming collect calls users can configure it in dividually for each analog trunk loop start If this feature is enabled for a trunk the system opens the loop for 2 s default value one second default value after an incoming call is ac cepted This ensures that collect calls are released in the network while other calls continue unaffected for identifying a collect call in the ISDN D channel protocol Collect calls are not pos Not all providers guarantee that the called party will receive the information element sible in this case Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x Hardware require ments Analog trunk loop start V5 0 or later Software requirements V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Call collect barring per Only available in Brazil This setting is ignored in all other countries trunk
115. the UCD group using one the following Ring Announcement table Direct inward dialing Call Management table Auto attendant application Transfer Prim Ring cycles is the time the system places an unanswered call in an unavailable state be fore the next available agent is offered the call If the overflow queue timer expires before an agent is available the call can be directed to an other UCD group a station voice mail or an external destination If the overflow target is an other UCD group the caller remains in queue in the original group and is also be placed in queue in the overflow queue Overflow targets are configured using the Call destination table A numeric threshold value can be assigned to each group If the number of calls in queue equals the threshold value the call overflows The UCD group can be forwarded night answer for UCD P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 3 30 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Additional Parameters per Group If all agents in a group are busy each group can independently determine the length of time a caller will remain queued to one group At the end of which if no agent has answered the call in the first group the call simultaneously is presented to the secondary group if configured for another predetermined time The time is set by the number of ring cycles The number of ring cycles can be set
116. the customer database the call details are output to the printer If the telephone is an optiset E or optiPoint telephone with display that has a programmed CDRA display key the charges are also signaled on the station CDRA Data Output to Upo Port You can also output the CDRT data to a Upo port To do this an optiset E control adapter to which you can attach a printer or terminal must be connected to this port The system supports only one adapter per call data output You can configure the output as follows e On the communications server set call data output to adapter e Enter the telephone number e f only one optiset E control adapter is connected you can choose any slot in the tele phone e f two optiset E control adapters are connected set the right adapter to Printer Pipe Mode for call data output The other adapter is used in API1 or API2 mode e The transmission rate is permanently set to 9600 baud CDRA provides the following data at the end of each call segment e Internal station number or name of the station e The external station number dialed for outgoing calls or the station number of the calling party for incoming calls e Time beginning of call in hours minutes and seconds e Call duration in hours minutes and seconds e Amount due in local currency The data is entered at the end of each call segment and at the end of the call Up to 20 call segments can be recorded simultaneously This data is
117. this in turn is connected to the same UCD group D3 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 65 feature08 fm Other Features Prerequisites for ProCenter Applications D1 N1 C1 D2 Multi pilot station number D3 UCD D4 Call is Forwarded by an Agent to Another Multi Pilot Station Number In this example a call that had previously been distributed to the UCD group D3 represented by the first multi pilot station number D2 is forwarded by agent D4 to a second multi pilot sta tion number D5 this in turn is connected to the same UCD group D3 D1 N1 D5 2nd multi pilot station number D3 UCD Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X X x Hardware requirements ProCenter application Software requirements V6 0 or later V6 0 or later V6 0 or later V6 0 or later 8 66 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Signaling Encryption Payload Encryption 8 22 Signaling Encryption Payload Encryption Definition In order to guarantee maximum privacy the signaling stream and the data stream are encrypt ed Software encryption methods that meet int
118. tion number name of the caller is displayed The start of call detail recording for analog trunks is activated by means of a timer five seconds after end of dialing In the case of digital trunks recording is started when the call is accepted at connect The dialed station number is displayed until this point Numbers dialed in suffix dialing mode are displayed for approximately five seconds The call duration is displayed again Once the call is ended the display returns to idle status current time and date P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 10 4 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Call Detail Recording Call Duration Display on Telephone Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements optiset E or optiPoint telephone with display V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Software requirements Dependencies Restrictions Subject So cordless telephone Dependency Restriction The system does not support the call duration display feature on So and cordless telephones not for U S P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 10 5 feature10 fm Features for Call Detail Recording Call Detail Recording at Station CDRS not for U S 10 4 Call Detail Rec
119. to the originating station in the network for example if a transfer was unsuccessful The feature is implemented according to QSig specification RE recall 9 25 7 Message Waiting Indication MWI This feature allows you to activate and delete the Mailbox key callback signaling This function supports sending service menu or code from the idle ringing busy and talk states and supports the receiving of messages You cannot select text messages Because the protocol does not support the transmission of text information the receiving end always re ceives and displays the Please call back message A central voice mail server in the QSig network can also initiate a message In this case the name administered for this voice mail server for callback access is displayed It is not possible to send a message to voice mail In the case of Octopus E 300 800 message waiting indication is supported either for voice mail or for other stations If the feature is activated for voice mail it must be deactivated for other stations 9 25 8 Central Cross System Busy Signaling This feature is supported only in the direction of an Octopus E 300 800 system A6 Release 6 3 or later from Deutsche Telekom AG The destination of cross system busy signaling can only be the central Octopus E 300 800 attendant console AC Systems in the QSig network can report the operating states of selected stations to the central attendant console of a CS can
120. types of telephones A feature button can be programmed on the optiset E or optiPoint 400 500 telephones to acti vate deactivate the feature More than one group ringing button can be programmed on one telephone to allow for different variations More than one button can be activated at one time however the maximum number telephones to ring cannot exceed five The Forwarding screen is one of three screens in the System Status pathway in HiPath 3000 Manager E that provides station specific rather than system specific status information You can use the Call Forwarding screen to see if a station has a Group ringing activated or if it is part of a Ring Group This feature can be activated deactivated via a DISA connection by its own station user or for another user with the aid of the feature Associated Services Group ringing can be invoked during a conversation by following the above procedure using the Program Service key If the feature is used frequently the user can place the feature on a vacant button on the tele phone The feature button name is Ringing group in the button menu When the feature is ac tive the LED is lit The station flag no group ringing on busy determines which stations in a call ringing group receive a call when the primary telephone the one activating the feature is busy and which ones do not If the same station or smartset is in the ringing group of more than one master telephone the flag applie
121. uppercase and lowercase letters In addition users can configure whether the telephone display shows the caller s name or station number The HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 sends both the calling station number and calling station name if applicable via the ISDN D channel If external and internal calls are routed via CorNet N to another node it is necessary to split the B channels of a T1 span for internal and external traffic This can lead to the situation that for certain calls not all 23 B channels are available In an incoming call from another node s ISDN trunk the calling party s Caller ID is received on the HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 optiset E or optiPoint 500 An ISDN trunk call transferred or redirected from the HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 either by a sta tion or by a voice processing device passes the calling party s Caller ID to the next node Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Station number suppression Dependency Restriction Each user can use the station number suppression function to acti vate or deactivate station number and name display P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 9 26 HiPath 3000 HiPath 50
122. waiting through one of the following indicators e Displaying a message on optiset E and optiPoint 500 telephones with display e Signaling with a flashing LED e After lifting the handset for analog telephones Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V1 0 or later V1 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 67 feature11 fm ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only 11 3 30 Internal Voice Mail Definition When the HiPath 3000 systems forward a call arriving over the ISDN Central Office interface to the local voice mail system the control information specifies where the forwarded call originat ed The system alerts users that they have a message waiting through the following methods e Displaying a message on optiset E and optiPoint 500 telephones with display e Signaling with a flashing LED e Picking up the handset Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 11 68 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description fea
123. with Currency 10 34 Called and calling party number display ser vices 11 65 Caller ID After Release Police 11 27 Calling line identification presentation 11 49 Calling Line Identification Presentation CLIP 11 5 11 54 Calling Line Identification Restriction 11 7 Calling Line Identification Restriction CLIR 11 54 Calls data 11 62 Carrier access methods for LCR U S only 5 16 Carrier types 5 15 Carrier types LCR 5 3 5 15 corporate network CN 5 6 dial in control server DICS 5 5 main network supplier 5 6 2 2 Mercury Communications Limited single stage not for U S 5 3 Mercury Communications Limited two stage not for U S 5 4 Carrier select override U S only 5 18 least cost routing 5 23 CAS centralized attendant service 4 41 CCBS See completion of calls to busy subscrib ers CD See call deflection CDRA See call detail recording attendant CDRC See call detail recording central 10 30 CDRC outgoing without connection 10 16 CDRC ticket without connect 10 16 CDRC via IP 12 6 CDRS See call detail recording at station CDRT See call detail recording per trunk not for U S Central Busy Signaling optiClient Attendant 9 35 Central office protocol 11 36 Centralized attendant service CAS 4 41 CF See Call forwarding CFNA See call forwarding no answer CH See call hold Change display 8 58 Class of service least cost routing U S only 5 18 Classes of service 4 60 CLIP no screening 4 79 CLIR See Calling Line Id
124. with or without a surcharge depending on the cal culation detail Section 10 11 Call Charge Computing accuracy Display With Without 11 Right Pulses HiPath arithmetic units output with out surcharge Call charge puls es output without surcharge Amounts HiPath arithmetic units output with surcharge Monetary amounts output with surcharge The system outputs data whenever call charges accrue for the call segment even with transferred calls If no call detail infor mation is available these 11 characters re main blank 10 26 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Table 10 1 Features for Call Detail Recording Call Detail Recording Central CDRC Compressed Output Format Explanation of Output Fields Sheet 5 of 7 Field position Fields V 24 out put only Definition Number of characters Orien tation 9 75 to 76 Information element additional information Value range 0 9 Meaning 1 Incoming connection voice 3 1 kHz audio call 2 Outgoing connection voice 3 1 kHz audio call 3 Incoming connection other servic es 4 Outgoing connection other servic es 5 Incoming connection forwarded 6 Outgoing connection forwarded 7 Int ext ext conference with incoming connection transit through external transfer 8 Conference with outgoing connec
125. 0 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction DTMF DID An analog call may be released before call forwarding no answer is completed This is due to the permanent timers that prevent trunks from becom ing frozen Call allocation table A number of calls can be waiting simultaneously at the stations en tered in the call allocation tables 4 18 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic Subject Dependency Restriction Intercept Calls are intercepted if they cannot be switched because there are no available stations P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 19 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic 4 2 2 Call Connection Definition Users can administer a personal list of internal station numbers that are also called when their stations are signaled In this list users can also enter their own station numbers They might do this for example if a station number is permanently routed to another station executive secretary This feature is available to all
126. 0 Feature Description Networking Supported features depending on networking protocol Feature Abbrevi Interworking Interworking Interworking Interworking ation HiPath 4000 DSS1 CO CorNet N QSIG con 3000 connected to HiPath 3000 nected to ConNet NQ HiPath 3000 V4 0 connect HPath 3000 CorNet Q ed to HPath CorNet NQ lt gt DSS1 3000 lt gt ISO CorNet NQ QSIG lt gt Cornet N Additional Network Features Path Replacement PR Y N Y Y Path optimization Rerouting Y Y Y Y Message Waiting Indication MWI Y Y N Malicious Call Identification MCID N N N N MCID User to User Signalling UUS Y N Y N Hold Enquiry Alternating CH Y Y Y Y Call Hold Toggle Connect Call Transfer CT Y N Y Y Conference CONF Y Y Y Y Recall Retrieval of Transfered RE N N N Y Calls Single Step Call Transfer SSCT Y N N N Blind Transfer Emergency Call ECS Y Y Y N Direct Media Connection DMC Y N N N Attendant Interception CINT N N N Y Private Numbering Plan PNP N N N N Server CSTA Features Call Identification and Linkage CIDL N N N Y global call ID Plus Features Tabelle 9 2 Networking Features HiPath 3000 5000 V5 0 HiPath 4000 V2 0 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 9 feature09 fm Networking Supported features depending on networking protocol Feature
127. 0 5000 V5 0 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 9 6 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Networking Supported features depending on networking protocol Networking Features HiPath 3000 5000 V6 0 HiPath 4000 V2 0 Boundary conditions Closed and Open Numbering HiPath 3000 CorNet NQ via TDM and IP HiPath 4000 CorNet NQ via TDM and IP Feature Abbrevi Interworking Interworking Interworking Interworking ation HiPath 4000 DSS1 CO CorNet N QSIG con 3000 connected to HiPath 3000 nected to ConNet NQ HiPath 3000 V4 0 connect HPath 3000 CorNet Q ed to HPath CorNet NQ lt gt DSS1 3000 lt gt ISO CorNetNQ QSIG lt gt Cornet N Basic Call BC Y Y Y Y Segmentation Y Generic Procedures Generic Functional Procedures GF Y ROSE ADPUs Requirements of GF for a Transit Y PBX Generic Procedures for the control Y of supplementary services for un successful calls Transport of Manufacturer Specific Y Information Classmarks Y Y Y Y Call Completion cc Call Completion to busy subscriber CCBS Y Y N Y Call Completion on no reply CCNR Y Y N Y Busy Calls Call Intrusion CI N N N Y Call Offering co Y N N Y Tabelle 9 2 Networking Features HiPath 3000 5000 V5 0 HiPath 4000 V2 0 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Descrip
128. 0 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 11 44 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 3 8 Definition Special Access Selection ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only With this feature users can select specific access codes HiPath 3000 systems support the fol lowing four options e Local Exchange Carrier LEC Operator Access The system routes calls through the PRI to the network after the user dials 0 to connect to the LEC operator e Inter exchange Carrier IEC Operator Access After the user dials an operator access code a carrier identification code CIC and a 0 the system routes the call through the PRI and to the network connecting the call to the IEC operator e Operator Assisted Credit Card Call Access This feature routes PRI calls to the network using an operator access code a 0 or 01 and a called party number CdPn allowing operator assisted calls with a calling card e N11 Access Most commonly used for 911 access this feature routes PRI calls to the network via an operator access code and N11 where N is any digit from 1 to 9 Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x
129. 0 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 55 feature11 fm ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only 11 3 18 Definition B Channel Selection This feature searches the low low B channel selection algorithm for an available B channel starting each new search at the lowest numbered B channel of the lowest numbered DS1 facil ity in the PRI trunk group and it continues in ascending order In addition this feature search es the high high B channel selection algorithm for an available B channel starting each new search at the highest numbered B channel of the highest numbered DS1 facility in the PRI trunk group and it continues in descending order Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 11 56 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 3 19 Definition ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only Originating B Channel Selection Implementation For originating calls this feature specifies a preferred B channel to the CO If the preferred B channel is not available the CO responds with an alternate B channel Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550
130. 0 L403 1 7618 09 05 9 12 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Networking SIP Networking 9 3 SIP Networking Definition A new feature in Version 6 0 is system networking via SIP Session Initiation Protocol This is now supported by HiPath 2000 HiPath 3000 5000 and HiPath 4000 SIP networking enables the following for the systems e a PSTN gateway for HiPath 8000 and HiPath 5000 SIP users e a PSTN gateway for directly connected SIP terminals e aSurvivable Media Gateway for HiPath 8000 SIP stations e standalone TDM gateways for OpenScape e standalone TDM gateways for other SIP systems e g Vovida and or Cisco In addition SIP enables the following for the HiPath 2000 3000 5000 systems e support of SIP station interfaces basic call and basic features e SIP connection to VoIP providers e enhanced security comprising signaling and payload encryption also for SIP calls e enhanced security comprising signaling and payload encryption also for SIP calls The provision of a TDM SIP gateway means that the HiPath 3000 4000 systems can also op erate as SIP lt gt TDM gateways This in turn means that in the case of a call between HiPath 3000 4000 TDM terminals and the PSTN the connected SIP terminals can be routed via the HiPath 3000 4000 Support of SIP networking has two aspects e firstly the support of SIP Q for connection to systems and COs with SIP Q capability e secondly support of SIP networking to
131. 0 stations contact the LEC to obtain the FIN values for the stations The message waiting FIN value can only be assigned to stations with primary directory num bers With FIN for message waiting customers must enter a FIN value for each station Every station must have a FIN value assigned however each station can have the same number CO features Transfer Conference Drop allows the customer to enable the CO features Trans fer Conference and Drop FIN for Transfer Conference and Drop allows customers to set the feature identification num bers FIN for the BRI Transfer Conference and Drop features provided by the LEC in the case of NI1 AT amp T NI1 Siemens NI1 or Nortel NI1 The FIN must be the same for all the BRI inter faces contact the LEC to obtain the FIN values for these features CACH EKTS flag allows customers to indicate which of the BRI interfaces are configured within the LEC as CACH EKTS CACH is one of the methods used to have BRI emulate an analog hunt Although there is a CACH setting in the NT DMS it does not react in the same manner the CACH setting in the DMS does not allow the sharing of DNs Administration of CACH values in the HiPath 3000 is referred to as CAID Call Appearance IDentification administration P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 37 feature11 fm ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only 11 3 U S ISDN Features for U S O
132. 00 V6 0 Feature Description Features for All Traffic Types Entry Voice Mail EVM 2 16 Entry Voice Mail EVM Definition Entry Voice Mail is a voice mail solution for HiPath You can control all the features available to you via the optiPoint telephone keys or any other telephone with tone dialing DTMF Entry Voice Mail supports you with context sensitive prompts Entry Voice Mail is configured activated by the assigned operative via a PC administration pro gram Function Overview e 24 standard mailboxes up to four of which are 4 attendant mailboxes Auto attendant mailboxes automatic call acceptance greeting with switching option day night service speed dialing e Option for automatic mailbox configuration User controlled mailbox configuration e Announcement music before answering e Two different greetings The greetings used can be selected manually or according to the time of day for day night service e Context sensitive prompting Announcements inform the user of the possible options available in the current menu e Two parallel switching and answering machine options are possible 2 ports e 120 minutes voice recording capacity The recording quality for greetings is adjustable You can choose from the following three options Greetings and messages optimized for storage Greetings in HiQuality messages optimized for storage Greetings and messages in HiQuality 120 minute voice recording capacity
133. 00 V6 0 Feature Description Networking Call Forwarding With Rerouting 9 15 Call Forwarding With Rerouting Definition Calls can be rerouted for call forwarding via CorNet to optimize B channel utilization Subscriber A in system 1 calls subscriber B in system 2 Subscriber B has set call forwarding to subscriber C in system 1 The two B channels between CS 1 and CS 2 are released This means that the connection is set up directly within CS 1 For this to be possible both CSs must activate rerouting HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 users can forward their incoming internal and or external calls to us ers within their own system to a node within the private network or off site if the feature is allowed in the system administration Call forwarding no answer is possible using Call Man agement pseudo ports in the HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 system Pseudo numbers are used for identification and steering purposes A pseudo number is a call number DID number assigned to a port not associated to a physical device Pseudo numbers can be assigned in the Set up Station screen HiPath 3000 Manager E and can be configured with a name and with Call Management control information Pseudo numbers cannot be pro grammed as Repertory Dial Repdial keys on the optiset E or optiPoint telephones Pseudo numbers can be forwarded using the Associated Services feature code 83 from a station with the Associated Services authorization flag activated Rerouting ca
134. 00 V6 0 Feature Description Small Remote Site Concept Operating Modes 13 3 2 Emergency Mode IP Networking is Down IP and Emergency Mode l The IP Network is Down r a orale i via SRS CentranSystem Analog In emergency mode when the HiPath 4000 or the IP network fails the IP workpoint clients must register automatically with the HiPath 3000 system via a corresponding configuration in the branch office The workpoint clients can be configured individually to switch to HiPath 3000 in emergency mode In this case both the IP workpoint clients and the corre sponding communication system must be pre configured This permits emergency mode to be regulated individually for each workpoint client P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 13 3 feature13 fm Small Remote Site Concept Operating Modes 13 3 3 Emergency Mode Central HiPath 4000 System is Down IP and Emergency Mode WorkPoint clients The Central HiPath 4000 D connected System is Down S a via SRS CentrakSystem Analog PSTN TDM In emergency mode when the HiPath 4000 system is down the IP workpoint clients must reg ister automatically with the HiPath 3000 system via a corresponding configuration in the branch office The workpoint clients can be configured individually to switch to HiPath 3000 in emergency mode In this case both the IP workpoint clients and the corre sponding communicat
135. 00 V6 0 Feature Description 4 57 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic 4 3 8 End of Dialing Recognition Implementing features see also Manager E End of Dialing Recognition Definition As in the case of en bloc dialing the end of dialing is signaled either automatically after the tim er expires or manually when the user enters the end of dialing code The timer invoked in this case is End of dial on incomplete dialing If dialing is not continued within the specified timeout an end of dial is generated automatically The default is 15 seconds Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x xX x x Hardware requirements Trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction End of dialing time The longer the time for end of dialing the longer it takes for the final digit to be transmitted on an analog trunk 4 58 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 3 9 Trunk Dialing Method Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic Implementing features see also Manager E Trunk Dialing Method Definition The dialing methods currently in use ar
136. 000 HiPath External Application TFTP TFTP protocol server i 4 pas d TFTP client Figure 12 5 CDRC via IP TFTP Client in HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 The external application TFTP client requests output of the call data records To do this the application must set up a connection and indicate the service GET gez txt after which it re ceives all accumulated call data records It releases the connection after the transfer Note The IP address of the TFTP client must be entered in the firewall and the call charges application flag set The application s request for call data can be controlled automatically or using an SNMP trap see Section 12 1 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 sends the SNMP trap data available to the ex ternal application generating the trap using a programmable threshold value determining the call data buffer capacity 0 to 80 percent of the call data buffer full Use HiPath 3000 Manager E to configure the threshold value P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 12 7 feature12 fm Features via LAN Remote Administration of HiPath 3000 via PPP 12 5 Remote Administration of HiPath 3000 via PPP Definition You can administer multiple HiPath 3000 systems from a central service center via PPP point to point protocol Each HiPath 3000 is addressed via its PSTN public switching telephone net work interface You must enter a router call n
137. 000 V6 0 Feature Description Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing for U S Only e Inthe case of outgoing calls on the ISDN network the dialed number continues to be dis played until the destination number information on the other party is received e Digits can be transmitted either individually or en bloc depending on the access method and the dial plan e Once an account code is entered it applies to the entire connection setup e The allowed and denied lists are also used for LCR The toll restriction check then refers to the digits dialed on the station without the trunk group code 5 2 2 Carrier Types Since in many cases individual carriers provide specific connections and conditions at different tariffs sometimes with different signaling methods least cost routing can be used to automat ically select the most economical connection or most economical carrier for each outgoing phone call The following carrier types and networks are available for implementing least cost routing LCR e AT amp T e MCI e Sprint e Westinghouse e U S Government Federal Telephone System FTS 2000 Connections to the local exchange carrier LEC are toll free Connections to the inter ex change carrier IEC are handled by the carriers listed above The LEC has a default IEC that it uses for long distance calls unless the user selects another carrier To select another carrier the user must first dial th
138. 003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Internal Traffic Message Texts Mailboxes Message Waiting 6 9 Message Texts Mailboxes Message Waiting Implementing features see also Manager E Message Texts Mailboxes Message Waiting Definition e Send message to one recipient A subscriber can choose a text from a selection of system internal message texts and send it to any other optiset E or optiPoint station with a display either internal or within the HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 network by pressing the key or using the Send Message menu The message can be sent in idle ringing talk or busy state In ringing state it is not necessary to specify the recipient s station number The initiating party can also be a central voice mail server in the HiPath 3000 5000 net work A special text has been defined for this purpose e Send message to multiple recipients broadcast messages V4 0 SMR 6 and later In this case a system internal message text can be sent to all members of a group or hunt group This is initiated in the same way as for sending a message to a single recipient by pressing a key or using the Send Message menu The station number of a group or hunt group is specified rather than that of an individual subscriber The group members can be any optiset E or optiPoint stations with a display either internal or within the HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000network e Receivin
139. 06 fm Features for Internal Traffic LDAP Telephone Directory V4 0 SMR 7 and later optiset E memory users can also use the following keys e Dial and Enter Return key dials the number beside the cursor e Card key retrieves entries for the highlighted name e End key closes the LDAP telephone directory e Up and Down keys moves the cursor up or down e Keyboard alphanumeric keyboard for entering alphanumeric characters Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware require ments HiPath HG1500 board V3 0 optiset E or optiPoint telephone with display Software requirements V5 0 or later V4 0 or later V4 0 or later V4 0 or later SMR 7 SMR 7 SMR 7 Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction ENB Electronic notebook If you activate the telephone s local ENB you cannot use the internal phonebook feature Display The name information provided by the LDAP server is not displayed in ringing or call status The call numbers for incoming calls are also not replaced by the name information provided by the LDAP server as when call num bers are replaced by SSD names DID number a HiPath 3000 subscriber can only be reached from the LDAP direc tory if a DID number has been configured for that subscriber which correspond
140. 073 0 001 1 x 1078 x 292 1 Pounds Sterling around 4 3 million 2 1x 107 0 01 1x 107 x 297 1 e g for euros around 43 million 1 1x107 0 1 1x107 x 29 1 around 430 million 0 1x 10 1 1 x 10 x 2 1 around 4 3 billion P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 10 34 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Call Detail Recording Call Charge Display With Currency not for U S If you set Calculation accuracy Via call charge pulse the system switches back to evaluating call data in the form of call charge pulses You cannot use HiPath arithmetic units if the digital exchange supplies call charge pulses Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Plus Products Select the factor for converting call detail units to currency amounts as follows Conversion factor call charge factor in 100 x 10 cuation accuracy P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 10 35 feature10 fm Features for Call Detail Recording Call Charge Display With Currency not for U S P31003 H3560 L403
141. 1 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 23 ANI For Selected Countries Only Definition The ANI feature automatic number identification displays the calling party s station number which is transmitted over analog trunks While the phone is ringing the station number is transmitted by BFSK binary frequency shift keying during the first ringing phase HiPath 3000 supports the feature only until the called par ty lifts the handset In V4 0 SMR 7 or later the subscriber name is evaluated in addition to the call number and is displayed on the telephone Internally the system handles ANI data just like an ISDN number To run the ANI feature you must have the ANI4 or ANI4R options board which is used in con junction with the TMGL4 or TMGLAR trunk board Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X Hardware requirements ANI4 ANI4 ANI4R ANI4R Software requirements V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Country specifics Requires country specific boards or firmware versions Trunk boards The trunk boards used must support call charging module assign ment GMZ not for U S 3 62 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Featur
142. 1003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 12 13 feature12 fm Features via LAN Voice over IP The break down of HG1500 resources into signaling and payload resources is a basic feature of version 5 0 e Signaling resources This includes all node signaling data necessary for Voice over IP for P supported LAN intranet internal and line switched networks ISDN PSTN These resources are provided centrally by one single HG1500 board the signaling gateway HG1500 Gatekeeper re gardless of how many HG1500 boards the node has HG1500 boards are defined as HG1500 gatekeepers by HiPath 3000 Manager E e Payload resources The node resources required for gateway transfer between IP supported and line switched networks of VoIP voice data payload are provided by the media PC gateway HG1500 gateway This can be one or several HG1500 boards No payload resources are necessary for direct transfer between IP supported networks A HiPath 5000 equipped with HiPath ComScendo service can thus function as a VoIP sys tem In systems with only one HG1500 board the board functions as both a signaling gateway and a media PC gateway The Release gateway resources flag must be activated in HiPath 3000 Manager E for this If it is not activated resources cannot be assigned In systems with several HG1500 boards the payload resources are controlled by the node cen tral Resource Manager This is a self con
143. 12 0011 12 45 12 12 0012 23 34 12 12 0012 23 50 12 12 0013 23 54 12 12 0014 05 24 12 12 0014 38 43 12 12 0014 43 33 12 12 0014 44 12 12 12 0014 44 12 12 12 0014 56 24 13 12 0009 43 52 14 12 0012 23 34 100 calls lo 15 12 0009 44 34 15 12 0009 56 33 15 12 0012 20 26 15 12 0012 23 34 15 12 0013 43 25 15 12 0013 43 25 15 12 0013 45 28 15 12 0013 45 28 15 12 0013 45 28 15 12 0013 46 18 15 12 0013 49 28 01 01 0000 00 00 8 3 Trunk PRPNWDN WYK WW PRP WW DY DN PD Ww A st on kek PF RP RWB Pw 3 4 internal station number V 16 18 1100 34 12 14 15 18 6 digits 5 Ring duration 5 6 Call duration 8 7 Station number 25 V V 00 05 2302317324856 00 01 23834756 00 12 5383726639046287127384 05 42 4338449434444495598376 00 02 221234567890123412 00 01 23834756 1200 1500 03 12 11 17 18 12 12 12 12 12 5 00 03 583844733399 00 02 233844733399 00 01 23834756 00 03 242374844 00 00 255345545556 00 12 122374844 00 12 125345545556 00 23 462374844 00 01 0539398989983 600 1400 02 3427348596872347569036 15 14 12 00 02 12189 00 05 451283394495 0230298007766 1200 3400 02 340230298007766 15 15 18 32 16 1600 50 16 00 05 2408972212345 00 05 240231471154321 0230298007252 0230298007252 0230298007252 0230298007252 00 00 0002317324856 8 Call charges 9 12 2 34 212345678901 245 83 34 31 63 12 10 84 7
144. 2 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Analog telephones Analog stations cannot use this feature because the system cannot guarantee that a telephone is physically connected to the port Display telephones A brief tone is heard in the headset signalling to the agent that a call has arrived and the call is answered automatically P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 43 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 12 9 Definition UCD Night Service UCD groups can activate a group specific night answer independent of system night answer If agents have activated the night service feature for their own UCD group all calls for this group are routed to the appropriate UCD night station Each user can activate or deactivate group specific night service All users remain logged on after night service has been activated If sys tem night service is active simultaneously it has priority and call management follows it Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or
145. 20 SIP Telephones Definition The SIP protocol Session Initiation Protocol is an ASCIl based signaling protocol used to con figure sessions in an IP network The following telephones are supported e optiPoint 410 S e optiPoint 420 S e optiPoint 600 S e optiClient 130 S e OptiPocket S The following features are available Call Hold Consultation Hold Toggle Call Forwarding Call Waiting Call Rejection Call Forwarding Screened and Unscreened Transfer Do Not Disturb Local Three Party Conference Mute Music on Hold Missed Calls List Number Redial Speed Dialing 10 entries Name Dialing Hotline Display of Waiting Calls Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Supported telephones optiPoint 410 S optiPoint 420 S optiPoint 600 S optiClient 130 S Software requirements V6 0 or later V6 0 or later V6 0 or later V6 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 8 64 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Prerequisites for ProCenter Applications 8 21 Prerequisites for ProCenter Applications Definition Using a multi pilot station number it is possible to access the same UCD group with different station numbers This function is implemented by configuring a virtual station within call man agement The multi pilot station
146. 23456 HiPath gt Figure 8 8 16 53 Th 07 FEB 02 123456 Sea View Hotel gt Figure 8 9 Default Display in Idle State Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX xX x X Hardware requirements optiset E or optiPoint telephone with display Software requirements V5 0 or later V3 0 or later V3 0 or later V3 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Display The display appears only when the telephone is in the idle state 8 58 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 17 Other Features IP Mobility IP Mobility Definition e Teleworking Users use the same login ID and password at the teleworking station as at their desk in the office If the user logs on from home the IP telephone in the office receives a non mobile number so that all its functions can be used by other users Only optiClients are approved for use from teleworking stations PCPBX ISDN DSL Emergency concept If the system recognizes that an IP Workpoint has failed a caller can be automatically forwarded to a CFSS Target Call Forwarding Station Out of Ser vice configured in the system e g fixed network telephone or mobile phone e Desk Sharing The Desk Sharing option means that the user no longer has a fixed
147. 24 hour clock system The default timed reminder sounds for 20 seconds and will repeat a maximum of five repeats at 1 minute intervals The timed reminder is cleared automatically as soon as the user lifts the handset or presses the speaker button or after the fifth repeat number of repeats is config urable Alternatively a programmed timed reminder can be canceled using a procedure Dis play telephones also support queries Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Maximum no of timed reminders 50 50 50 50 system wide Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Appointments Standard analog telephones optiset E entry optiset E basic opti Point 500 entry and cordless telephones support only programming of non repeating once only appointments Timed reminders A timed reminder which is due but cannot be signaled user busy for example is postponed until the next cycle Influence of other ac tive features Activation of other features such as call forwarding do not disturb group ringing ringer cutoff has no effect on timed reminder in other words the timed reminder is always issued at the telephone at which it was acti
148. 3 1 7618 09 05 4 30 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic Intercept if incomplete or invalid number dialed When an incorrect station number was dialed the system determines whether the call should be intercepted or released Calls are always intercepted with pseudo DID Intercept if no number dialed If no station number is dialed within a timeout the system determines whether the call should be intercepted or released If an intercept position has not been configured the in terception follows the call assignment per trunk Intercept with Serial FWD It is not possible to chain calls for forwarding an attempt to initiate this procedure is reject ed on activation For example if a station has activated external call forwarding and the call destination has also forwarded its calls you have a chained calls situation This is not al lowed by the system If this flag is turned on these calls are intercepted Codelock Diversion If the lock code for a station is active and a trunk group code is dialed from that station the call is immediately forwarded to the intercept destination The Codelock Diversion function is set individually for each station through the Flags screen in the Set up Station Parame ters One intercept position can be configured for Day operation During Night Service the same destination or a different destination can be conf
149. 3 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Internal Traffic Editing the Telephone Number 6 14 Editing the Telephone Number Implementing features see also Manager E Editing the Telephone Number Definition This feature allows the user to edit the station number digits prior to digit transmission as is common with mobile telephones for instance The user can edit after entering the first digit After entering a sequence of digits the user can edit it from right to left by pressing a key each time the key is pressed one digit is deleted The user first enters the complete correct sequence of digits and then presses the confirm key or lifts the handset to start the digit transmission Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x X Hardware requirements optiset E or optiPoint telephone with display Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 2 or later V1 2 or later V1 2 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Call waiting Dependency Restriction Call waiting during editing is possible because the telephone is in the digit input state and is busy for incoming traffic After a consultation hold the telephone is in the digit input state This makes it possible to edit station number digits Consultation hold Saved call numbers A ca
150. 31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 6 16 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Internal Traffic Message Texts Mailboxes Message Waiting e Central voice mail server A station in a satellite communications server can program use call forwarding or call for warding no answer to send its calls to the central voice mail server Calls received are then indicated at the station via message waiting External station numbers cannot be pro grammed in the call management lists For this reason a pseudo port should be configured as a PhoneMail port for call forwarding to the external voice mail server The default text messages are 0 Please callback 1 Someone is waiting 2 Appointment 3 Urgent call 4 Do not Disturb 5 Fax waiting 6 Dictation please 7 Please come see me 8 Please make copies 9 Ready to depart This feature can be activated deactivated via a DISA connection by its own station user P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 6 17 feature06 fm Features for Internal Traffic Message Texts Mailboxes Message Waiting Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Maximum number of sim
151. 31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Primary rate interface 11 29 B channel allocation 11 32 D channel encoding type 11 32 emulation type 11 32 frame line encoding 11 32 number of B channels 11 32 protocol type 11 31 trunk group calling service 11 33 primary rate interface 11 29 Private trunk 4 65 Procedure keys 8 54 ProCenter Applications 8 65 Protocol type primary rate interface 11 31 PSE Seeradio paging equipment not for U S PSTN partner 12 11 PtP See point to point connection Public network trunks setting up in least cost routing U S only 5 19 Q QSig 9 39 busy override 9 44 central attendant position 9 44 COS changeover 9 46 intercept by central attendant position 9 44 resetting the lock code 9 46 R Radio paging equipment 6 13 PSE simple 6 13 via ESPA 6 14 Recorded announcement music on Hold UCD 3 39 Redial 4 43 Reject calls 3 63 Relays 8 4 Relocate 8 20 Repertory dial keys and least cost routing U S only 5 19 Request for Support UCD 3 37 Reset activated features 8 18 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description hp3hp5featurelX fm Ringer cutoff 3 52 Room monitor 6 25 Route table least cost routing U S only 5 23 Route table routes least cost routing U S only 5 23 Route table search order least cost routing U S only 5 23 Router call number 12 8 Routes 4 5 Routing tables LCR 5 7 Routing tables U S
152. 31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 45 feature08 fm Other Features Team Top 8 14 3 1 General MULAP Functionality Incoming Calls to a Free MULAP All the members of the MULAP group have deactivated the MULAP ring group call off and or have activated do not disturb The MULAP is busy and the caller receives a busy signal There is no call signaling on the MULAP Incoming Calls to a Free MULAP At least one member of the MULAP group has activated the MULAP ring Rejoin hunt group and deactivated do not disturb The call is signaled on all members of the MULAP group LED e Members of the MULAP group who are currently free have activated the MULAP ring and have not activated do not disturb are also signaled by an acoustic ring and display e Members of the MULAP group who are free and have activated the ringer cutoff fea ture are also signaled by an advisory ring e Busy stations in the MULAP group busy on another line that have activated the MU LAP ring and have not activated do not disturb are signaled by An acoustic advisory ring single ring and after scrolling an Accept call waiting message on optiset E and optiPoint telephones An advisory tone single short tone on analog CMI and optiset E and optiPoint telephones without display The latter is not affected by do not disturb The advisory ring is also issued for calls to the local station numbe
153. 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 HiPath 3000 filters the access code in the system s speed dial table however the rest of the number must be an exact match to the incoming number for this feature to function Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Number of speed dialing desti 1000 1000 1000 300 nations P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 1 8 Definition You can use this function only if the public exchange supports it You can activate and delete the Mailbox key Features for External Traffic Features for General External Traffic Message Waiting Indication MWI at the Trunk Interface This function supports sending service menu or code from the idle ringing busy and talk states and supports the receiving of messages On the receiver side telephones with a display show the message Please call back Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements Digital trunk Digital trunk connection connection Software requirements V5 0
154. 4 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 21 Networking Network Wide Busy Signaling on optiClient Attendant Network Wide Busy Signaling on optiClient Attendant This section contains information on Implementing features See also Manager E Network Wide Busy Signaling on OptiPoint Attendant Definition All cross system busy signaling in a HiPath3000 5000 network is routed exclusively to the cen tral attendant console optiClient Attendant The feature is available in networks with closed or open numbering Systems nodes in the network can report the operating states of selected stations to the cen tral optiClient Attendant attendant console The following operating states can be signaled for the telephones e Free e Busy internally e Busy externally Ringing state e Do Not Disturb e Call forwarding CF e Faulty displayed as busy internally The status Ringing can only be displayed in the central node The attendant can pickup calls via the BLF with this Networked nodes display Busy internally in ring ing status to prevent a call pickup Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 2 or later V1 2 or later V1 2 or late
155. 5 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Networking QSig 9 25 1 Basic Features Numbering plan e ISDN numbering plan e The system does not support a private numbering plan Call detail recording Direct inward dialing external e Inthe local system same as before e There is no transfer of call charges in transit traffic Consultation hold e Inthe local system same as before e To remote system Consultation calls over a second trunk are possible that is the calls are switched from the local system over two B channels and they can be transferred When a user releases the call the call last placed on hold becomes active Callback e Users can activate completion of calls no reply CCNR or completion of calls to busy subscribers CCBS to the remote system They can activate CCNR if the other party does not answer or if a call is waiting They can activate CCBS in the following situations The other party is busy with one or multiple calls engaged in a consultation call or a confer ence or has activated do not disturb e Users cannot set a callback to a call forwarding destination a member of a group call or hunt group a room monitor or an entrance telephone e Callback calls are deleted when the CS is reset a trunk fails or a port is reprogrammed they can also be deleted manually The same applies to calls from A to B and from B to A Call forwarding e The system supports only the CFU call f
156. 50 50 20000 V4 0 SMR11 or later 1 Requirement is MMC gt 16 MB and a Contol Boards which supports MMC Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction PC printer failure If the connected device fails some records are buffered in the system buffer full and transmitted when the device is reactivated If the buffer is full all additional data records are lost Timer for analog trunks A system pseudo answer timer Artificial End of Dial is used when the call is placed over analog trunks without answer supervision to determine the beginning of the call record CDRC outgoing with out connection No logging takes place e for call attempts that are not allowed LCR denied lists e for premature termination of the call attempt Charges before con nect If charges arise even before the connection is made Such as occurs in Austria these are recorded regardless of whether or not CDRC outgoing without connection has been selected P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 10 19 feature10 fm Features for Call Detail Recording Call Detail Recording Central CDRC Output formats e Compressed Output Format for Call Details Output via Application Programming Inter face V 24 8 digits 2 Time V V 11 12 0008 23 23 11 12 0009 12 45 11 12 0009 25 34 11 12 0010 01 46 11 12 0010 03 42 11 12 0010 23 24 11
157. 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 67 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Outgoing Traffic 3 2 3 System Telephone Lock Changeover Implementing features see also Manager E System Telephone Lock Changeover Definition An authorized user can lock a telephone for an internal station This feature has the same function as the individual lock code The lock code can be deactivat ed from the attendant console or the station System speed dialing remains active while the lock code is on The default authorized user is station 10 100 The authority can be transferred by the default station to another station using the expert mode of Manager T or via HiPath 3000 Manager E The default access code is 943 The authorized station can be any type of telephone although a display telephone is recommended Activating the Lock Code feature changes the station s class of service COS to 1 PCPBX outward restricted trunk access which prevents all outgoing external calls although stations can continue to place and forward internal calls While the Lock Code feature is activated the user can only use the following features e Speed dialing system e Room Monitor e Speaker call e Internal calls e Conferences with internal stations The function 0 Reset all services does not deactivate this feature It is not possible to change the PIN on a locked telephone If the authorized station has activated a Lock Cod
158. 6 23 28 74 23 my w PFN O ON NN UND FN DYN DN DN NNPRPOOOW rR RON N blank in U S Information element 2 10 ACCT VV 11 MSN V V V 11 12 Seizure code 5 LCR route 2 902725 841 1 3 fon Pwo ONNNNN ovr OO Aaao D P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Call Detail Recording Call Detail Recording Central CDRC Explanation of the sample entries shown on Page 10 20 1 Am oO 0 8 9 10 Outgoing connection from stn 16 on trunk 4 using the MSN 902725 End of call at 8 23 23 on 12 11 00 Duration of the call 5 minutes 23 seconds Number called 02317324856 Accrued call charge pulses 12 The seizure code 841 was used for call setup Outgoing connection with 11 digit account code ACCT 12345678901 Route 2 was used for LCR Unanswered incoming call without station number missing origin address active sta tion number suppression CLIR at calling station Outgoing connection with suppression of the last 4 digits Incoming connection with ringing and call duration Forwarded call Int ext ext conference 7a Stn 12 sets up a first external call on trunk 2 2374844 7b Stn 12 sets up a second external call on trunk 3 5345545556 7c Stn 12 is involved in a conference with trunk 2 and 7d with trunk 3 7e Trunk
159. 750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Groups stations 32 32 32 32 32 32 8 8 Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Call pickup Only voice devices can be selected A station can belong to only one group Automatic recall Recall and callback calls are not signaled to the other group mem Callback bers Do Not Disturb Stations that have activated DND do not receive call pickup signaling Transfer Unscreened transfer calls cannot be picked up within the group Groups All group members are authorized to pick up calls Call waiting A camped on call can be picked up If more than one call is waiting the first caller is always picked up P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 55 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 18 Targeted call pickup outside of a pickup group Definition Users can also pick up calls for other internal parties who do not belong to the same call pickup group and therefore do not appear on the screen This increases the likelihood that incoming calls are always answered To pick up the call the user must press a programmed call pickup key or enteracode and then dial the s
160. 750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x X Hardware requirements Digital trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later CO feature x x x X Station feature x x x x Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction CCBS The feature must be supported by the trunk and the remote station CCBS Does not function with 1TR6 CCBS A callback option to the networked system is generated within net worked communications servers P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 11 18 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 1 16 Definition Call Hold CH ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S Users can interrupt a call in progress without releasing it Doing so places the call on hold Call hold CH is important in conjunction with other features such as call waiting consultation hold toggle and three party conference The ISDN port on hold receives an indication of the hold state and retrieval of the call Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x X Hardware requirements Digital trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later CO feature x x x x Station feature x x x x Dependenc
161. A Upoe or IP Analog stations are always called using frequency 1 CMI handsets Only handsets with ring melodies are supported The caller s call number Calling Number ID is sent to the Gigaset so that the melody selection function of the internal phonebook VIP is supported this depends on whether this feature is supported by the relevant caller The different internal ring frequencies only function between end points that are registered in the same system or node Seven additional ring frequencies will be added to the existing ring frequency These frequen cies will have different default values whereby each station is displayed with frequency 1 by default Depending on the telephone three different types of acoustic signaling are possible e for optiset E and optiPoint 500 telephones also applies to IP telephones on HiPath 5000 Ring type 1 External call CO for example double ring Ring type 2 External call CO 2 for example triple ring Ring type 3 External call CO 3 for example short long short P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 1 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic e for analog telephones only for Germany Ring type 1 External call CO for example double ring Ring type 2 Recall Ring type 3 Door bell ring e for analog telephones not for Germany Ring type 1 External ca
162. AP group member is a primary station it can reach the other members of the same MULAP by activating consultation hold and then dialing the local MULAP number This is useful if no station number key or DSS key is configured or if the station number of the member is unknown Example of an application An executive wishes to transfer the call to his or her CMI or con ference corner telephone The executive activates consultation hold on the local executive MULAP Only the executive stations ring because ring transfer within the executive MULAP is ignored The executive can pickup the call on his or her CMI or conference corner tele phone Unscreened and screened transfer important Top feature If a member of the local MULAP is called while on consultation hold by dialing the local station number pressing the station number key or pressing the DSS key not for U S the ring call continues to be signaled conducted on the MULAP after the transfer Before the transfer common hold is signaled on both MULAP members and the held call can be picked up Recall after transfer hold or immediately after going on hook during consultation hold This function is signaled only on the MULAP station initiating consultation hold or hold The MULAP LED indicates a call busy indication on all other MULAP stations The call is al ways signaled by an acoustic ring and display MULAP ring and group call are ignored Consultation hold on second line
163. Analog direct inward dialing with MFC R2 Available in Brazil India Malaysia Singapore and ATEA countries only This setting is ignored in all other countries The ATEA countries listed below require country initialization with the international country code 21 In addition parameter PAR_05 sys tem status system wide boards MFC R2 table must be set in Hi Path 3000 Manager E expert mode e Egypt 05h default e Nigeria 06h e Oman 07h e Saudi Arabia 08h e Syria 09h e Tunisia OAh e United Arab Emirates OBh Caller ID Displayed exactly as received from the trunk The system does not add any digits such as trunk access codes or discriminating digits or remove any digits Such as the local area code supplied by the central office Likewise the displayed station number cannot be re dialed directly and does not appear in the caller list Caller ID Not available in Singapore P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 40 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic 4 2 14 Centralized Attendant Service CAS for U S only Definition This feature allows for the conservation of T1 TIE line trunks when the attendant at a center PBX system answers a call that originated at the store PBX branch and who s destination ex tension is also at the store PBX Without the CAS feature this type of scenario would force the system to use 2
164. CMA 143 ETS 300239 Generic Functions ECMA 165 e ISO partial specifications ISO 11572 Basic Call ID Identifications CLIP CLIR COLP COLR ISO 13868 Name Identification ISO 13869 Call Transfer ISO 13870 Call Completion Call Completion Busy Call Completion No Reply ISO 13873 Call Forward Unconditional ISO 15506 Message Waiting Indication These networked systems collectively act like a single system transmitting the following over the S trunk e Callback option e Station number e Name e Party category e Transit counter Called parties with toll restriction O no direct trunk access for a QSig trunk cannot answer an incoming QSig call for another station call pickup trunk key However direct calls and for warded calls to the B party are possible P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 39 feature09 fm Networking QSig Interworking With Other Protocols e CorNet N All existing features implemented for both CorNet N and QSig support interworking in the QSig direction and vice versa The only exceptions are the callback feature CCBS CCNR and the message waiting indication MWI because the message flows between the two protocols and the ones between two nodes are too different e ETSI The requirements for interworking between CorNet N and ETSI apply here as well Networking using QSig Subset If Hicom 150 E Office HiPath 3000 co
165. CR function determines that the preferred trunk or tie trunk group cannot be used it can select an alternate trunk group within the selected route group table 5 2 8 LCR Class of Service Up to 15 station specific trunk classes of service are possible The class of service setting con trols access to the configured route groups in the LCR route group table 5 2 9 Carrier Select Override Carrier select override CSO can be implemented using selective line seizure In this case a connection can only be set up via the main network supplier 5 2 10 Handling of Numbers and Destinations and Trunk Group Access Codes All numbers except internal station numbers are stored as an LCR digit string All numbers di aled by a user are displayed without routing information The dialed numbers remain displayed until answer supervision is received from the central office If more than one trunk group access code is programmed for a trunk group the first access code is the default If the number of the called party during an outgoing connection is also stored in the optiset E or optiPoint 500 caller list or if a callback is activated the number dialed by the user is stored instead of the destination number sent by the system In this case the trunk group access code is also stored so that the system can recall the party from the caller list using the correct access code 5 2 11 Correlation With Other Features This section describes how the least cost
166. Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 10 32 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 10 10 Implementing features see also Manager E Printer Pipe Mode Definition Features for Call Detail Recording Printer Pipe Mode V 24 RS 232 Range Extension for Call Data This feature outputs call charges to the optiset E control adapter Model Specific Data Printer Pipe Mode V 24 RS 232 Range Extension for Call Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Settings The parameters for call data output to the optiset E control adapter are permanently set to 9600 N 8 1 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 10 33 feature10 fm Features for Call Detail Recording Call Charge Display With Currency not for U S 10 11 Call Charge Display With Currency not for U S Implementi
167. Definition Users can activate a lock code that restricts outgoing external calls COS 1 although they can continue to place internal calls and forward incoming calls to internal stations Users activate the lock code by pressing a key or dialing a code and entering their 5 digit personal identifica tion number PIN System speed dialing remains active while the lock code is on The PIN must be configured first only digits 0 9 are allowed The default PIN is set at 00000 for all telephones If the user has forgotten the PIN the PIN can be reset to the default value 00000 by the HiPath 3000 Manager E or by the Attendant position station 10 100 While the Lock Code feature is activated the user can only use the following features e Speed dialing system e Room Monitor e Speaker call e Internal calls e Conferences with internal stations The function 0 Reset all services does not deactivate this feature It is not possible to change the PIN on a locked telephone This PIN is the same PIN that a user must enter when entering the system via Direct Inward System Access DISA The external user can activate deactivate Individual Lock Code from a DISA connection but the user cannot change the PIN from a DISA connection Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X X x Hardware requirements Softwar
168. Description 3 31 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Feature Keys Codes Agents using display telephones can program vacant keys with the following UCD functions UCD Feature Default access LED state when feature is ON codes Log on off 401 401 Lit Available Not available 402 402 Lit Work on off 403 403 Lit UCD Night On off 404 404 Lit Calls in Queue 405 Otherwise agents can dial the access code from an idle state or press the Program Service key during a conversation and scroll to and select UCD and scroll to the UCD feature to acti vate deactivate Non display and analog telephones must dial the access codes from an idle state or during a conversation after putting the caller temporarily on Consultation Hold and dialing the access code To return to the call the agent must press the Consultation key once again or do a hook switch flash in the case of an analog telephone Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later UCD groups 60 60 60 10 UCD agents 150 150 150 150 ID numbers 150 150 150 150 Agents per station 1 1 1 1 3 32 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 H
169. Detail Recording Call Detail Recording Central CDRC e LCR route used dialing rules table 2 digits e Information element e Additional data in U S PRI Nodal Service PRI WATS band PRI Carrier Identification Code Options this section All fields are predefined and cannot be changed except for the options mentioned in e The last four digits of the destination number can be suppressed in the call record If se lected the last four spaces are filled with the symbol e The Call Duration field can be suppressed from the record If selected this field is blank e Incoming calls can be recorded The default value is No only outgoing calls are recorded e A call record is started as soon as an incoming call starts ringing into the system e Other configurable parameters which RS 232 port is to be used for the CDRC output and the baud rate 2400 9600 or 19200 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 10 18 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Model Specific Data Features for Call Detail Recording Call Detail Recording Central CDRC Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later General requirements Printer call charge computer Number of calls buffered 300 300 1
170. Direct Inward System Access Internal 9 23 DISA Intern Direct Inward System Access Internal This feature is a simplified form for activating and implementing particular features in another HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 node You can use the DISA procedure only within a HiPath AllServe network The existing feature which allows you to use features in HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 via an external connection does not change For activating the feature each HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 node has a DISA station number that is unique throughout the HiPath AllServe You can activate the following features across nodes via DISA Intern in a HiPath AllServe net working e Release door opener via relay option e Transfer call forwarding e Actuator on off e Night service e Leave hunt group or group call External seizures are not possible via DISA Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 37 feature09 fm Networking System Speed Dialing With HiPath 5000 Feature Server 9 24 System Speed Dialing With HiPath 5000 Feature Server You can continue to use system speed dialing for each node to set up the external
171. E or optiPoint trunk group key You can program up to 6 or 4 trunk group keys on an optiset E or op tiPoint telephone If all trunks in a trunk group are busy its trunk group key lights up Overflow If a trunk group is busy and overflow for this trunk group is entered in the system the system continues searching in the overflow trunk group If all trunks in this trunk group are also busy no second over flow operation is performed Prime Line Simplified dialing With simplified dialing you can program trunks in different trunk groups You cannot define an overflow from trunk group 1 to another trunk group P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 7 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for General External Traffic 4 1 4 Trunk Keys Implementing features see also Manager E Trunk Keys Definition On optiset E or optiPoint telephones users can program trunk keys by B channel This enables them to answer a call or seize a trunk by pressing the trunk key The LED signals the trunk sta tus has failed LED Meaning Effect of pressing a key Off Trunk is free Immediate seizure of trunk On Line is busy or Flashing slowly Trunk is on hold The line on hold is reconnected and the connection be grammed on this key 750 ms on comes active again 750 ms off A distinction is made between e Exclusive call hold the
172. Equipment PSE Definition Radio paging equipment can be used to transmit type dependent voice announcements or al phanumeric data test messages to users with portable radio receivers Users being sought can use a procedure to answer this call from any telephone Radio paging equipment PSE can be connected via analog interfaces analog trunk circuits or a special module TMOM for enhanced radio paging equipment in HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 only There are two types of PSE e Simple radio paging equipment e Enhanced radio paging equipment HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 only with TMOM 6 8 1 Simple Radio Paging Equipment Simple PSE not for U S Definition Simple PSE allows users to transmit voice announcements and numeric data to the PSE user One of the two types of message informs PSE stations of waiting calls Users being sought can use a procedure to answer the call from any telephone Radio paging equipment can be the destination for call forwarding or group ringing it can also be a member of a group Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements Analog ports Analog ports Analog ports Analog ports Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Rest
173. Explicit call transfer 11 24 External call forwarding 11 13 External calls restricting 3 68 F Fax waiting message Answer machine 3 59 Features correlation with least cost routing U S only 5 18 Flex call 3 75 Forced account codes and least cost routing U S only 5 19 Foreign exchange non ISDN facility 11 39 Frame line encoding 11 32 G Gatekeeper Functions 12 13 Group call 3 20 Group call with busy signaling 3 22 Z 4 Groups UCD 3 29 H HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience 14 1 Hold U S ISDN 11 51 Hoteling 8 20 Hotline 3 73 Hunt group 3 24 Incoming calls night answer 4 23 Incoming Preference 8 47 Individual lock code 3 66 Intercept Conditions 4 30 Inter exchange carriers CAC 5 15 CIC 5 15 inter exchange carriers operator access 11 45 protocols 11 31 Interfaces BRI 11 29 PRI 11 29 Internal phonebook 6 21 Internal traffic 6 1 INWATS facility 11 39 IP mobility 8 59 IP Mobility Extension 8 60 ISDN 11 29 CAID 11 35 11 36 SDID 11 36 SPID 11 35 See also U S ISDN or Euro ISDN fea tures K Keypad converting DTMF for PRI 11 60 Keypad dialing 4 73 L Language settings 8 10 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Languages loading 8 10 LDAP Telephone Directory 6 23 Least Cost Routing Alternate Carriers U S Only 5 16 Least cost routing and basic rate trunks U S only 5 19 and call keys U S only 5 19 and DTMF tones U S only 5 19 and electr
174. External 1 If internal stations still remain in the conference the new conference leader is the user who has been in the conference the longest If the new conference leader hangs up the status of the latter s Transit allowed via Hook on flag determines how the conference proceeds P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 2 9 feature02 fm Features for All Traffic Types Conference Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Conferences per system 6 6 3 3 Stations per conference 5 5 5 5 External stations per conference 4 4 4 4 Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Conference Internal users cannot participate in more than one conference in the system except with CorNet N Analog telephones Analog stations are not checked to see if they are voice devices Analog telephones The following restrictions apply to HiPath 3350 and HiPath 3300 An alog stations can set up no more than a three party conference Up to four analog telephones can be passive participants in a confer ence Voice data transmis sion You can set up a conference between voice s
175. Feature available in X X x xX Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Number redial call You can use the number redial feature when you are in a consultation Do Not Disturb It is not possible to set up a consultation call to a busy subscriber who has activated do not disturb DTMF mode Initiating a consultation call will deactivate DTMF mode if it is active it is reactivated when a consultation call is terminated Internal Consultation Hold key This key function is practical in communication systems with simpli fied dialing prime line for initiating internal consultation hold with a click of a key P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 2 17 feature02 fm Features for All Traffic Types Automatic recall 2 10 Automatic recall Implementing features see also Manager E Atomatic recall Definition A held call that is not answered or a call that was not switched successfully is signaled at the initiating station as a recall A display telephone at the initial caller s location can display the number of either the switched internal or external station or the number of the destination An automatic recall is always carried out if e A call was parked for a certain period or was placed on c
176. Features for Internal Traffic Direct Station Selection DSS Repertory Dial Key Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Number of key modules per 50 50 cabinet Model Specific Data for optiPoint Busy Lamp Field BLF optiPoint BLF Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X X Hardware requirements optiPoint 500 basic optiPoint 500 stan dard optiPoint 500 advance Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Max number of optiPoint BLFs per 2 2 1 telephone Max number of optiPoint BLFs per 12 12 6 system Max number of programmable keys 90 90 90 per optiPoint BLF Number of optiPoint 500 telephones 6 6 6 with optiPoint BLF 1 Max 2 optiPoint BLFs pro optiPoint 500 station 2 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 6 4 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Internal Traffic Direct Station Selection DSS Repertory Dial Key Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction DSS This feature functions on optiset E and optiPoint telephones only Call pickup A call can be picked up by pressing the DSS key for that station P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 6 5 feature06 fm Feature
177. Hardware require ments optiset E or optiPoint telephone with display Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Electronic notebook If you activate the telephone s local ENB you cannot use the internal ENB phonebook feature SSD If system speed dialing is selected names are displayed only if the internal phonebook is activated P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 6 22 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Internal Traffic LDAP Telephone Directory V4 0 SMR 7 and later 6 12 LDAP Telephone Directory V4 0 SMR 7 and later Implementing features see also Manager E LDAP Telephone Directory Definition Depending on the system configuration all optiset E and optiPoint telephones with a display can access directory information station number and name that is provided by an LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol server The data stored on the LDAP server can be re trieved and displayed by means of alphanumeric searches A call number can be selected from the search results and used for the outgoing call An LDAP server is a PC based application which enables access to a database via the LDAP protocol To access the server using HiPath 3000 you will need a node internal HiPath HG1500 board that communicates with the LDAP server via the LAN interface and
178. HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x X x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Number of calls parked simulta Max 10 Max 10 Max 10 Max 10 neously Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Parking You cannot park an undialed trunk Parking You must answer a call before you can park it De parking From V3 0 SMR 6 upward a parked call can be resumed so called de parking even when another call is waiting The function can be performed with code 56 parking position or a key which has been programmed for this purpose Conference You cannot park a conference call P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 2 3 feature02 fm Features for All Traffic Types Parking Subject Dependency Restriction Call forwarding In the case of a recall a parked call does not follow call forwarding DTMF DTMF mode is not deactivated when you activate the park feature This applies both to the station that parked the call and to the parked station Occupied park slots If the park slot selected for parking a call is already occupied a tone sounds and the number does not appear on the screen Select an other park slot Do Not Disturb A station in DND can place a call in a park location however if the parked call recal
179. HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x xX x x Hardware requirements CBSAP CBCPR CBCC or CBCC or CBRC CBRC Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 2 or later V1 2 or later V1 2 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 12 9 feature12 fm Features via LAN Administration of Plus Products via PPP 12 6 Administration of Plus Products via PPP Definition You can use HiPath 3000 to administer Plus Products from a central service center HiPath 3000 only provide the transmission medium for this The actual Plus Product administration is performed via special software programs such as pcANYWHERE HiPath 3000 is addressed from the service center via its PSTN public switching telephone net work interface The Plus Products connected to a LAN can be reached via the HiPath 3000 s LAN interface LIM In this case HiPath 3000 acts like a router You must enter a router call number DID number for every PSTN interface in the service cen ter for external access to HiPath 3000 HiPath 3000 PSTN analog or digital Service center Central Board of OSL service PC tion network with Modem STN HiPath 3000 Man Interface ager E LIM Plus Products A HG1500 board can be used instead of the LIM board Figure 12 7 Example Remote Administration of Plus Products via PPP You can establish a conn
180. NQ in IP Network Network Call Completion on no reply CCNR Y Y Y Y Y Busy Calls Call Intrusion Cl Y Y N Y Y Call Offering co Y Y N Y Y Call Waiting CW Y Y N Y Y Number Identification Calling Line Identification CLIP Y Y Y Y Y Presentation Calling Line Identification CLIR Y Y Y Y Y Restriction Connected Line Identification COLP Y Y Y Y Y Presentation Connected Line Identification COLR Y Y Y Y Y Restriction Name Identification Calling Connected Name CNIP Y Y Y Y Y Identification Presentation Calling Connected Name CNIR Y Y Y Y Y Identification Restriction Do Not Disturb Override DND N N N N N Do Not Disturb DNDO Call Diversion Call Forwarding Unconditional CFU Y Y Y Y Y Call Forwarding Busy CFB Y Y Y Y Y Call Forwarding No Reply CFNR Y Y Y Y Y Call Deflection CD N N N N N Tabelle 9 1 Networking Features HiPath 3000 5000 V5 0 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 9 4 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Networking Supported features depending on networking protocol Feature Abbrevi HiPath 3000 5000 ation ECMA ISO QSIG CorNetN CorNet CorNet IP QSIG TDM NQ CorNet Network TDM NQ in IP Network Network Charging Features Advice of Charge at Call Setup AOC S N N N N N Advice of Charge during Call AOC D Y Y Y Y Advice of Charge at the end of the AOC E Y Y Y Y Y call A
181. Nortel DMS100 Custom Siemens EWSD Custom Siemens EWSD NI 2 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 31 feature11 fm ISDN Features U S ISDN for U S Only IEC Protocols Tabelle 11 2 Supported IEC Protocols IEC Carrier Switch Protocol AT amp T 4ESS Custom MCI DMS250 AT amp T 4ESS emulation MCI DEX600 AT amp T 4ESS emulation Sprint DMS250 AT amp T 4ESS emulation Westinghouse DMS250 AT amp T 4ESS emulation GSA DMS250 DMS250 GSA FTS 2000 5ESS 5ESS Emulation type is determined by the protocol Users need to select the emulation type that matches the ISDN service they have ordered Super Frame SF or Extended Super Frame ESF The data format for SF emulation is inverted high level data link control HDLC the data format for ESF is normal HDLC Frame line encoding allows customers to select the type of encoding used on the D channel The choices are normal or inverted Normal is the default The type of frame and line encoding depends on the protocol HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3500 automatically set the correct type of frame and line encoding according to the protocol B channel allocation mode and identifier allows customers to select the system method of find ing an available B channel when needed The choices are high and low High begins searching at the highest numbered B channel of the highest numbered T1 span in the PRI tr
182. P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 55 feature08 fm Other Features Storing Procedures on Procedure Keys Feature Use of the Procedure Key not Possible Comments Dd o T te a 3 S cv cr 7 fa 29S EuS gt v o l9 pee jose 2 2 EF ke Pe vT ko 3 an 2s es e 2 H o _ sS s 5 3 O ke Radio paging system page Radio paging system answer Callback requests display or delete X X X X Key with toggle function Ringing Group X X Key with toggle function Ringing group off all members re X X Key with toggle moved function Silent Monitoring X X X X Voice selections Telephone Data Service TDS X X Door opener via adapter box Automatic wake up system activate Key with toggle appointment function Automatic wake up system deacti Key with toggle vate appointment function Retrieval of an external call from common hold System telephone lock X x xX X 8 56 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Model Specific Data Other Features Storing Procedures on Procedure Keys Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 2 or later V1 2 o
183. P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 2 1 feature02 fm Features for All Traffic Types Call hold e Consultation Hold and transfer refer to Section 2 4 and Section 2 5 for more details When a station is engaged in a call regardless of whether the call is on an outside line or not you can place the current call on Consultation Hold to consult with another internal or external party The held party is on exclusive hold on your telephone e Hold and retrieve trunk This allows the display user to place an outside trunk call on hold whether there is an ap pearance of the trunk or not on the telephone By pressing the Hold transfer key the trunk is placed on exclusive hold and the display provides the information on the held trunk which reads Line held on xxx where xxx is the trunk number You can go on hook To retrieve the held line press the Retrieve line button or dial the access code followed by the trunk number Related Topics e Section 2 2 Parking on page 2 3 e Section 2 3 Toggle Connect on page 2 5 e Section 2 6 Conference on page 2 9 Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x X X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions
184. Path 3000 Manager E P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 14 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for General External Traffic With administration via Manager E it is possible to have trunk to trunk transit con AN nections with transit flags as well as transit connections from trunks to tie trunks in the case of networks When the flag is set toll fraud is possible if outgoing selection is enabled as a result of additional system configuration parameters Transit traffic is used in conjunction with the following features e Direct inward dialing Call forwarding Transfer Conference LCR P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 15 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for General External Traffic 4 1 7 Translate Station Numbers to Names for System Speed Dialing Implementing features see also Manager E Translate Station numbers to Names for System Speed Dialing Definition With system speed dialing calls the name of the destination programmed in the system speed dialing facility is displayed after outgoing dialing instead of the speed dialing number If the sta tion number of an incoming call corresponds to a station number in system speed dialing the name of the caller appears on the display This feature only applies to systems with ISDN trunk connections or with Analog Caller ID on the HiPath
185. Path 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X x x Hardware require Loop start Loop start GEE8 Loop start ments optiset E or optiPoint optiset E or optiPoint GEE12 16 50 optiset E or optiPoint tele phone with display Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later General requirements Call details from the public network Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Adapter in API2 mode If an optiset E control adapter is in API2 mode you cannot switch it to Printer Pipe mode P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 10 7 feature10 fm Features for Call Detail Recording Call Detail Recording Attendant CDRA not for U S 10 5 Call Detail Recording Attendant CDRA not for U S Implementing features see also Manager E Call Detail Recording Attendant Definition The CDRA feature enables you to selectively record the call details for incoming and outgoing voice calls for which at least one call charge pulse has accumulated Call charge pulses are converted to monetary amounts on the basis of the call charge factor defined as a currency amount including any extra charges that may apply per call charge unit or pulse refer to Section 10 11 Call Charge Display With Currency not for U S If a V 24 RS 232 port was programmed for CDRA in
186. Path 4000 IP work clients lose their connection to HiPath 4000 If a HiPath 4000 is detected by an IP work client as unavailable in the network the IP work client registers with a remote HiPath 3000 V5 0 that operates as a local gateway in a branch office As soon as the HiPath 4000 IP work client detects that the HiPath 4000 is available again it reregisters automatically with the HiPath 4000 as its central system The IP work client also re registers automatically when a service engineer performs a manual reset The following emergency mode scenarios may occur in a branch office e The IP connection of a HiPath 4000 work client connected in the branch office to the cen tral system is lost emergency mode is activated e HiPath 4000 is down emergency mode is activated for the configured IP work clients e HiPath 3000 is down emergency mode is not activated e Anoptional HiPath Management Server is down emergency mode is not activated e An optional HiPath 5000 Server is down emergency mode is not activated e The TDM backup cannot be accessed emergency mode is not activated 13 6 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Small Remote Site Concept HiPath 3000 V5 0 Requirements e A HiPath 5000 is not supported as a branch office system e Cascading errors e g an emergency HiPath error are not taken into account e The selection of a suitable HiPath 3000 should be suppo
187. S band w 1 w digit value range 0 9 If no information is available a space is out put 16 109 to PRI Carrier Identification Code CIC cccc 4 Right 112 c CIC digit value range 0 9 Non existent characters are replaced by spaces 14 106 to U S specific fields are filled with blanks in 2 Right 107 other countries 15 108 1 16 109 to 4 Right 112 17 113 to End of line control character 2 114 carriage return CR line feed LF P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 10 29 feature10 fm Features for Call Detail Recording Call Detail Recording Central CDRC e Long Output Format for Call Data The header in the long output format is output in the language used across the sys tem After 62 lines have printed including header a form feed FF is carried out and the next page begins with a header Date Time Trk Stn Call Duration Station number Amount I 11 12 93 08 23 23 11 12 93 09 12 45 11 12 93 09 25 34 11 12 93 10 01 46 16 18 11 12 ENW 00 05 23 02317324856 20 23 2 00 01 23 834756 0 69 2 00 34 1 00 12 53 83726639046287127384 413 69 2 Table 10 2 Long output format explanation of output fields Field Fields Definition Number of Orien characters tation Date 1to8 see table field position 1 8 Left Time 10 to 17 see table field positi
188. SS Key 8 48 The destination of a station number key can be a station number or a group number An outgoing seizure using a station number key is output to the outgoing preference If the outgoing preference is a MULAP the MULAP is also seized If a station number key is activated during a call on a MULAP the call is placed on consultation hold The station number is always entered as the destination of a DSS key It is also possi ble to configure destinations that do not belong to a basic or executive MULAP group Differences P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Team Top ADSS key bypasses the outgoing preference and the local station number is al ways output a MULAP is not seized A DSS key switches lines for U S only or initiates consultation hold not for U S if the active call is being conducted on a MULAP Atthe destination a DSS key bypasses call management and ring transfer but fol lows call forwarding DSS on executive or primary station Executive stations in the executive MULAP group or primary stations in the basic MU LAP group are representative of the group status In other words as soon as one is busy the DSS and station number keys indicate busy Line Switchover Line switchover is possible only from the call state Otherwise the line is released A line switchover is always executed between two MULAP keys Between a MULAP and
189. T1 channels for every call that was transferred back to the branch CAS will conserve the T1 channels by releasing the T1 channel after the call is transferred so that no T1 channels are in use for the duration of the call after transfer The typical CAS application for a Federated store consists of the CAS store PBX branch the CAS center PBX center and a minimum of two tie lines that function as release link trunks RLT The typical RLT is a channel on a T1 card in the branch PBX that is mapped in a private network to a CAS center to be answered by a pool of operators A typical store branch PBX would have a T1 card with the first 8 12 channels mapped as tie trunks to one hub to carry standard tie line traffic 2 or more of the remaining channels on the same T1 card are mapped as RLI s Example for an incoming call A customer calls the branch PBX on the main DID number The branch PBX then routes this DID call to a RLT The RLT carries the call to the CAS center and the CAS operator answers the call The operator finds out what our customer is calling for and then transfers the call to the appropriate extension in the branch PBX If all RLT s are busy then the call will queue The caller will hear a recording all operators are busy please hold When a RLT becomes idle then the queued call hits the RLT The transfer process consists of 1 The CAS center operator hits the CAS flash key after have talked to the customer and foun
190. Trunks 0 222 4 70 4 3 16 Assigning Speed Dialing Numbers to ITR Groups 2005 4 71 4 3 17 Telephone Lock Intercept 20 00 c ce eee 4 72 4 3 18 Keypad Dialing 2 c5c0tasrosatan du beh EE eO eRe ay shakes fee ess eed 4 73 4 3 19 E911 Emergency Call Service for the USA for U S only 4 75 4 3 20 Trunk Release for Emergency Call V4 0 SMR 9 or Later 4 77 4 3 21 Automatic Call Completion on No Reply CCNR on the Trunk Interface 4 78 4 3 22 CLIP NO SCISCEMING lt eve Seyn os Geel ca nndnte eke eee oe vie ba wonin tood alee amp 4 79 5 Description of Features for Least Cost Routing 0022ee eee eee 5 1 5 1 Least Cost Routing LCR Not for U S 0 0 0 5 1 Best Camer Types ei ete dts ad ke Berea trios Boer tena tote aeai dae tte ar Ree Rate amp 5 3 5 1 1 1 Mercury Communications Limited Single Stage 05 5 3 5 1 1 2 Mercury Communications Limited Two Stage 00 005s 5 4 5 1 1 3 Dial In Control Server DICS 0 00 ccc eee 5 5 5 1 1 4 Corporate Nowork CN iio tugeSveakect tele eeu wate pie eee Swe So 9 5 6 5 1 1 5 Main network supplier nananana p aves eer hae ere ae glace eae acs 5 6 5 12 Ro tng ADIOS essesi rre date eves hoe ere ee ee Ae an A NEA DEERE at and 5 7 5 2 Least Cost Routing for U S Only 6 ce eee ee ee eee ee eee eee 5 13 5 2 1 Introductio Ns ni EE ee E Ga aah aan Aires A ETRE ap etm Ain
191. X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Max no of simultaneous CF opera 150 150 50 20 tions Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Do Not Disturb You cannot program CF on a telephone where DND is active Call Forwarding CF Up to five call forwarding procedures can be chained Ext call forwarding phone You can program only one external CF destination key on each tele MSN trunk forwarding In V1 0 and later any user who has an assigned MSN for direct in ward dialing can forward this number to the trunk the feature must be requested from the carrier Ext call forwarding When dialing external destinations users must prefix the destination number with the CO trunk group code P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 17 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Subject Dependency Restriction Ext call forwarding User to User Signaling UUS can be deactivated using the flag De activate UUS per direction routing parameters One effect is that the transmission of the A party s calling number is suppressed for ex ternal call forwarding in a User to User Info Element Prime Line If Prime Line simplified dialing is active you must press the exten
192. X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 45 feature11 fm ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only 11 3 9 Definition Direct Inward Dialing DID The basic electronic key telephone system EKTS supports the sharing of directory numbers over several ISDN lines allowing for direct inward dialing DID Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X x Hardware require STMD3 STMD8 STLS4 STLS4 ments Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction DID The extensions in the CS must at the very least be outward restricted and direct inward dialing must be permitted 11 46 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only 11 3 10 Multiple Subscriber Number MSN Definition Multiple subscriber numbers MSNSs are used to identify ISDN terminals connected to an SO bus in the HiPath 3000 systems MSN are 11 digits in length They are entered in the DID num ber field in system administration You can assign each ISDN terminal one or two MSNs dependi
193. a DSS key Aline switchover is executed for U S only Consultation hold is activated not for U S The setting is selected by means of the switch lines for DSS option which is part of the country default settings After pressing the hold key the party initiating hold receives a dial tone on the outgo ing preference and can set up an outgoing call or answer an incoming call on another line key If a user presses another free calling or held MULAP key line switchover during a call outgoing or incoming on a MULAP key call state the first MULAP is also placed on exclusive hold The party who initiated hold can retrieve a MULAP on exclusive hold at any time by pressing the MULAP key The active call is then placed on exclusive hold Both external and internal calls can be placed on hold All the members of the MULAP can retrieve a MULAP on common hold at any time Call Pickup Calls to MULAP groups are not signaled in any call pickup group and cannot be picked up Night Intercept and Overflow Destinations MULAP groups can be used as night intercept and overflow destinations P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 49 feature08 fm Other Features Team Top Internal Phonebook Administration Manager T HiPath 3000 Manager E indicates which station number or name will appear when the directory is displayed Call Forwarding CFW destination A MULAP gro
194. a aes E ae a Tan ata 5 13 52 2 Carer VV Pes a ewe E hoped eases Sauna wy ene eee TE E A E 5 15 5 2 3 Using Alternate Carriers cc 6 24 32 Feces oer eee ds ewan cohen ue oe 5 16 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 hp3hp5featureTOC fm Contents 5 2 3 1 Carrier Access Methods Supported 000 cece eee eens 5 16 5 2 4 LCR Time of Day Evaluation 2 0 i eta tions varied Yoh ee el aides eee ak ees 5 17 S20 UCR DialWRulesoce achat ences kee eae eh ak ok okie tee Oh hes ek Oa 5 17 5 2 6 Expensive Route Identification 0 0 0 ee 5 18 5 2 7 Overflow ODUOMS io serie e b tom de Stara yet nak ud dds are erie Vy Sa Rak hey da diac eed E a 5 18 5 2 8 LCR Class of SenwiCGrrs 5 s 75 9s ite eau ina aorh wa Saw ne en ea tae 5 18 5 2 9 Carrier Select Override 0 c ccc eee teens 5 18 5 2 10 Handling of Numbers and Destinations and Trunk Group Access Codes 5 18 5 2 11 Correlation With Other Features 0 0 0 0c cece eee eee eee 5 18 5 2 11 1 Station Related Features 0 0 0 0 ccc eens 5 19 5 2 11 2 Trunk Related Features n wate Geta ht hee ce yee Ge Seca saacs 5 19 5 2 12 Routing Table Sa cea werk a a korea ae 4 iain ly anon ore a heen ee aos 5 20 S21 e5LCR Dial Pla M ira seed enue ene ee rake eRe ate ee ita ee ee eats 5 20 5 2 13 1 Rules for Creating LCR Dial Plan Entries 2204 5 23 52 14 ROUIG tables secar verre emo es aide wt Gar
195. a background connection setup or cleardown Costs are only incurred when the line is actually used If Short hold no is selected a PSTN connection remains permanently active until the end criterion is received Short hold sec This parameter describes the length of time in seconds after which an inactive PSTN con nection is cleared down Callbk yes no If Callbk yes is selected a connection request is first of all denied Then the first station number marked as outgoing in the remote structure found is called back Three attempts are made to set up the connection then the next outgoing station number is used The system stops trying to set up the callback after three unsuccessful attempts If Callbk no is selected the connection is set up immediately Remote analog modem If you select yes the V 34 protocol in the B channel is used for an outgoing connection via the ISDN line P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 12 11 feature12 fm Features via LAN Administration of Plus Products via PPP e IP mapping yes no If a number of different customers have the same IP address you can use address map ping to achieve unique IP address assignment in the various customer LANs _ If IP mapping yes is selected you can map an IP address which is assigned to mul tiple customers to a unique virtual IP address You can perform IP ma
196. a pool of dial entries which is shared with the feature Repdial The system does NOT dedicate 10 Station speed dial entries per telephone Any unused entries remain in the entry pool and can be used by other stations It is therefore possible that a station user may not be able to pro gram an entry on the telephone even though not all entries in the list have been used This could indicate that the system pool of entries has been fully used up All types of telephones have access to this feature Station speed dial numbers are stored in the system but must be entered by the individual user from the telephone System Administration cannot enter these numbers for a user Only exter nal calls can be stored A name can be associated with each destination This feature cannot be invoked if Lock Code has been activated Use the Redial key or the pound key to program a dial pause and a DTMF changeover func tion Station speed dial is constrained by the COS toll restriction rules The default access code is 7 followed by the index number The abbreviated station speed dial numbers are therefore 7 0 through 7 9 A feature button can be programmed on an optiset E optiPoint The button simulates the dialing of the access code 7 The user is then prompted display telephone to enter the index num ber This is the same button used to dial the access code for System speed dial The trunk group code must be entered before the station number
197. a separate trunk group to ensure access if more than one BRI trunk is installed P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 47 feature11 fm ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only Subject Dependency Restriction MSN If the MSN for a Setup is missing or invalid a default MSN appropri ate to the situation is used When a station number is specified that is already in use optiset E or optiPoint 500 the Setup is rejected If an MSN is too long a right justified evaluation of the digits is per formed 11 48 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 3 11 Definition Calling Line Identification Presentation ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only The calling line identification presentation CLIP feature transmits the caller s own station num ber to the interface called The station number can be displayed on suitable telephones The public network must support station number transmission Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware require ments optiset E or optiPoint 500 telephone with display Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPa
198. a wile ler ene revenue ee 0 Ss 3 35 3 1 12 4 Available Not available 1 0 0 0 0 0 ccc eee 3 37 321125 Wrap UP eck tr vet Late ta 2 e eee cies Alek wee dats ee eae see ed 3 38 3 1 12 6 Recorded Announcement Music on Hold MOH with UCD 3 39 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 1 hp3hp5featureTOC fm Contents Seer OVEMOW 335204 eres tanta othe he 26 See eh ee aS eek A 3 41 3 1 12 8 Automatic Incoming Call Connection AICC with UCD 3 42 3 1 12 9 UCD Night SCMiICG is o5 oy eee wih eho Chet ee ee ae Ae oe 3 44 3 1 12 10 UCD Group Status Display 0 0 2c ee 3 45 3 1 12 11 UCD Home Agent 54 2 ieee hey Sed Boek ata sok e ye Daeg a at gee cedets 3 46 3 1 12 12 Transfer to UCD Groups scosciai cede t owas kane tee we Laue 3 47 3 1 13 Silent Monitoring For Selected Countries Only 000 050 3 48 3 1 14 Do Not Disturb DND usc eae s Maree Win wale eh On dee beset eee he ex 3 50 Bello RINGS CULON 22 tis arch So nok Alias Bard EE ada Ramee ime Weis dott Shae ard A Baber 3 52 3 1 16 Missed Calls List Station Number Storage 0000 eee eee 3 53 3 1 17 Call Pickup AUN Within Call Pickup Groups 0000 eee ee 3 55 3 1 18 Targeted call pickup outside of a pickup group 20000000 3 56 3 1 19 Call Pickup from Answer Machine 00 0c eee eee eee eee 3 58 3 1 20 Fax Waiting Message Answer Machine
199. ach call to an UCD Group gets an announcement If no announcement device is configured the internal MOH is sent to the calling party To suppress the announcement the delay should be configured to the maximum value assuming that the call will be answered within this time P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 39 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements Free analog subs ports EXM EXMR MPPI not for U S Free analog subs ports Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Ann devices 16 16 4 1 Max no of announcements per group 7 7 7 7 Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Sevenannouncements Although only four announcement devices can be connected to Hi per group in HiPath Path 3550 and HiPath 3500 seven announcements can be used per 3550 group by connecting an individual announcement device or combin ing the four devices P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 3 40 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 12 7 Implementing features see also Manager E Overfl
200. activated call forwarding to stn G 6 CFU not possible If stn X calls stn A the call reaches stn F not stn G The system forwards the counters with CFU but not with CFB or CFNR e Call forwarding busy CFB Same as CFU but only if the line is busy e Call forwarding no reply CFNR Same as CFU but only if the call is not answered within 15 seconds time is configurable Use call management to define the lines for busy and no reply P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 11 feature11 fm ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X X X Hardware requirements Digital trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later CO feature x x x x Station feature x x x x Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction CF vated In the case of a point to point connection the entire line is forwarded In the case of a point to multipoint connection only the MSN as signed to the extension with programming authorization is forwarded If no MSN is assigned to this station call forwarding cannot be acti CF Call forwarding is always executed for the first basic access that is the first S port must also be available in the
201. activates the loudspeaker and microphone Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 8 12 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Dependencies Restrictions Other Features Associated Dialing Subject Dependency Restriction Trunk group Depending on the system configuration you may have to dial a trunk group code in order to seize a trunk Call forwarding CF A call waiting operation activated on the station for which the number is to be dialed is not carried out P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 13 feature08 fm Other Features Associated Services 8 7 Associated Services Implementing features see also Manager E Associated Services Definition An authorized user can activate or deactivate services for any other station in the system using a procedure Authorized users initiate access by entering a code and the station number that they want to activate or deactivate The system behaves the same as if the initiating station were activating the feature for itself With this feature users can control the following e Do not disturb e Cal
202. ae he es eee Pash e eee ee 11 51 11 3 14 Three Party Service 13 4022 41406ee ee kh Skee Oe Lee ores a eee 11 52 11 3 15 Call Waiting CW eLearn athe daa corsets baat gla aha 11 53 11 3 16 Connected Line Identification Presentation and Restriction 11 54 11 3 17 Dialed Number Identification Service 0 000 eee 11 55 11 3 18 B Channel Selection s soco sisese cete ea eee wie we wpa ele Rie ee Oe 11 56 11 3 19 Originating B Channel Selection Implementation 11 57 11 3 20 Terminating B Channel Selection 0 000 c eee eee 11 58 11 3 21 B Channel Cut Through Operation Mode 000 0e0 eee 11 59 11 3 22 Digital Keypad to DTMF Conversion on PRI 20000e 11 60 V2 0 EA BIOG DIGIING tyicnca 62k 04 Ceres bah oe eee Ek Ek Rhee ee 11 61 11 3 24 Datla Calle nade toatddieoettedacephawetewteekttd a boe need ee hake 11 62 11 3 25 Basic Electronic Key Telephone System 00000 eee eee 11 63 11 3 26 Call Appearance Call Handling Electronic Key Telephone System 11 64 11 3 27 Called and Calling Party Display 0 000 e eee eee 11 65 11 3 28 Connected Party Display nananana tee ctceee te bueetneey eS a iey 11 66 11 3 29 MESSAGE WAITING tos aaa Atta aoar ai haan Le a ta dh a eae cts As ana ee Le 11 67 11 3 30 Internal Voice Mail css eed ewhhnn oa Rae ihe cea a hee oe eae se eat 11 68 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0
203. al Definition The HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 can transmit consecutive call detail recording central CDRC in formation for each call segment completed or for each incoming call to a connected device The device is normally a PC for analyzing the received data or a printer In V1 2 and later call data records can be recorded for external calls that were not completed For example this gives the party calling proof that the destination station did not accept the at tempted call marked in the output log with the call time O0 00 00 The CDRC outgoing with out connection feature applies to digital external traffic using ISDN and CorNet Qsig and to all stations With analog external traffic loop start a call data record is always recorded no mat ter whether CDRC outgoing without connection has been configured or not Use the call charge factor which is defined as a currency amount including a mandatory sur charge for each call charge unit or pulse to convert call charge pulses to monetary amounts see Section 10 11 Call Charge Display With Currency not for U S The following options are available for exporting the data to an external output device e application programming interface V 24 CDRC data is exported to call detail recording applications such as Teledata e PC attendant console port Users can also forward the CDRC data to a optiClient Attendant PC attendant console port This transfers the ca
204. aled by the system The following special characters can be defined A Repeat remaining fields transmit This letter causes all subsequent digit fields to be transmitted The point of reference is the last field pointer before A The combination E1A is permitted only at the beginning of a string D n Dial digit sequence 1 to 25 digits This letter can be inserted multiple times and at any position in the string E n Repeat field from dial plan from 1 to 10 times This letter can be inserted multiple times and at any position in the string E can also appear in any order with relation to n A specific field can be addressed multiple times including in sequence With the exception of E1 this letter can be surrounded by any parameter P n Pause 1 to 60 times the system wide pause unit This letter can be inserted multiple times and at any position in the string M n Authorization code 1 to 16 This letter must not be in the final position S Switch changes signaling methods from DP to DTMF with CONNECT PROGRESS or CALL PROC with PI This letter can be inserted in the string only once and may not be in the final position The C parameter cannot be used after S U Use subaddress signaling method This letter can be inserted in the string only once and may not be in the final position The subsequent characters are again selected in IN FO The S P and C parameters cannot be used after U C Acc
205. all service for USA only 4 76 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic 4 3 20 Trunk Release for Emergency Call V4 0 SMR 9 or Later Definition Emergency call numbers can be programmed system wide If a station dials an emergency number but no trunks are free one of the CO connections is disconnected and automatically assigned to the station making the emergency call This is the case as long as the trunks are not already seized for emergency calls HiPath 3000 Manager E is responsible for identifying emergency numbers in the dial plan This means that any number of call numbers can be identified as emergency numbers in the dial plan Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX xX X x Hardware require Digital trunk connection ments Software require V5 0 or later V4 0 or later V4 0 or later V4 0 or later ments SMR 9 SMR 9 SMR 9 Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Least cost Least Cost Routing must be activated for the feature set Activate routing LCR LCR flag Ringing state Trunks in ringing state are not released Disconnecting Emergency calls are released via the Release trunk feature 43 trunks Analog The feature does not supp
206. aller ID After Release Police 0 0c ccc eee 11 27 11 1 25 Call collect barring for ISDN trunks 0000 c eee eee 11 28 11 2 WS ISDN for UL ScORy cet ile eo aol Geeta alee ee Pas wed a Ae 11 29 Deed EAM detect dh e aa ead cs ceca oe alae anne a enh Sau cat een aealsue aah Nace Meer ea cee setae 11 30 T2 IESE svete ud stern a eres eRe a Oe etek ana aie ee ee moe ee aby inh anes ee ard ete 11 35 11 3 U S ISDN Features for U S Only 0 0 0 0 00 cc eee 11 38 11 3 1 Multi Device Connections 00 ccc eee 11 38 11 3 2 Call By Call Service Selection 00 00 e eee 11 39 11 3 3 Dedicated Pre Provisioned Service Selection 20005 11 40 tisa ANSON Sing Eh Oto kee eh ede PRES E Reo e te bee eR EEE DEORE ERS 11 41 11 3 5 CaMp ON and hers Ae sar Se Ba de Batt ae er cag a EG UE ad wR ee ea ES 11 42 113 604Conference Gall of oat he sie Gath be hk Ae Skee ek ee ek eee eee 11 43 1137 Equal ACCESS i haaien t Crh nid eit So hee A ode d a Ole gneve ety itua de dee Oe 11 44 11 3 8 Special Access Selection sis dew a eee ea ea eee 11 45 11 3 9 Direct Inward Dialing DID siccpedauw dace aoa dy ke aetoutiadmaiwra aes 11 46 11 3 10 Multiple Subscriber Number MSN 000000 eee eee eee 11 47 11 3 11 Calling Line Identification Presentation 0000 eee 11 49 11342 Call Fonwarding OP ic garoa ttle raed a E E E deen hs Pees 11 50 Aono Call Hold CH rn de ects entree
207. allions 2 04 wake awarding nee wae ha wake oawedns 4 38 4 2 13 Analog Direct Inward Dialing with MFC R2 0000 eee ee eee 4 39 4 2 14 Centralized Attendant Service CAS for U S only 2005 4 41 4 3 Features for Outgoing External Traffic 0 00 00 4 43 4 5 1 Number Redial s scene eS sae 43 kas capacities a a Bae Ad aah din ee eee ee 4 43 43 2 System opeed Dialing sass rinan atest chet eee ee ela ee eee eee 4 46 4 3 3 System Speed Dialing in Tenant Systems 00 000s 4 49 4 3 4 Station Speed Dialing in System 0000 cee eee 4 51 4 3 5 Trunk Seizure Type and Simplified Dialing 0 0000 ee eee 4 53 4 3 O BIOCKDIGING iz sa cain eS ee fie ee PO Gn E RES OS ed odin es Cite lee ema and 4 55 4 3 7 Dial Tone DeteclONins ea coctiadw eek eee ene A dae eRe ee ees 4 56 4 3 8 End of Dialing Recognition s 24 p09 suena ee tebe es be ae eww nee Woe 4 58 4 3 9 Trunk Dialing Method 1 i tcce ces sae Seb oot e Ree eh aA Ree ee 4 59 4 3 10 Configurable Toll R Striction 2 20 22 exde ve hese ail we ea eee we 4 60 4 3 11 Traffic Restriction Groups a4 i425 ec ohes Os Chee edek SW bhk ed esses 4 63 AS V2 Private TUNK x ohed 8 exe etre go ee ek ee RR Ae Ae aces Gatun gt ah ace ee Ee S 4 65 4 3 13 Trunk QUEUING e reeset e aa ae rye re tee hs lag ea aye eile eld Sea ees 4 66 4 3 14 Temporary Station Number Display Suppression 0055 4 68 4 3 15 Denied List for Undialed
208. also displays subscribers A and B in version 4 0 or later Each call signaled at a station is also signaled at stations in the call ringing group That is the calls are forwarded to these stations as well P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 11 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic CorNet N Calls can be forwarded over a CorNet link Related Topic Section 3 1 3 Call Management CM on page 3 6 Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX xX x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Max no of CF destinations per sta 3 3 3 3 tion no Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Call forwarding no an If the call forwarding destination is unavailable and no other call for swer warding operation is configured for the trunk call forwarding no an swer is not carried out Hunting to external call The system wide flag controls the call forwarding no answer if an forwarding destination external CF has been activated within a call destination list If the flag is not set the call forwarding no answer ends at the ex ternal CF destination If the flag is set the call forwarding no
209. an IP net work The procedure for accessing LDAP directory data is initiated using the familiar menu item In ternal Phonebook or a programmed key Depending on the system configuration you must se lect either the internal phonebook or the LDAP directory via the menu After selecting the Internal Phonebook option from the menu you can directly enter the name of the party you want to reach by selecting the GSM Cellphone procedure To do this press the key containing the letter you wish to access Press the key once to access the first letter twice to access the second letter and three times to access the third letter the one farthest to the right All the letters of the name can be entered consecutively in the display Click Search to search the LDAP directory for the specified name The options in the dialog menu allow you to select the required name from the list of displayed results and dial the corresponding destination number directly You can also select a name us ing the keys The LCD touch screen display gives optiPoint 600 office users the following additional options e Softkey Dial dials the number beside the cursor e Softkey Details retrieves entries for the highlighted name e Softkey End closes the LDAP telephone directory e Scrollbar for scrolling down the list if more than six names are displayed P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 6 23 feature
210. an analog answer machine can be used in this case there is no voice prompt and the operating instructions for the device in question must be observed Recording can be started stopped by pressing a function key or entering a code analog tele phones Depending on the configuration recording can also be stopped by the recording de vice The maximum recording time for calls is between 1 and 60 minutes The recording equipment can be used by all supported telephones within a CorNet NQ network CorNet IP Connections with CorNet N and QSIG ECMA ISO are not supported The recording tone can be deactivated during recording The following telephones are supported optiPoint including devices without display optiCli ent optiClient attendant Standard H 323 phones SIP phones EDSS1 stations are not sup ported Authorization to use voice recording can be individually set for each station Manag Activated voice recording is indicated by a LED or a recording tone during the call er E Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Separate recording device for example Xpressions Compact Software requirements V5 0 or later V5 0 or later V5 0 or later V5 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 8 62 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other F
211. an be picked up If more than one call is waiting the first caller is always picked up Call detail recording central CDRC Charges and or elapsed time incurred as a result of a Picked up call are assigned to the station which picked up the call P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 57 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 19 Call Pickup from Answer Machine Implementing features see also Manager E Call Pickup from an Answering Machine Definition optiset E or optiPoint users have the option of picking up a call that has already been answered by an answering machine by pressing the appropriate DSS key This releases the connection to the answering machine Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Upoyg station Upo station Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later General requirements optiset E or optiPoint telephone Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Answer machine The answering machine port must be configured as an answering machine in system administration Answer machine You must program an Answering machine call pickup DSS key on the optiset E or optiPo
212. ant 9 35 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 5 hp3hp5featureTOC fm Contents 9 22 Sharing a Central Voice Mail Server 000 eee eee 9 36 9 23 DISA Intern Direct Inward System Access Internal 200000005 9 37 9 24 System Speed Dialing With HiPath 5000 Feature Server 9 38 925 OSIO ee a ee ee eee ee a er ee aa ran ee ee ee ee ae ee ree a ree ee 9 39 9 25 1 BASIC Features oe de aa A acces te ey a Senco Stal ea ae eile tend aod Wy ob A anal aN ere 9 43 9 25 2 Central Attendant Position Attendant Console 00 0 eee eee 9 44 0325 5 INIGIOC D gt na 4 4 tree ina obs oad ooh eGo Pe eee atid baw nese 9 44 9 25 4 Originator of the Intercept 0000 cee eee 9 44 9 25 SIOVEMOG ia 4 0 a metal a re ORlne tata eae atA ew 2 ie een ia E a a eeu 9 44 0325 6 ACHOMACACCALl ee snoeren eaa eG Beh dys eee a ole fae dS ead aaa eae 9 45 9 25 7 Message Waiting Indication MWI 20 cee eee eee 9 45 9 25 8 Central Cross System Busy Signaling 000 eee eee eee 9 45 9 25 9 Lock Code Reset Code V3 0 SMR 3 and later 200005 9 46 9 25 10 COS Changeover V3 0 SMR 3 and later 0 0 0 0 c eee eee 9 46 10 Features for Call Detail Recording 0 00 c cece eee 10 1 10 1 Silent Reversal at Start and End of Call 2 0 0 0 10 1 10 2 Advice of Charges at Station During Call
213. ar on multiple stations A station cannot have a DSS key with its station on the telephone The HiPath 3000 has programmable Repertory Dial Repdial keys Repdial keys store desti nation numbers Feature access codes cannot be stored under a Repdial key External desti nations up to 25 digits including the trunk trunk group and LCR access code can be stored under a Repdial key as well as internal Call Group numbers When operating the repdial key the LED is not functional Programming of RepDial destinations and DSS keys must be done via HiPath 3000 Manager E in the case of non display telephones DSS keys can also be programmed by the user ona display telephone Model Specific Data for optiPoint key module Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements optiPoint 500 basic optiPoint 500 standard optiPoint 500 ad vance optiset E advance plus comfort optiset E advance con ference conference optiset E memory optiPoint 600 office Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Max number of key modules 2 2 2 2 per telephone Max number of key modules 100 100 100 30 per system Max number of programma 16 16 16 16 ble keys per key module P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 6 3 feature06 fm
214. arded Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements optiset E or optiPoint telephone with speaker Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0orlater V1 0orlater V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Direct answering When you dial 96 the microphone is automatically activated for each speaker call You can deactivate this function by dialing 96 Do Not Disturb You cannot use this feature with stations that have activated DND Toggle consultation hold transfer You cannot use toggle consultation hold or transfer with this feature P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 6 11 feature06 fm Features for Internal Traffic Transfer from Announcement 6 7 Transfer from Announcement This feature lets you make announcements to groups paging zones This feature is also called internal paging Members of the group can answer the call handsfree The procedure is as follows e A user answers an external call e The user places a consultation call and begins the group announcement e The system sets up a two party call when another party lifts the handset or turns on the speaker and the party who answered the call hangs up The remaining group members are removed fr
215. ary sta tions in a basic or executive MULAP group e Analog telephones e Cordless telephones CMI e optiPoint 400 e optiClient 130 e all optiPoint 500 telephones described in the Service Manual HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V4 0 and the optiset E telephones described in the Hicom 150 H V1 0 Service Manual e optiPoint 600 office LED Statuses of a MULAP Key The LED for the MULAP key indicates the status of the MULAP group and can assume the fol lowing signaling statuses e LED off MULAP free seizure possible e LED on MULAP busy seizure not possible e LED flickering MULAP being called call can be answered e LED flashing slowly MULAP on hold call can be retrieved or picked up A key can be configured for a MULAP group number on each station including on a optiPoint BLF busy lamp field and optiClient Attendant LED Statuses of a DSS key The LED for the DSS key indicates the status of the DSS destination as follows e LED off DSS destination is free e LED on DSS destination is busy off hook in talk state etc or the telephone on which the DSS key was configured is calling the destination e LED flashing rapidly The telephone DSS destination is not being called by a DSS key Example Telephone A has a DSS key to telephone B Telephone C calls telephone B The DSS key LED on telephone A flashes rapidly e LED flickering The telephone DSS destination is calling the telephone on which the DSS key was c
216. ata Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction MCL With synchronization during timeout you must program a pause of 2 to 12 seconds P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 5 4 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing LCR Not for U S 5 1 1 3 Dial In Control Server DICS Definition With this type of least cost routing the system uses the routing table to determine whether the call should be made via the DICS or the public network If the DICS is used the system dials the DICS using a configurable access code and an authorization code and transmits the station number dialed by the station in the SUB address on the D channel The DICS checks the au thorization based on the CLIP information and the transmitted authorization code If the DICS is not present during the first connection setup the system reroutes the connection to the public network This alternative access must be configured Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x
217. ate MULAP call signaling for each MULAP using a key Group Call Executive MULAP groups These groups form the basis for executive secretary configurations Top All members of the Top CHESE become members of the executive MULAP the executive s function as primary stations The following members are possible Executive 1 2 CMI executive 1 2 conference corner tel executive 1 2 secretary 1 2 CMI secretary 1 2 An executive MULAP group defines which executive members will be masters These members are automatically assigned the outgoing preference without incoming MULAP call signaling tone and display All non executives non primary stations are automatically assigned incoming MULAP call signaling tone LED and display The following can be administered Outgoing preference for all executives CMI executives and conference corner tele phone executives Incoming preference for all members Incoming MULAP call signaling for all non executives DSS keys for all members Ring transfer key Non executives can activate and deactivate MULAP call signaling using a key Group Call P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 43 feature08 fm Other Features Team Top Secretary MULAPs are configured by means of basic MULAP groups Telephone Types The following types of telephone can be defined as both primary stations and non prim
218. ated in the public network The caller s station number and name are also stored in the public network With each incoming call the release of the connection to the called station is delayed for a specific period of time after the caller hangs up enabling the called station to activate this feature Release is delayed only if the feature has been requested from the carrier or facility provider The MCID feature allows malicious callers to be traced MCID Malicious Call Identification DSS1 LM This feature is activated in the public network DSS1 and can be used for DSS1 lines not for CorNet NQ The callers station number and name are also stored in the public network The called station has no direct access to the stored data You must apply to your pub lic network operator in order to use this feature Appropriate authorization is required to activate the feature in the public network The feature can be activated for Upg g a b and So lines When a call is received from the public network this feature delays call cleardown in the direction of the called party for a specific timeout after the caller has hung up This timeout provides the called party with an opportunity to activate the feature However trunk availability is somewhat reduced as a result since it takes longer until the lines become free again Cleardown is only delayed if the feature has been requested The MCID feature only functions for calls from the public network and not for
219. ath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Outgoing Traffic 3 2 5 Hotline Implementing features see also Manager E Hotline Definition With the hotline feature the telephone automatically connects to a predefined internal or exter nal destination after the user lifts the handset Users can also configure the feature so that the two locations connect only after a defined pe riod hotline after timeout This delay is configured centrally and can be activated and deacti vated on each station Call forwarding and call forwarding no answer are evaluated at the destination If the Hotline Delayed station originator dials a digit before the timeout limit the timer is can celled and the station is not forwarded to the Hotline destination whether another digit is dialed or not Hotline Number In the case of a Hicom 150 E Office Pro HiPath 3700 3750 or a Hicom 150 E Office Com Hi Path 3300 to 3550 you can select from a maximum of six numbers If you have a Hicom 150 E Office Point HiPath 3150 3250 system only one hotline destination is supported Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Hotline destinations 6 6 6 6
220. ath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 10 3 feature10 fm Features for Call Detail Recording Call Duration Display on Telephone 10 3 Call Duration Display on Telephone Implementing features see also Manager E Call Duration Display on Telephone Definition This feature shows the duration of external calls incoming and outgoing in the display as fol lows HH MM SS The system wide option Call timer display must be activated for this The following applies up to and including V3 0 SMR 11 Call timer display option activated default The call charge display has priority Call detail information from Call timer display option Shown in display Yes Activated Call charges Yes Not activated Call charges No Activated Call duration No Not activated Dialed station number If this option is activated the call duration is displayed for incoming calls Otherwise the sta tion number name of the caller is displayed The following applies to V3 0 SMR 12 or later Call timer display option not activated de fault Display of the call duration has priority Call detail information from Call timer display option Shown in display Yes Activated Call duration Yes Not activated Call charges No Activated Call duration No Not activated Dialed station number If this option is activated the call duration is displayed for incoming calls Otherwise the sta
221. ath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX xX x x Hardware requirements Digital trunk Digital trunk board board Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Max no of MUSAP keys per 10 10 10 10 telephone Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction MUSAP MUSAP keys do not seize trunk groups directly After you press the key you must dial the trunk group separately 4 26 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic 4 2 6 Signaling of Direct Inward Dialing Numbers for Incoming Calls Implementing features see also Manager E Signalling of direct Inward Dialing Numbers for In coming Calls Definition When an internal station receives an external call the direct inward dialing DID number that the caller originally dialed is displayed A variety of acoustic signaling methods are also avail able to signal the call The LED assigned to the appropriate MUSAP key see Section 4 2 5 also signals the call Three different types of acoustic signaling are possible depending on the telephone Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x X Hardware requirements Upo station or analog station Software requirement
222. ath 5000 systems They are pro vided as a common pool for the following features e Group call with or without busy signaling e Hunt group linear or cyclical e Paging The type of group determines how the system handles each group This means that each group can be either a group call or a hunt group Names can be assigned to the individual groups from the system administration Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Max no of groups 300 300 150 20 800 800 V3 0 or lat er Max no of stations per groups 20 20 20 8 Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Call forwarding CF When a call is forwarded to a group the system ignores call forward ing set by individual members of the group Call groups Stations can belong to more than one group P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 19 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 8 Group call Implementing features see also Manager E Group Call Definition Incoming internal and external calls are signaled simultaneously to all the stations in a group The first
223. atin tesa E Beate de Secale hie ate as Dh Niort ede 13 2 13 3 2 Emergency Mode IP Networking is Down 00 2e0e eee eae 13 3 13 3 3 Emergency Mode Central HiPath 4000 System is Down 13 4 13 3 4 Behavior of the Branch Office IP Workpoint Clients in Emergency Mode 13 5 13 4 HiPath 3000 V5 0 Requirements 0 0000 13 6 13 4 1 Requirements for Emergency Mode 2 0 eee 13 7 13 4 2 Configuration of HiPath 3000 Stations for Emergency Mode 13 8 14 HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience 00 0e eee eee e eee eee 14 1 14 4 Detto Ss 62224 oe8 Gn bh hee aS ee Ree eee Ree Gee a ewan ee ee 14 1 14 2 HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience Scenarios Supported 14 4 14 2 1 HiPath 5000 PC with HiPath ComScendo Service gt HiPath 5000 RSM with HiPath ComScendo SONIC a sas swank Mecca a E cae atk wWantate watered dae ee ats 14 4 14 2 2 HiPath 5000 PC with HiPath ComScendo Service gt HiPath 3000 with HiPath Com Scendo Service nesr rok Sebi Sel alice Wie Wns Wk Goad WC eR Sy Bio a E a A aR eG Wie 14 5 14 2 3 HiPath 3000 with HiPath ComScendo Service gt HiPath 3000 with HiPath ComScen GO SENICE aie ne a EE E uae te BR Eee Seiko e ee ae 14 6 14 3 COMGUIaIONINGIOS cereri en iene estas eh teeter heia ag hea PESA e 14 7 MENS Napa h th ik ae ace eg ad aN Se Ni ea ta ate a on Aen a a te a ae a Z 1 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 8 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Featur
224. ation had placed the call Automatic Recall A recall is signaled on the passive station telephone but is no longer part of the flex call For this reason it is conducted using the profile of the passive station number name and classes of service Busy indication Busy indication applies to the passive station telephone Only the trunk of the active station is signaled as busy Features that can be used after flex call is activated e Speaker call paging e Conference e Busy override busy override class of service taken from active station Toggle Park Consultation hold Transfer Call pickup during a flex call calls are picked up using the profile of the active station Do Not Disturb Call forwarding CF Send message message waiting Callback Station number suppression Call connection 3 76 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Outgoing Traffic 3 2 7 B Channel Allocation Implementing features see also Manager E B Channel Allocation Definition This feature allows you to allocate outgoing connection B channels on an Soy link to different trunk groups For outgoing calls only B channels that also correspond to the trunk group are selected by the code selected trunk group overflow trunk group or LCR selected trunk group If there is no free B channel available for this trunk g
225. ation of Night Service returning the system to its normal day COS toll restriction scheme the authorized user can activate Individual Lock Code at the tele phone security If there are several authorized stations they must all activate Lock Code to ensure Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Call forwarding CF Calls follow call forwarding if activated on the night station Night station An intercom only phone cannot be entered as a night station Trunks Variable night service makes no distinction between the individual trunks that is calls on all trunks reach the night station P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 24 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic 4 2 4 Direct Inward Dialing Implementing features see also Manager E Direct Inward Dialing Definition With direct inward dialing DID an incoming call can reach a station without intervention by the attendant console This feature is handled in call management The internal and external numbering systems are defined in the n
226. ature Description ISDN Features U S ISDN for U S Only Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later Depending on the PRI provider s requirements users need to configure some or all of the fol lowing for PRI setup e Signal protocol and emulation type e Frame line encoding e B channel allocation mode and identifier e Number of B channels e Trunk group calling service For networking with PRI customers can use either tie trunks or the public switched telephone network Protocol type allows customers to select the interface between the HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3700 or HiPath 3500 and the PRI provider Protocols are different for local exchange carriers LECs and for inter exchange carriers IECs Customers might prefer an IEC for ex ample if they want to place calls on a tie trunk using station numbers without going through the local exchange Customers can choose a different carrier and protocol for each PRI span The HiPath 3000 sys tems support seven commonly used LEC protocols and seven commonly used IEC protocols Table 11 1 and Table 11 2 on page 11 32 show the protocols available for each slot LEC Protocols Table 11 1 Supported LEC Protocols LEC Carrier Switch Protocol AT amp T 5ESS Custom AT amp T 5ESS NI 2 Bell Canada DMS100 Custom GTE GTT5 NI 2
227. aximum number of telephones 10 10 10 8 in a Team Top configuration Maximum number of MULAPs 10 10 10 10 per telephone Dependencies Restrictions Note e Program a Group Call key e Program a ring transfer key for each executive MULAP group Subject Dependency Restriction Manually configured Members of an executive MULAP group can use key programming to executive MULAP e Configure a MULAP key for the executive MULAP group group e Configure DSS keys to other members In an executive MULAP group the executive should program a DSS key to the secretary station number and the secretary should pro gram a DSS key to the executive station number station Executive as primary An executive can also be a primary station in a basic MULAP group but can be defined as an executive only in an executive MULAP group Executive ring If an executive in the executive MULAP group calls a non executive in the local executive MULAP group the call is signaled by a special acoustic executive ring 8 40 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Team Top Subject Dependency Restriction Group call key incom ing MULAP call signal ing In the executive MULAP group incoming MULAP call signaling can be administered only for non executives Executives cannot configure a group call key for activating and deactivating MULAP call sig
228. be main CS or satellite CS The following operating states can be signaled for the telephones e Free e Busy internally e Busy externally e Defective The numbering plan in this network must be closed and it must be possible to access the CS via the first administered QSig port on the remote system Operating states cannot be transmitted via CSs functioning as gateway or transit nodes P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 45 feature09 fm Networking QSig 9 25 9 Lock Code Reset Code V3 0 SMR 3 and later Manufacturer specific expansions to the QSig protocol QSig allow the individual lock code of a station networked over QSig to be reset to the default value 00000 Initiate the reset with the code System telephone lock Reset code or by selecting the correct entries in the service menu Then the system prompts you to enter the station number with the leading trunk group code if needed Mark the end of the entry with the confirm key or the key on telephones without a display Requirements for resetting the telephone lock code e The telephone number of the telephone that you are using to initiate the reset must be en tered as a station for system telephone lock system settings e The system must be networked over the QSig protocol with the ISO QSig protocol ver sion 9 25 10 COS Changeover V3 0 SMR 3 and later Implementing features see also
229. ble in x x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Call appearance identi In a basic EKTS system CAID values are not supported The AT amp T fication CAID values 5E and Siemens EWSD central offices support the CAID format The Northern Telcom central offices use phantom DID numbers instead of CAID values P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 11 64 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only 11 3 27 Called and Calling Party Display Definition With called and calling party number display services like dialed number identification service DNIS and automatic number identification ANI are provided by the network DNIS is for T1 digital trunks and ANI is for PRI trunks The calling party number CPN is displayed on a suit able display telephone With this feature the system performs the following functions 1 Checks the calling number against any ANI or DNIS table entries 2 Translates the digits into an account number customer name or company name 3 Routes the call 4 Displays the information on the telephone display Users can override this feature system wide Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPa
230. cess for least cost routing U S only 5 17 DID See direct inward dialing Direct inward dialing 4 25 11 2 U S ISDN 11 46 Direct inward system access description 4 28 DISA See direct inward system access Display called party 11 65 connected party 11 65 11 66 Display Number of Stations with Direct Trunk Access for Austria Only 8 16 Distinctive Ringing 3 1 DNIS See dialed number identification service 11 55 Do Not Disturb 3 50 Door opener 6 9 DSS key 6 2 DTMF DID 4 33 DTMF or rotary pulse dialing selecting in least cost routing U S only 5 19 DTMF tones and least cost routing U S only 5 19 Dual tone multifrequency converting for PRI 11 60 Dual tone multifrequency transmission DT MF 3 64 E E amp M 9 15 E911 emergency call service for USA 4 75 ECT See explicit call transfer hp3hp5featurelX fm Editing station numbers 6 27 Editing the telephone number 6 27 EKTS See electronic key telephone system Electronic key telephone system DID 11 46 Electronic notebook and least cost routing U S only 5 19 Emergency 8 60 Emergency call service ECS 4 75 Emergency Prefix 8 60 Emulation type 11 32 En bloc dialing 11 61 End of dialing recognition 4 58 Enhanced radio paging equipment not for U S features 6 14 Entrance telephone 6 9 Equal Access 11 44 Euro ISDN features 11 1 Executive MULAP groups 8 43 Executive secretary configuration see Top configuration 8 35 Expensive route identification U S only 5 18
231. chanism for generating SNMP traps in the event of class B errors The SNMP management agent evaluates the error messages In the case of defined er rors it generates specific traps and transmits them in the form of IP data records to a con figurable IP address a total of five SNMP V1 0 compatible applications are supported in cluding HP Open View Network Node Manager P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 12 2 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features via LAN Administering HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 via the LAN Interface 12 2 Administering HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 via the LAN Interface Definition You can administer HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 via a computer connected to the LAN HiPath 3000 Central Board PC with HiPath 3000 Manager E A HiPath HG1500 board can be used instead of the LIM board Figure 12 1 Example HiPath 3000 Administration via the LAN Interface Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X X Hardware requirements LIMS or LIM or HiPath HG1500 HiPath HG1500 board board Software requirements V5 0 V1 2 V1 2 V1 2 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 12
232. complexity of BRI configuration it is recommended that ST applications be limited to 128 Kbps The call number for each ST port must be associated with a Public Network SPID This means that the number of 64 Kbps channels that can be called up is limited to the number of public network SPIDs Refer to the Configuration Note for SO Device Installation The STLS4 module is used also as a trunk interface in Europe For subscriber ap plications the receive and transmit leads must be reversed before connecting to the first device on the bus This crossover is already performed in the ISDN adapter Usually the ST device is connected to an ISDN NT 1 adapter and the SPID TID numbers as signed by the CO are programmed in the device However since the ST device is located be hind the switch on an ST bus the HiPath 3000 provide SPID TID identification control Each ST channel used by the ST device requires a Call Number for internal dialing An MSN number also is required to enable the ST device to communicate with the HiPath 3000 system P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 2 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for General External Traffic The protocol should always be set to ATT NI 1 in the ST device The HiPath 3000 perform all protocol conversions Primary Rate Interface PRI Operation In a PRI or CorNet N environment SPIDs TIDs and CACH values are not required Internal SPID
233. configured alternative LCR routes e g for the operator Calls can also be traced in emergency mode There are no specific security requirements with regard to H 235 that deviate from the con ditions generally valid for HiPath 3000 HG 1500 and IP workpoint access P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 13 5 feature13 fm Small Remote Site Concept HiPath 3000 V5 0 Requirements 13 4 HiPath 3000 V5 0 Requirements A Terminals such as optiPoint optiClient or optiSet should not be operated at a HiPath 3000 V5 0 system that is used as a communication system in a branch office Al though there are no configuration restrictions these stations should be configured so that only features required for emergency mode are available The configuration of features such as ACD hunt groups MULAP etc leads to un predictable behavior even if they are connected at the same physical location In normal mode terminals such as an optiSet are connected to the HiPath 3000 and optiPoints optiClients are connected to the HiPath 4000 This is why only the fea tures specified above are available when optiPoints optiClients are connected to the HiPath 3000 in emergency mode Generally HiPath 3000 does not prevent users or administrators from configuring features for emergency mode HiPath 3000 V5 0 supports alternative registration of HiPath 4000 IP work clients in the event that the Hi
234. connection It is not planned to share speed dialing destinations with a system SSD memory HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 server because each node supplies its own SSD memory However the HiPath AllServe server handles the central configuration of all nodes To do this it stores an extra copy of the SSD data in a standardized SSD memory area An update function copies this SSD data to the respective nodes Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x X X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 9 38 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Networking QSig 9 25 QSig Implementing features see also Manager E QSig Definition CorNet is usually the protocol used for networking HiPath systems with each other QSig the cross vendor signaling protocol is used for networking HiPath and non HiPath systems In ho mogeneous networks HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 supports the following basic features In QSig environments you can operate HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 as an end node transit node or gateway You can use the QSig protocols which are based on the following specifications e ECMA V1 0 and ECMA V2 0 for the MWI feature only with the partial specifications ETS 300172 Basic Call E
235. ction Call Hold If you are on hold you cannot use the toggle connect feature DTMF DTMF is not deactivated when you activate the toggle connect fea ture Two incoming calls If the second party is also an incoming call the user can answer the incoming call by using the feature Accept call waiting default ac cess code is 55 and then toggle between the first and second call as explained above Trunk keys Users with line keys call keys trunk keys can toggle between one call and another by pressing the flashing line key for the other incom ing call and toggle between both by pressing one line key then the next The lines are in exclusive hold Exception In the case of the General Call key appearances users should always press the Hold button followed by the Release button before pressing another General Call key appearance This places the first call on Common hold Otherwise the call remains on Consul tation Hold MOH The held part hears MOH P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 2 5 feature02 fm Features for All Traffic Types Transfer before answering 2 4 Transfer before answering Definition Users can transfer an internal or external call to another internal station before the called party answers The other station can be in the same system or it can be in a networked system Cor Net N CorNet NQ or QSig even for IP If t
236. d as a gateway system with CO and CorNet trunk group In addition to the Basic Call outgoing and incoming call setup the Toll Restriction feature is supported If HiPath 3000 is operated in networked environments the toll restriction assigned to the sub scriber is verified and transferred or received in the case of incoming calls when a CorNet line is seized toll restriction transfer The class of service is transferred to a gateway system in standardized form every time an outgoing line is seized and every time an extension answers Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware require ments Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Restrictions As main or satellite CS only as satellite CS P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 17 feature09 fm Networking Toll Restriction in CorNet N Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Classes of service The following 15 classes of service exist for class of service transfer e Internal access only 0 e Outward restricted trunk access 1 e Local public network 2 13 including 6 allowed and 6 denied lists e Unrestricted trunk access 14 Classes of service for two networked sys tems When th
237. d before dialing can begin If trunk supervision is activated the system waits until a dial tone is detected even if No pause is selected in this field The Trunk Seizure delay choices are No Pause 1 3 6 or 9 seconds If Trunk Supervision is activated and dial tone is not detected timer Dial Tone Monitoring time default 10 seconds this line is taken out of operation if there is no dial tone after seizure Thereafter the system checks at cyclical intervals whether a dial tone is once again present When it is the line in question is put back into operation Dial tone monitoring time Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Analog trunk board Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 4 56 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Audible tone If audible tone monitoring is not possible or not desired you can con figure a pause before dial You can modify the monitoring of a second audible tone and the au dible tone monitoring time only using HiPath 3000 Manager E Audible tone P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 50
238. d out which extension number to transfer the call to 2 The CAS center PBX transmits a hook switch flash over the RLT 3 The branch PBX recognizes the hook switch flash and puts the DID trunk on hold and gives dial tone back to the CAS operator 4 The CAS center operator dials the destination extension number 5 The branch PBX receives the extension number and starts to ring the phone 6 At this point the CAS center operator can estay on the call and wait for answer and do a supervised transfer or erelease the call and let the transfer finish as unsupervised transfer 7 When the CAS operator releases the call the RLT drops the branch PBX finish s the trans fer P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 41 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic 8 The DID trunk is directly connected to the destination extension 9 The RLT is idle and ready for the next call Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X X Hardware requirements DIU2U TMST1 TST1 Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction CAS store PBX HiPath 3000 supports the CAS store PBX branch of the application branch CAS center PBX Supp
239. data The attendant always intercepts calls via a second B channel because problems could other wise occur in a network with different CSs 9 25 4 Originator of the Intercept The dialed digits or the station number of the party originating the intercept can be sent to the intercept destination as the originator of the intercept HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 systems indicate only the station number of the station that caused the intercept In the case of call forwarding and hunt groups this is the original station dialed No information is transferred if the caller dials an incorrect or incomplete number 9 25 5 Override An authorized network station such as the central attendant position or a HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 station with override authorization can override a call being conducted at a busy station in the network Users cannot override conference calls in HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 The feature is implemented according to QSig specification Cl call intrusion P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 9 44 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Networking QSig The HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 systems handle a busy override according to QSig in a network just like an internal busy override This means that every user who is authorized to override busy calls is authorized to do so throughout the network The override operation transforms a two party call into a three party call 9 25 6 Automatic recall This feature activates a recall
240. dditional Network Features Path Replacement PR Y Y Y Y Y Path optimization Rerouting Y Y Y Y N Message Waiting Indication MWI Y Y Y Y Y Malicious Call Identification MCID N N MCID User to User Signalling UUS Y Y Y Hold Enquiry Alternating CH Y Y Y Y Y Call Hold Toggle Connect Call Transfer CT Y Y Y Y Y Conference CONF Y Y Y Y Y Recall Retrieval of Transfered RE Y Y N Y Y Calls Single Step Call Transfer SSCT Y Y N Y Y Blind Transfer Emergency Call ECS N N Y Y Y Direct Media Connection DMC N N N N Y Attendant Interception CINT Y Y Y Y Y Private Numbering Plan PNP N N N N Server CSTA Features Tabelle 9 1 Networking Features HiPath 3000 5000 V5 0 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 5 feature09 fm Networking Supported features depending on networking protocol Feature Abbrevi HiPath 3000 5000 ation ECMA ISO QSIG CorNetN CorNet CorNet IP QSIG TDM NQ CorNet Network TDM NQ in IP Network Network Call Identification and Linkage CIDL Y Y N Y Y global call ID Plus Features Routing of Charge Data CHT Y Y N Y Y Routing of Busy monitor Data EST Y Y N N Y Change Class of Service RPC Y Y N Y Y Reset telephone lock RPC Y Y N Y Y Call back to mailbox N N Y Y Y with Message Waiting Indication CSTA Command Information N Y Y Tabelle 9 1 Networking Features HiPath 300
241. dency Restriction If all stations in a hunt group are busy the call camps on at all sta tions Call signaling If all hunt group stations hang up simultaneously call signaling be gins at all stations that previously had waiting calls Do Not Disturb If all stations in the hunt group activate DND a call management pro cedure handles the call Hunt group Stations can belong to more than one group g Queue For cyclical and linear hunt groups it is not possible to set up a call queue Call queues can only be defined in conjunction with UCD groups agents See Section 3 1 12 1 UCD Queues Note Voice mail ports can be logged on as UCD agents This diver sion means that callers join a queue when the auto attendant appli cation is busy Overflow call forward You can use call management to set up an overflow station as a ing no answer CFNA destination for hunt groups Hunt group on off Each member of a hunt group can dial 85 to leave the hunt group and 85 to reenter the hunt group Group call Rejoin leave hunt group If a station is active in group call and a hunt group any changes such as dialing 85 85 apply to both features Telephone type Any type of telephone can be used in a Hunt Group Group call Rejoin leave hunt group Each member of a group call can dial 85 to leave the group call and 85 to join it again Call detail recording central CDRC
242. deo devices using an industry standard ST interface The ISDN terminal devices are connected to the system using the ISDN adapter or a port on an SO interface card e STLS4 for the HiPath 3350 and HiPath 3550 e STLSAR for the HiPath 3300 and HiPath 3500 e STMD8 on the HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 The ISDN devices are assigned a call number for internal dialing and an 11 digit Multiple Sub scriber Number MSN for incoming DID applications Each ST port consists of two 64 Kbps channels Two devices can be connected to the ISDN adapter Eight devices can be connected to an SO port on an interface card The devices con nected on an SO port share the 128 Kbps bandwidth for video and data calls Basic Rate Interface BRI Operation In a BRI environment each CO B channel is assigned a Special Profile Identifier SPID num ber and a Terminal Identifier TID for identification purposes from the Public Network The SPID and TID received from the network provider must be associated with the call number as signed to the data or video equipment connected to the ST interface If a system is equipped with three BRI trunks the maximum number of ISDN data sessions is either three 128 Kbps sessions or six 64 Kbps sessions Typically CACH Call Appearance Call Handling values or Phantom Directory numbers are required for voice terminals only In some COs CACH values or Phantom Directory numbers can be required for the ST data devices as well Due to the
243. destinations can be assigned until station speed dialing memory in the system is exhausted Speed dialing memory is used for both repdial keys and station speed dialing des tinations Rotary dial analog tele phones Station speed dialing is not possible 4 52 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic 4 3 5 Trunk Seizure Type and Simplified Dialing Implementing features see also Manager E Trunk Seizure Type and Simplified Dialing Definition HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 systems permit trunk seizure via the trunk keys or call keys on an optiset E or optiPoint telephone Trunk seizure is also possible from any telephone using the trunk or trunk group codes To seize the second trunk using a trunk or call key Prime Line must be active and a second trunk group assigned Trunk seizure via trunk group code is not possible by entering the trunk group code and press ing the trunk group key When the system receives a seizure request it searches for an available trunk in the trunk group If a trunk is available it is seized Simplified dialing The Simplified Dialing feature is a system wide feature that allows users to dial directly to ex ternal destinations without the use of Trunk or Trunk Group keys The external access code is automatically dialed by the system Only one outgoing Trunk Group is pos
244. dication is displayed on the attendance console AC If necessary the connection can be released by means of a procedure No default time Toll Fraud monitoring timer is specified for this feature that is the attendant console will not be alerted unless the timer is set to a specific value Operation If a trunk to trunk connection for example a connection set up via DISA exceeds the system timer defined by Toll Fraud monitoring timer a display message is sent to the Attendant posi tion The attendant is presented with the following display Time exceeded Clear Error Message The attendant first scrolls to find the number of the trunks involved in the call and can release the trunks On the Memory telephone there is a cursor to select the individual line Or after taking note of the numbers the attendant clears the error message and can invoke the Release Trunk feature to clear the connection at a later time if appropriate The attendant invokes the Release Trunk feature from an idle state by dialing the default access code 43 or by pressing the Program Service key and scrolling to and selecting the prompt 43 Release trunk The attendant is then prompted to enter a trunk number After entering the trunk number from above the connection is released P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 10 31 feature10 fm Features for Call Detail Recording Toll Fraud Monitoring Model Specific
245. ditional converter such as Telident STS to translate the transmit ted DTMF characters LS protocol into the CAMA protocol used for the Emergency Call Ser vice ECS P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 75 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic HiPath 3000 PRI PRI HiPath 3000 HiPath CorNet N gt CorNet N e PRI PRI Vv Analog Analog Analog Loop Start HKZ Converter Station sends emergency call Public telecommunication network Pub lic exchange Emergen cy Database with Automatic Location Identification ALI Figure 4 1 Model Specific Data Expanded Emergency Call Service E911 for USA only Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature for analog trunks avail xX X able in Hardware requirements analog LS trunk connection Software requirements V1 2 or later V1 2 or later Feature for digital trunks avail X X X able in Hardware requirements digital PRI trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 2 or later V1 2 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction E911 emergency c
246. dware requirements REALS REAL STRB STRBR Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction DISA Relays can be controlled from the outside via trunk access P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 8 7 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description feature08 fm Other Features Sensors 8 4 Sensors Implementing features see also Manager E Sensors Definition HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 support control inputs Sensors via an optional control relay module When a sensor is activated the assigned station is called automatically After the station an swers the call a message can be played from an announcement device The signal input func tion activates when an external floating contact closes Optocouplers provide electrical isolation between the external circuit and the system controller The sensors can initiate the following functions 8 8 Distinctive ringing on telephones Message display on optiset E and optiPoint telephones with display Analysis of announcement device start and stop signals Answering machine control Automatic dialing with a predefined telephone number internal number group call or ex ternal destination call number Activation of the following services for a STN with code STN Actuator on off Do not disturb feature on off Call forwarding on off COS changeover on off Send message texts
247. e e Dial pulsing DP e Dual tone multifrequency DTMF Pulses are analyzed in the case of DP while tones are analyzed in the case of DTMF When the system uses analog trunk boards the signaling method is automatically detected as long as the user has not configured a signaling method or pause before dial Otherwise the signalling method can be set on a per trunk basis Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x xX Hardware requirements Analog trunk board Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Dialing method If you set the trunk to PABX communications server the DTMF method is activated Analog trunk seizure vated If you configure pause before dial the DP signaling method is acti Power reset power failure The signaling method that is detected is stored until the next power reset power failure P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 59 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic 4 3 10 Configurable Toll Restriction Implementing features see also Manager E Configurable Toll Restriction Definition Each user in a communications server can be assig
248. e the authorized user must first deactivate the Lock Code before attempting to activate deactivate another station s Lock Code To activate deactivate another station s lock code the authorized station does not need to know or use the individual s PIN No PIN is required to activate deactivate the other stations Lock Code Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements 3 68 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Outgoing Traffic Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Extension trunk ac cess After Lock Code is activated the extension trunk access is set to a system wide COS default 1 Extension trunk ac cess After Lock Code is activated you can reduce the class of service but not select a higher class of service Lock code While Lock Code is active you cannot activate any features except for system speed dialing room monitor speaker call and conferenc es with internal stations Feature Active Notice At th
249. e Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 24 Reject Calls Definition This feature allows internal and external incoming initial calls to be rejected by pressing e the release key on optiset E or optiPoint telephones with display or e the consult key on mobile telephones CMI The rejected call then follows the Call Management If there is no other call forwarding destina tion an external call is intercepted by the attendant console In the case of a loop start call the call will remain frozen in the queue if no subsequent destinations can be reached In all other cases the call is cleared down Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X X x Hardware requirements optiset E or optiPoint telephone with display mobile telephone Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 2 or later V1 2 or later V1 2 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Automatic recall call Transferred recalls queued callbacks held or parked calls cannot be back parking hold rejected Group call hunt group In these cases the entire group call ends and follows Call Manage call MULAP ment The call is released if there is no other call destination Call forwarding CF There is no immediate call forwarding after the call is re
250. e Description feature01 fm Description of Features 1 Description of Features HiPath 3000 5000 V6 0 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 LM 060 085 050915 The following table offers an overview of the features described The information on the HiPath 3250 and HiPath 3150 does not apply to the U S Subject Features for All Traffic Types Features for General Incoming Traffic Features for General Outgoing Traffic Features for General External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic Least Cost Routing LCR Not for U S Least Cost Routing for U S Only Features for Internal Traffic Tenant Service Other Features Networking Features for Call Detail Recording Euro ISDN Features not for U S U S ISDN for U S Only U S ISDN Features for U S Only Features via LAN Small Remote Site Concept HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 1 1 feature02 fm Features for All Traffic Types Call hold 2 Features for All Traffic Types 2 1 Call hold Definition Users can place an active call on hold Placing a call on hold means that the call stays connect ed but in a waiting state until the user retrieves it After placing a call on hold the user can either retrieve the held call or place another call on the same line A distinction
251. e HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 network Using HiPath 3000 Manager E it is possible to define whether each system client optiClient 130 optiPoint 400 optiPoint 410 optiPoint 420 optiPoint 600 in CorNet IP mode is a resil ience station H 323 clients such as HiPath AP 1120 are not supported Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 ComScendo Service Feature available in X X X X X Hardware requirements System client optiClient 130 optiPoint 400 optiPoint 410 optiPoint 420 optiPoint 600 Software requirements V5 0 V5 0 V5 0 V5 0 V5 0 SMR SMR 4 or SMR 4 or SMR 4 or SMR 4 or 4 or later later later later later General requirements HiPath 5000 Real Time Services Manager RSM P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 14 2 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience Definition Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Logical ports 0 and 1 The stations on logical ports 0 and 1 of a system the first two lines under HiPath 3000 Manager E Settings Setup station Stations are reserved for system administration and are not supported by the feature HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience Numbering A resilience station must be reachable at the same number on the home system and on the standby system For this reason
252. e IECs Carrier Access Code CAC and Carrier Identification Code CIC There are two different types of CIC numbering schemes one for a 3 digit CIC and another for a 4 digit CIC The four digit code consists of the three digit code preceded by the number 0 For example the CIC for MCI is 222 or 0222 The CAC for a three digit CIC is 10 and the CAC for a four digit CIC is 101 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 5 15 feature05 fm Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing for U S Only 5 2 3 Using Alternate Carriers Alternate carriers may be connected to each trunk route group The selection of the carrier is defined in the least cost routing outdial rule section 5 2 3 1 Carrier Access Methods Supported Main network supplier When seizing a trunk using the main network supplier the system can use en bloc dialing or send single digits to the public network to set up the outgoing call Note that this access method is used when routing calls over the public switching network MCL Single Stage The system calls the selected carrier using a prefix and then dials the destination number Dig its are sent in the D channel when using ISDN service or as normal dialing when using analog service This selection may be used in CorNet applications for advancing to public network fa cilities for overflow applications MCL Two Stage The system calls the selected ca
253. e Line groups You cannot define an overflow from trunk group 1 to another trunk group P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 54 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic 4 3 6 Block Dialing Implementing features see also Manager E Block dialing Definition With en bloc dialing the digits dialed are combined to form a block stored in the system and forwarded when they are recognized as complete If within a certain period timer End of Dial on Incomplete the default time is 15 seconds the system interprets the last number entered as the last digit in the block When the timer expires when the last dialed digit is recognized dialing automatically begins Dialing can also be started manually by entering the end of dialing code In the case of PRI en bloc dialing to the central office is mandatory En bloc dialing is also used in Cornet networks Related Topics e Section 5 1 Least Cost Routing LCR Not for U S on page 5 1 e Section 5 2 Least Cost Routing for U S Only on page 5 13 Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX xX x x Hardware requirements Digital trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0orlater V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies
254. e UCD groups must be deleted be cause only external calls are logged P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 3 28 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Linking Hunt Group Master Numbers and Names with the UCD Group The last 60 hunt groups 10 in the case of Office Point HiPath 3150 3250 are used in UCD for configuring a master number DID number and a group name for the individual UCD groups Each UCD group is assigned a virtual address number from 201 to 260 210 in the case of Office Point HiPath 3150 3250 under call forwarding for this purpose UCD group 1 201 can thus be called by selecting the default call number for the group hunt group UCD calls and internal calls If an agent receives an internal call not a UCD call and a UCD call is received in the UCD group at the same time only this agent is logged on and available the UCD call is routed to a queue The UCD call is forwarded to the agent as soon as the internal call is ended Agents Any type of telephone can be part of a UCD group Analog connections can also be used for remote agents teleagents A UCD group contains agents that belong to a work group Agent indexes are associated with each of the UCD groups Each index contains up to 32 agent IDs A maximum of 150 agents can be active simultaneously in the system Accordingly 150 fixed agent IDs 500 for HiPath 500 can be assigned to
255. e basis of the call number CLIP Message Texts Box Control Data Input of the control string with a maximum of 24 characters for the Phonemail system mailbox call number If the connection has been established the control string is transmitted to the re corded announcement port If a recorded announcement port is not available the control string is transmitted to the destination Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x Hardware requirements STRB STRBR Software requirements V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Special ring If the notified station is an internal station a special ring sounds P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 9 feature08 fm Other Features Multilingual Text Output 8 5 Multilingual Text Output Implementing features see also Manager E Multilingual Text Output Definition The language for display messages can be selected system wide or for a specific station only The following languages are available e Dutch English UK English US French German Italian Portuguese Spanish The languages marked are variable and can be replaced overloaded by one of the avail able languages from the list below Th
256. e destination telephone the user is advised of a feature activa tion by hearing broken dial tone when going off hook or if the user has a button for this feature the LED will be lit If the telephone is un locked the broken dial tone is removed and or the LED is extin guished Non display analog If the authorized station is a non display or analog telephone the us er from an idle state can access the feature by dialing 943 followed by the destination station for which Lock Code is to be activated de activated followed by to activate or to deactivate Confirmation tone is returned only after all digits have been dialed Error tone will not be returned if the authorized station inadvertently attempts to lock an already locked telephone or attempts to unlock an already un locked telephone P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 69 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Outgoing Traffic 3 2 4 Automatic COS Changeover after Timeout Definition With the previous COS changeover function See Section 3 2 3 System Telephone Lock Changeover it is only possible to distinguish between day night service This changeover type is valid for all stations With automatic COS changeover stations are combined to form profiles e g management sales A schedule can be configured for each profile This defines which COS is to be used f
257. e expires the call is released from the system Default time is 60 seconds Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction PU on recall Function is also guaranteed if the station making the recall is a mem ber of the same call pickup group P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 2 19 feature02 fm Features for All Traffic Types Setting the Dialing Method for Analog Stations 2 11 Setting the Dialing Method for Analog Stations Implementing features see also Manager E Setting the Dialing Method for Analog Stations Definition After the system boots all analog station ports are set to DTMF dialing If users need to change an analog station port to dial pulsing they can use Manager T or HiPath 3000 Manager E Us ers do not need to reset the system after changing the dialing method The new dialing method is functional immediately Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 o
258. e feature must be available P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 3 60 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 22 Station Number Configuration Using Manager T Definition HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 automatically assign the following e Internal station numbers and e Internal group numbers Station number assignment does not need to be explicitly configured This feature allows users to modify the preset internal station numbers using Manager T You can use the menu option Search for number to locate individual station numbers After you enter an internal station number its logical port is displayed in the format SSPP SS slot PP port Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X x Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Max number of internal station as hardware numbers Max number of internal group 800 800 150 150 numbers Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Station number config An internal station or group number must always be unique in the uration system and must not conflict with other station numbers in the num bering plan P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 6
259. e opit a ee a a aS E RE aged dha habe sehen ag 9 13 9 4 Cross Networking E amp M 0 naana ana 9 15 9 5 NUMBENNG ia daroma e e a une a e Walaa ein an Ane te Risa it oie a E a 9 16 9 6 Toll Restriction in COnNGEN oie wid oe die wee tiee ye beled wddee eee tie es 9 17 9 7 Call Detail Recording with Networking 00000 e eee eee 9 19 O B INCOMING Gallic s 20 2 tS ees Seeee eet aciuee es eet o eens a abs de kore oe ae 9 20 9 9 Consultation Hold Transfer Pickup 0 0 0 c eee eee eens 9 21 9 10 A tomati Recall iseen etek ace ai aia TE aE th aoe E acted a alia E on a ti a argued ese 9 22 9 11 Call Waiting 2 cunts aroa Dedde ee om et tat iets we e AEA Beene Beads aoe d 9 23 9 12 Distinctive Ringing in the Network 0 000 eee ees 9 24 9 13 Callback on Ffee BUSY 25 23 Geiser ane eee niet ieee era a ee Bes 9 25 9 14 Station Number and Name Display 0 0000 cece eee 9 26 9 15 Call Forwarding With Rerouting 2s sssaaa et cheoeees Gepheseutancexe eet 9 27 9 16 Path Replacement ua tee cues shor ds lg Ww ele nae ee ea Shee er ee 9 29 eA POG Ole atc a tied gh eaten vein bee Ae Ans Wa pe A F A eee hog hate ai wk eee ew eee eee 9 30 918 COMOENCNE Os ts aha do oe ae cage ton ahh use Nee teeth angie bat a a P aal aala 9 31 9 19 Central Attendant Console 0 ees 9 32 9 20 Neiwork Wide Busy Signaling wares eG aed ed dae Seles eee dee 9 33 9 21 Network Wide Busy Signaling on optiClient Attend
260. e recognized a reference route table is scanned for route group choices Once the Route group is selected the availability of the route is checked against the time schedule If the Route group is available the LCR COS requirement assigned to the route group is compared to the LCR COS associated with the dialing device If the LCR COS associated with the dialing station is equal to or greater than the route group COS the Toll Restriction tables are checked for ad ditional screening information This process is repeated for every call using the system LCR application P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 5 10 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing LCR Not for U S User dials access Route table is select code and number ed Route group is se lected No Try the next route group or return busy tone Is your route avail able What time is it Is your LCRCOS equal to or higher than the require ment Y No Try the next route group or return busy tone Expensive warning tone Are there any toll re striction tables that prevent you from di Yes Go to the toll re striction tables for analysis aling the number on the selected route group ne ae Insert outdial rule Call is processed p
261. e requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 3 66 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Outgoing Traffic Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Extension trunk ac cess After Lock Code is activated the extension trunk access is set to a system wide class of service default 1 Extension trunk ac cess After Lock Code is activated you can reduce the class of service but not select a higher class of service Lock code While lock code is active you cannot activate any features that could result in charges being assigned to this station Exception system speed dialing Telephone type This feature works with any type of telephone in the system Non display analog feature reminder Upon going off hook broken dial tone is presented to the user as a reminder that a feature is active on the telephone Invoke from a talk state During a conversation the user presses the Consultation key or per forms a switch hook flash in the case of an analog telephone putting the current conversation on Consultation Hold The user then dials the access code and the PIN and confirmation tone is returned The user can then return to the held party by pressing the Consultation key once again P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath
262. e system However configuring the pulse pause is not recommended Contact your second level service organization if required Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 3 64 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Outgoing Traffic Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Dial pulsing DP sta DP stations cannot use this feature tion Station on hold A station on hold cannot transmit any DTMF signals Conference parking DTMF mode remains activated during a conference during a recall automatic recall or in call park mode Other features during When DTMF mode is active you must always use the Program Ser DTMF mode vice key to activate features during a call Voice mail DTMF mode is automatically activated when a station configured as voice mail is selected US DTMF Default In the US this default value for this feature is On P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 65 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Outgoing Traffic 3 2 2 Individual Lock Code
263. e telephones which store DTMF signals in the internal redial memory P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 44 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic Subject Dependency Restriction LNR After CO through connect to the initial destination further post di aled digits are not stored Code lock You cannot use redial if the lock code is active Internal calls Internal calls have no effect on the redial memory System speed dialing Speed dialing numbers overwrite redial memory Telephones without Only the last number dialed can be stored displays P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 45 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic 4 3 2 System Speed Dialing Implementing features see also Manager E System Speed Dialing Definition Users can store frequently dialed station numbers in system memory For convenience the system uses a short code to represent each station number so that the user does not need to dial the complete number Speed dialing numbers are predefined in the system Users can dial the codes from any sub scriber station that is assigned to a system speed dialing group Use the redial key or the pound key to program a dial pause and DTMF changeover e Only external calls can be stored e A name can be associated with
264. e the key or the substitution code to mark the end of input on these telephones e ACCT list checked The system checks the ACCT against a list of verifiable ACCTs and accepts only valid en tries You can enter 11 digit ACCTs in the list After entering a valid ACCT you can dial an other number immediately depending on the option you need to enter the trunk group code or the station number Do not press to mark the end of the input The system re jects invalid ACCTs by outputting a negative confirmation tone e Number of ACCT digits checked The system checks an ACCT entry only to determine the number of digits The number of digits to be checked is set in the system Max 11 digits can be checked After the system checks the number of ACCT digits you can dial another number immediately depending on the option you need to enter the trunk group code or the station number Account codes are not printed out of call detail recording CDRC if the RS 232 output is con nected directly to a printer because the printer format does not have a sufficient number of col umns However if a call accounting device is used the compressed format of CDRC will in clude the account code information The ACCT is assigned to all subsequent parts even if transferred or forwarded to another sta tion of the current call for CDRC There are 1000 possible account code entries only digits 0 9 are allowed in an account code number If an optiset E
265. e timer expires e If the originator is DND when the time expires the recall overrides DND and the telephone rings e The Callback timeout for transfer before answering timer is started when a caller is trans ferred to another destination by an internal user When the time expires the call recalls the originator Default time is 45 seconds If the originator is busy or in the Program Service mode when the timer expires the recalling party is camped on to the originator until the current conversation is terminated Upon going on hook the recalling party immediately rings the originator If the recalling party is an internal station and has a DSS appearance on the originator s telephone it will start flashing when the timer expires P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 2 18 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description rings Features for All Traffic Types Automatic recall If the originator is DND when the time expires the recall overrides DND and the telephone e When acall recalls the originator the Intercept timeout for recall timer is started The call will ring at the originator for the length of this timer When the time expires the call is routed to the configured intercept position Default is 30 seconds e When an unanswered call is routed to the intercept position a final timer Timeout before recall to ATT is activated is started The call will ring at the intercept position for the length of this timer When the tim
266. each destination e This feature cannot be invoked if Lock Code has been activated e System Speed Dial overrides the COS Toll Restriction rules e System Speed Dial feature is system wide and cannot be split for example in the case of Tenant Service e The default access code is 7 followed by the index number speed dialing number e A feature button can be programmed on an optiset E and optiPoint 500 telephone The but ton simulates the dialing of the access code 7 The user is then prompted in the display to enter the index number speed dialing number e Suffix dialing is also possible Manual suffix dialing By selecting the access code 7 and entering the index number speed dial number the user can select additional numbers These are added to the station number saved in this index and dialed Automatic suffix dialing V4 0 SMR 9 or later When configuring system speed dialing it is decided whether only entered station numbers are sent out or if there is an automatic suffix dialing option To enable auto matic suffix dialing a separator key must be entered when saving a system speed dialing number When a system speed dialing number is dialed using separa tors the numbers before the separator are dialed first The following numbers are tem porarily stored and the timer is started If a suffix has not been manually dialed before the specified time expires the temporarily stored numbers are automaticall
267. eactivated as a time switch by means of the code Activate selected switch See above For key terminals this function can also be programmed ona key A specific station a group or all stations can be allocated to this relay type by selecting None The switching time is a multiple of 100ms e Door busy indicator type The relay is activated if the allocated station ceases to be in the idle condition This means that the handset has been picked up the loudspeaker is activated or the extension is being called The relay is deactivated when the allocated station returns to the idle condition This means that the handset has been replaced the loudspeaker has been deactivated and the extension is not being called The relay can also be activated directly by means of the code Activate deactivate selected switch For system telephones this function can also be pro grammed on a key If the relay was activated by means of a code or a key the status of the allocated station is ignored and the relay can only be deactivated again by means of a code or a key Practical uses Door busy indicator Do not disturb Meeting Conference PC connection for data transmission power management A specific station must be allocated to this re lay type In the case of this relay type shutdown can be delayed if a value greater than O has been entered in the switching time field The switching time is a multiple of 100ms e Second ringer simulation type The relay i
268. eature enables users to use direct inward dialing DID on non DID trunks such as analog trunks This type of pseudo DID is achieved by suffix dialing dual tone multifrequency DTMF digits External calls that reach the system via this feature are released after a timeout if they are not answered This prevents analog trunks from freezing up The timer Release if no dialing is ac tivated when the trunk answers Default time is 10 seconds An announcement lets callers know that they can use DID A customized announcement is available in the system This feature requires an external announcement device Operation The user calls the trunk number flagged as DTMF DID The system answers No tone is pre sented to the user The user dials the station number and is connected If the call is not an swered within 60 seconds not variable the trunk is automatically released If a recorded announcement has been configured for callers the caller can be presented with an audio message and can start dialing During the announcement a Code Receiver is on line to detect dialing The announcement device is connected to an analog port and must be able to present an open loop to the system at the end of the message Refer to Section 4 2 10 Announcement Before Answering for more information Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature a
269. eature is configured with call management Users must configure the subscriber ports that connect to announcement devices as answering machines If the announcement device is connected to an analog port and it must be able to present an open loop to the system at the end of the message The UCD feature can also be used to start the announcement but only after a programmable period The announcement can be heard by several callers simultaneously The feature can be used to present callers with a company message before being answered for example by the Attendant or by a group Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x xX x x Hardware requirements TMEW2 or TIEL or ana Analog port analog port log port Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later No of callers who can hear an an 32 32 32 32 nouncement simultaneously P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 35 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Group station If the announcement port is entered as a call forwarding no answer destination the appropriate announcement is played if the group or station is busy The call is then forwarded to the next station or
270. eature would be if two users decide to change desk locations and both users share the same phone types The users can easily perform the Relo cate operation without the assistance of a Telecommunications engineer The feature must be released system wide before it can be used Proceed as follows to activate the feature on the optiset E or optiPoint 500 telephone a lock code PIN is not required if the default PIN 00000 is being used e Enter Relocate code internal number of the destination station lock code PIN e Start the service menu enter Relocate internal number of the destination station lock code PIN e Press the appropriate programmed key and enter the internal number of the destination station lock code PIN After you have entered the destination station number no other stations may use the feature until the procedure has completed When executing the exchange both telephones involved are reset The display of the new station number display Stn number XXXXX on both telephones sig nals that the feature has executed successfully Host Master Telephones Only optiset E and optiPoint 500 telephones are supported Supported Features When the relocate feature is performed the participating telephones will go out of service and restart Activated features will be handled accordingly That means that all callback calls and sent messages will be deleted all other features remain unaffected Note on c
271. eatures Live Call Record Voice Recording Recording Calls Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Consultation hold tog gle connect transfer Initiating one of these features when recording a call automatically in terrupts voice recording conference Call hold Ongoing recording is interrupted by activating Call Hold Recording cannot be activated when a station is on hold Override Voice recording is not possible You cannot override a call that is being recorded Similarly you can not activate recording after overriding a call Silent monitoring Voice recording is not possible You cannot monitor a call that is being recorded Similarly you can not initiate recording after activating Silent monitoring You can only record two party calls not conferences or calls involving a held party work Additional remarks e The recording device can be addressed in a random node in a CorNet NQ net e Only a limited number of stations in a node can be allocated voice recording au thorization currently 50 e CSTA resources monitoring points are allocated for each authorized station e Conference resources are allocated during recording e The default service code for activating call recording is 493 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 63 feature08 fm Other Features SIP Telephones 8
272. eatures for U S Only 11 3 5 Definition Camp On This feature allows calls to be camped on until the busy line is free Once the line is free the user call is signaled through Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 11 42 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only 11 3 6 Conference Call Definition This feature allows multiple callers to communicate simultaneously Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 43 feature11 fm ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only 11 3 7 Definition Equal Access This feature complies with the FCC requirement to provide equal access to alternate carriers Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 350
273. ected to the optiPoint Attendant In general external calls are directed to Call keys whereas internal calls appear on DSS Rep dial keys on the optiPoint key modules Intercept and attendant positions can form Hunt Groups A hunt group where all members are busy is not intercepted to the intercept position The waiting calls remain in the queue Calls can be configured system wide to be intercepted in the following conditions e Ring No answer Busy Invalid number dialed Incomplete number or unanswered recalls and when an attempt is made to dial from specific stations which have activated Lock Code e Inthe case of Ring No Answer the system first checks the Call Management tables for fur ther configured destinations If there are none the call is then diverted to the intercept po sition CorNet CorNet calls can be internal or external depending on their source If the calling party is an in ternal station in a remote node the call is flagged as internal If the call is from a trunk in the remote node the call is flagged as external P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 2 21 feature02 fm Features for All Traffic Types optiPoint Attendant Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX xX x x Hardware requirements Digital sub Digital subscriber port scriber port
274. ection between the Plus Product and the service center via the inte grated digital modem B channel or the integrated analog modem IMODC The point to point protocol PPP is used in both cases for data exchange P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 12 10 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features via LAN Administration of Plus Products via PPP If a Plus Product supports SNMP traps these can be transferred from the HiPath 3000 to the service center Access Mechanism A list of up to twenty remote structures controls access from the service center to the customer LAN and vice versa Each remote structure contains the following information The IP address of the service center PSTN partner in the service center for setting up connections from the customer LAN to the service center and for the automatic transmis sion of error messages SNMP traps The DID number part of the numbering plans for direct identification of this remote struc ture Up to five PSTN remote numbers marked as incoming for identifying the remote structure when dialing the router call number and or outgoing for use as callback address Short hold mode yes no If Short hold yes is selected an inactive PSTN connection is set up after a config ured time short hold time If there are new data packets to be transmitted the con nection is set up once again transparent for the user This mechanism is also known as
275. ecutive MULAP groups are assigned the MULAP group number as a preference Primary stations and executives always have the same preferences If the outgoing preference for a primary station or executive changes it is also changed for the other primary stations and executives in this MULAP group When the user goes off hook presses the speaker station number MUSAP or general call key or dials while on hook the preference is assigned as a station number for the outgoing seizure If the MULAP preference is busy when the user goes off hook or presses one of the above mentioned keys an overflow to the local station number is possible only on an alog CMI and optiset E entry telephones Other optiset E and optiPoint telephones must select a free trunk Application An executive CMI goes off hook The executive MULAP its outgoing pref erence is still seized by the secretary The executive CMI receives a dial tone over flow for the local station number At the end of dialing the station number of the exec utive MULAP appears in the display of the called party If the user presses a MULAP key the outgoing preference is not used Instead the group number of the MULAP key is used Busy Signaling If one MULAP group member presses the MULAP key or seizes the MULAP by preference goes off hook presses the speaker key or dials while on hook MULAP keys indicate the busy state on all the stations in the MULAP group Station Number Key D
276. ed consultation call on M2 Call on M1 x z Switches to M2 XX X Dial tone P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 8 30 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Team Top Table 8 3 Team Sequence of Operations for Consultation Hold on Second Line Tel A M1 M2 Explanation X busy XX hold consultation ex clusive common XXX being called XXXX ringing Call on M2 XX X Consultation hold XX XX Dial tone Presses M1 XX M2 is released consultation call on M1 Tel B DSS Key A M2 Explanation Conducts call with Tel A X Tel A was called by means of DSS key A Consultation hold XX Dial tone Presses M2 XX XX Consultation call on M2 dial tone re mains 1 Because of dual signaling DSS key A continues to indicate call on hold state of local station number is always signaled as well Example of a Team with Eight Members MUTAP E wt FE 5 PEF ES VEE MULAP 8 Tel A Tel B Tel C Tel H Tel G Tel F Tel E Figure 8 2 Example of a Team with Eight Members P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 31 feature08 fm Other Features Team Top Programma Programma Programma Programma Programma Programma Programma Release Figure 8 3 Team with Eight Members Default Key Assignments for Tel A on Key Module The followin
277. ed dialing numbers after selecting the network If spoeed dialing numbers are used without first selecting the network the default network is used carrier select override If LCR is activated there is no trunk group overflow An alternative route can be determined using the route table When LCR is activated no digit repetition is performed the routing tables are followed in stead Message waiting and automatic callback follow the rules for LCR An account code entered by the user is valid for the whole connection even if more than one route over different trunk groups was tried during connection setup P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 5 19 feature05 fm Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing for U S Only e Inthe case of connections via other network providers or carriers the provider or carrier may not transmit the actual connection costs i e it may send the HiPath 3000only the charges to the dial in node such as a dial in control server Europe only 5 2 12 Routing Tables The routing tables evaluate the digits dialed by the user and determine the station number that the system should dial In the process the digits are modified as necessary This modification can mean that digits are repeated suppressed added or reordered It is also possible to add a dial pause and change the signaling method A distinction is made between the routing
278. ed is the only station that will actually ring The call is signaled to other members initially by a flashing LED next to the pickup key and on display model system telephones by a display message Then if the call is not answered after a specified period of time a tone sounds at all of the member stations unless the tone has been turned off through the Settings System Parameters System flags with the option Warning Signal for Call Pickup Groups Members can pick up a call either through a programmed function key by entering the appro priate call pickup service code or through an optiGuide prompt Two different types of function keys support this feature Call Pickup Directed and Call Pickup Group Call pickup can also be activated by users who are not in the call pickup group These users enter the call pickup code 59 followed by the extension number of the called station P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 3 56 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Model Specific Data Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X x Hardware requirements _ Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Call waiting A camped on call c
279. el voice path cut through to the network before connecting This cut through operation is different than most other parts of the world For this reason the ISDN service providers often provide in band tones or announce ments that require a cut through of the voice path Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 59 feature11 fm ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only 11 3 22 Definition Digital Keypad to DTMF Conversion on PRI This feature converts digital Keypad information to dual tone multifrequency DTMF signals and sends the signals in band over the PRI B channel Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 11 60 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 3 23 En Bloc Dialing Definition ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only With this feature the HiPath 3000 sends and receives blocks of data co
280. elected party s station number The time from start of ring to acoustic notification of all group members is not variable If there are several calls ringing the group they are picked up in order of arrival Calls destined for Call Keys Trunk Keys or General Call Keys can be picked up by another user The LED on these keys will indicate busy after the pick up Calls directed to MUSAP keys can be picked up but after pick up the key indicates it is idle A version of the feature is Call Pickup AUN Within Call Pickup Groups A call pickup group is a collection of stations that are all signaled when an incoming call is re ceived by any member station Members of the same pickup group answer each other s calls Calls to one telephone in the pickup group are then signaled optically at all other telephones in the group system telephones and are also signaled acoustically after a timeout Any tele phone can then pick up the call Stations can be members of only one group e With Hicom 150 E Office Point HiPath 3150 3250 you can define from one to eight groups of up to eight stations each e With Hicom 150 E Office Com Hicom 150 E Office Pro and HiPath 3300 to 3750 commu nication systems you can define up to thirty two groups with up to thirty two members each Answering Calls When stations are collected into call pickup groups a call to any member of the group is sig naled to all members However the extension that is being call
281. em Option Set for U S only Operation Tel A Tel A Tel B Tel B M1 DSS Key B M1 DSS Key A X busy XX hold consultation exclusive common XXX being called XXXX ringing Tel B is talking on M1 X X X Tel B presses DSS Tel A key 1 X XXXX XX X Tel A answers 2 X X XX X Tel B goes on hook 3 XX XX Tel A retrieves M1 4 X X X 1 Tel B switches lines exclusive hold switches to the local station number and calls Tel A under the local station number M1 continues to be signaled as busy on Tel A 2 Tel A can answer only by going off hook or pressing the Tel B DSS key Tel A then conducts the call under the local station number 3 If Tel B goes on hook the connection to Tel A is released and M1 is placed on common hold 4 Tel A can retrieve the held call by pressing M1 Table 8 3 Team Sequence of Operations for Consultation Hold on Second Line Tel A M1 M2 Explanation X busy XX hold consultation ex clusive common XXX being called XXXX ringing Call on M1 x Consultation hold XX Dial tone Presses M2 XX M1 is released M2 is placed on consul tation hold dial tone remains Call on M1 x z Ringing on M2 X XXXX If ringing for MULAP 2 is activated on Tel A Tel A hears an advisory ring Consultation hold XX XXXX Dial tone If ringing for MULAP 2 is activated on Tel A Tel A hears an advisory ring Presses M2 XX M1 is releas
282. emer gency numbers e g 911 for the USA and 112 for Germany means that the emer gency number for the relevant country must also be configured in the system of the destination country It is important that the emergency numbers are configured both in the home system P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 8 60 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features IP Mobility Extension Emergency Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX X x X Hardware requirements IP Workpoint Clients optiClient 130 Software requirements V6 0 or later V6 0 or later V6 0 or later V6 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 61 feature08 fm Other Features Live Call Record Voice Recording Recording Calls 8 19 Live Call Record Voice Recording Recording Calls For information on implementing features see Manager E Voice Recording Definition This feature is used to record data from an active voice connection between two telephones in other words to record calls A separate device is required for recording HiPath Xpressions Compact can be used as a recording device for example to save the data on the recording party s mailbox A new voice prompt is used for the Live Call Record feature The next call will be recorded Alternatively
283. ency not for U S P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 10 2 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Model Specific Data Features for Call Detail Recording Advice of Charges at Station During Call AOC D not for U S telephone with dis play telephone with dis play Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x X Hardware require Loop start Loop start GEE8 Loop start ments optiset E or optiPoint optiset E or optiPoint GEE12 16 50 optiset E or optiPoint tele phone with display Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later General requirements Call details from the public network Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Analog telephone On analog telephones call charge pulses can be updated using a re lay and a call charge counter ceives only those call charges that have accrued since the transfer MSI MSI trunks require a separate call metering receiving equipment board Transfer In the case of AOC D the station to which a call is transferred re Automatic recall If a call is returned as a recall for unscreened transfer the overall amount is displayed and calculated Toggle Call charges for the current call are always displayed P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiP
284. ent describes the following e The trunk group assigned to the route e The outdial rule e The trunk access needed for seizure e The required time plan e The code of an expensive route warning tone The outdial rule determines the outgoing dialing procedure for the selected trunk group Selec tion may be unsuccessful for one of the following reasons e Busy route group e _Time of day restriction e LCR class of service restriction In this case another carrier can be selected via the alternative routes You can configure an expensive route warning tone to sound when an expensive carrier is selected P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 5 27 feature05 fm Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing for U S Only The destination number that the user dialed is generally displayed until the requested party an swers ALERT or CONNECT Then the destination number reached is displayed if available The dialed destination number is stored in the station s redial memory The following figure shows a sample LCR flow diagram Digit analysis Dial plan Dialed digits Route Route table 1 code stn no Table aes 1 9 5551222 Z 1 Trunk Outdial rule Requisite Sched Warning 254 7 gt group name class of ser ule 2 5 ng TG 1 Sprin 10 A None 514 TG 1 PacBell 15 A Tone UT o T T T
285. enter an ACCT after the access code The system treats this input as a mandatory AC CT LCR Active LCR Inactive Mandatory Dial Plan 35 8 3 Mandatory ACCT TG Set Electronic note ACCT requested ACCT requested book ENB SSD ISD Redial Caller list DSS key A mandatory ACCT can be defined in the dial plan LCR Optional ACCT Users can enter an optional ACCT from any telephone before the start of a call During an incoming or outgoing call users can enter the ACCT from Upo telephones only You can enter an ACCT during a call from optiset E entry optiset E basic and optiPoint 500 entry telephones only if the ACCT feature was programmed on a key or if automatic DSS system wide has been turned off P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 10 12 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Call Detail Recording Account Code ACCT Options e ACCT not checked The system does not check for an ACCT which means you can enter an 11 digit ACCT If the ACCT is less than 11 digits long press to mark the end of the procedure If the ACCT is 11 digits long you can dial another number immediately afterward depending on the op tion you need to enter the trunk group code or the station number On analog DP and ISDN telephones the not checked option can be used only if the ACCT is 11 digits long Otherwise the system will not complete dialing You cannot us
286. entification Restriction Closed numbering 9 16 CM See call management P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Codes for outgoing calls 11 26 COLP See Connected Line Identification and Presentation COLR See Connected Line Identification Restric tion Completion of calls to busy subscribers 11 18 Compressed output format for CDRC 10 20 Compressed output format for CDRC via LAN 10 23 Computing accuracy 10 34 ComScendo Service 12 13 Conference 2 9 11 20 Conference call US ISDN 11 43 Configurable toll restriction 4 60 Connected Line Identification COLI 11 54 Connected Line Identification Presentation 11 8 Connected Line 11 9 Connected party displays 11 66 Consultation hold 2 17 CorNet N access for least cost routing U S only 5 16 Credit card call access 11 45 Cross networking 9 15 CSO see carrier select override CSTA via IP 12 4 Customer specific display 8 58 CW See call waiting Identification Restriction D Data calls 11 62 Date and time display 8 2 D channel encoding type 11 32 Dedicated service selection 11 40 Deferring a call 3 60 Delete all station numbers 8 26 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description hp3hp5featurelX fm Denied list for undialed trunks 4 70 Desk Sharing 8 59 Dial plan least cost routing U S only 5 17 5 20 Dial tone detection 4 56 Dialed number identification service 11 55 Dial in control server ac
287. ephones e There is no configuration option with which you could block access to the I O service pro cedure for any station e Amaximum of 10 applications can be logged onto one system simultaneously e Only one station can use a single I O session In the case of an interrupted session sus pended state a second I O session cannot be started you must terminate the interrupted session beforehand e A subscriber can only start an I O session in the idle or call initiated state 12 16 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description feature13 fm Small Remote Site Concept Introduction 13 Small Remote Site Concept Implementing features see also Manager E Emergency Mode 13 1 Introduction Definition This concept is based on scenarios where HiPath 4000 operates as a central system HiPath 3000 systems are implemented in smaller branch offices Small Remote Sites SRS The central office and branch offices are networked via CorNet IP The core features of the SRS concept are evident in the event of an emergency for example if the central HiPath 4000 or the IP network is down The IP workpoint clients that are registered during normal mode with the central HiPath 4000 react in the event of system failure and register themselves automatically and independently with the HiPath 3000 system via the SRS concept These workpoint clients are then available to the user together with a
288. ephony needs and consists of 2 B channels and 1 D channel To configure these ISDN interfaces users must know the type of HiPath 3000 system that they are configuring The following are the ISDN interfaces that were designed to work with the HiPath 3000 system e BRI with the HiPath 3350 and HiPath 3300 e Both PRI and BRI with the HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3500 e PRI with the HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 The ISDN features are activated at the central office CO P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 29 feature11 fm ISDN Features U S ISDN for U S Only 11 2 1 PRI Introduction The HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3700 and HiPath 3500systems can be configured to support Primary Rate services from the public network A primary rate interface PRI consists of 23 bearer B channels and 1 data D channel Each channel supports 64 Kbps of band width The HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 support a maximum of five T1 interfaces TMST1 that can be configured as primary rate interfaces A Channel Service Unit CSU is required for each interface connected to the public network Siemens ICN supports certain models of CSU that have been tested with the HiPath 3000 Contact your Siemens ICN representative for the model numbers The HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 support a maximum of four Call by Call CBC groups Each group can be configured with a maximum of eight CBC trunk groups The HiPath
289. equirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later CO feature x x x x Station feature x x x x Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction CF Not possible with an S port CFU External call forwarding has a higher priority than night answer CFU The number of MSNs for external call forwarding cannot exceed 10 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 13 feature11 fm ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S 11 1 12 Call Deflection CD Definition If a station has activated external call forwarding HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 attempt to forward calls to the trunk using this feature In this case the new call destination and the station number of the forwarding station are provided to the trunk in the call deflection activation message when the call arrives If external call forwarding by call deflection is not possible the system handles call forwarding Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware require Digital trunk connection ments Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later CO feature x x x X Station feature Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Call detail information
290. er flag Then called subscribers see only the general service number on their display as the CLIP In a Centrex environment you generally enter the number of the Centrex group as System number outgoing and deactivate the Suppress station number flag The called subscriber then sees the Centrex number plus station DID number as the CLIP If the entry under System number outgoing is empty the system automatically sends the en tries under System number incoming P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 79 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX X x x Hardware requirements Digital trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 orlater V3 0 orlater V3 0 orlater V3 0 or later SMR 3 SMR 3 SMR 3 Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction CLIP No Screening You must configure the no screening option for the trunk connection in the public exchange 4 80 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description feature05 fm Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing LCR Not for U S 5 Description of Features for Least Cost Routing 5 1 Least Cos
291. er by means of CF per MULAP The deputy can override call forwarding caller is a CF destination in which case the executive is called directly on the MULAP The executive can receive calls directly by deactivating CF per MULAP 8 50 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Team Top Results and signaling of a CF device and CF per MULAP If a CF device is activated for a primary station or executive this state is indicated by a special dial tone on all the primary station or executive telephones within the same MULAP The CF device can be deactivated from any primary station or executive tele phone The CF destination is stored in the telephone that initiated call forwarding CF is sig naled LED display and special dial tone on all primary stations or executives If CF per MULAP is activated this state is indicated by the LED for the CF per MULAP key fully and partially programmed of all the members of the MULAP group no con tinuous display Any member of the MULAP group can deactivate CF per MULAP If a MULAP is entered as a CF destination this state is indicated by the CF device LED slowly flashing of the primary stations in the MULAP group and by the CF per MU LAP LED of all the members If amember attempts to activate CF per MULAP and a primary station has already ac tivated a CF device a warning is issued The action is not executed until the primary stati
292. er incoming calls without performing any opera tor actions To do this the member must have a headset and an enable key on the telephone A tone in the headset lets the UCD member know that a call has arrived and the call is then automatically switched through Automatic incoming call connection AICC can be configured separately for each UCD group This feature activates automatically if a headset is detected or configured at a station Automatic incoming call connection AICC can be configured separately for each UCD group and applies to the whole group Using Manager T or HiPath 3000 Manager E stations must be individually configured for headset operation however if the HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 systems detect a headset adapter the system automatically sets the headset flag in the database AICC activates automatically if a headset is detected or configured for a telephone The headset flag is set in the Set up station tab in the HiPath 3000 Manager E physically connected or not The system routes calls to agents configured for AICC whether there is a headset Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later General requirements optiPoint or optiset E headset disconnect key 3 4
293. ere is an external seizure of a station from the satellite CS with COS 2 13 over the main CS the main CS s first denied list al ways does the seizing For this reason keep the first denied line of the main CS free for the assessment of the stations from the satellite CS The system keeps COS 0 1 and 14 of the satellite CS 9 18 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Networking Call Detail Recording with Networking 9 7 Call Detail Recording with Networking Definition In a networked environment each communication server records call details locally Network ing does not affect call detail recording in HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 Call details continue to be recorded for outgoing calls provided they are transmitted by the master communication server In environments with slave communication servers without a separate central office the master communication server centrally records call details that originate within the master communi cation server call detail recording central CDRC In addition CDRC logs call detail information received for incoming calls for example transfer of a toll call from a networked system Each communication server can only record calls that are routed through its own trunks or tran sit calls A centralized CDR device can be used to collect CDR data from each individual com munication servers RS 232 interface Model Specific Data CDR
294. ernal Traffic 4 3 11 Traffic Restriction Groups Implementing features see also Manager E Traffic Restriction Groups Definition Multiple traffic restriction groups ITRs also known as Connection Groups CON are provid ed in the system for all stations These groups define information on toll restriction and trunk group reference incoming or outgoing for stations and trunks An ITR matrix defines whether a station e Is authorized to seize a trunk e Can seize a trunk only in the incoming or only in the outgoing direction e Can seize a trunk in the incoming and outgoing directions e Is authorized to seize certain speed dialing destinations e Can access another station internally The CON matrix permits or suppresses traffic between stations lines within a subsystem and between subsystems The CON matrix is configured system wide The system default setting assigns all stations and trunks to ITR group 1 That is all stations are allowed to seize all trunks in the system Which of the six groups can connect to which other groups is entered in the matrix Tenant Service call restrictions would be defined with the ITR CON Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later No of
295. ernational standards are used Signaling Encryption involves the 128 bit encryption of the required signaling data stream us ing the AES CM standard Encryption of the data stream is referred to as Payload Encryption The SRTP SRTCP stan dard is used for encryption As described in this standard symmetrical 128 bit encryption of the data stream with the AES CM algorithm is used Using a pseudo random function the DLS Deployment and License Service generates the PSS PreSharedSecret with a key length of 128 bits The PSS is distributed by the DLS via HTTPS AES CM with 128 bits to the entities The secrets required for signaling encryption and payload encryption are derived by the entities from the distributed PSS The SHA 1 standard is used for this purpose Mixed Networks HiPath 3000 5000 V6 0 and HiPath 4000 V3 0 The basic requirement for achieving end to end security encryption is HiPath 3000 500 V6 0 and later and HiPath 4000 V3 0 and later The system upgrade is software based The hard ware can continue to be used depending on the version A ComScendo Security License is of fered for security The licenses refer to IP subscribers and B channels for IP networking Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX xX x x Hardware requirements optiPoint 410 S optiPoint 420 S optiPoint WL2 S optiClient 130 s opt
296. ersal Call Distribu tion UCD You cannot use MULAPs in the universal call distribution system Configuration Options This feature can be configured using Manager T or HiPath 3000 Manager E Configuring the Feature Using Manager T Teams should normally be configured using HiPath 3000 Manager E Configuration using Man ager T is possible only to a limited extent P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 33 feature08 fm Other Features Team Top Configuring the Feature Using HiPath 3000 Manager E HiPath 3000 Manager E can be used to configure a default Team Team Top mask Members can be added to the team by drag and drop The basic MULAP group s and DSS keys are con figured automatically The basic MULAP groups are assigned the station numbers of the prima ry station and the primary station is assigned a pseudo station number examples 4711 be comes 4711 12345 becomes 2345 654321 becomes 4321 Configure the feature using HiPath 3000 Manager E as follows Step Action 1 Configure team default Options 2 Incoming calls 3 Team Top P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 8 34 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Team Top 8 14 2 Top configuration Implementing features see also Manager E Top Configuration Example of a Top Configuration with One Executive and One Secretary Group ringing
297. es and feature codes according to a customer defined numbering plan HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 support both closed and open numbering e Closed numbering assumes the uniqueness of all station numbers in the network Any station in the network can call any other station by dialing its number e Open numbering means that a station is identified by a node number and its station number This could mean that stations in different nodes have the same station number In a HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 network you must select the same type of numbering for all nodes Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Numbering Users can change internal numbering only using HiPath 3000 Man ager E or Manager T 9 16 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Networking Toll Restriction in CorNet N 9 6 Toll Restriction in CorNet N Definition HiPath 3000 supports PABX traffic via CorNet N The system can be operated as an end node system without CO access only CorNet trunk group as a transit node system with at least 2 CorNet trunk groups no central office an
298. ess code This letter can be inserted in the string only once The subsequent char acters are transmitted without a dial pause and are used for single stage two stage DICS not for U S BRI and PRI carrier access e Authorization code The authorization code is divided into the carrier ID and customer ID The carrier ID is entered as one entry in the authorization code table The customer ID is entered as another entry in the authorization code table The authorization code entry in the outdial rule then consists of the two authorization codes Only a protected authoriza tion code is supported represented by P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 5 7 feature05 fm Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing LCR Not for U S e Class of service Each station is assigned a class of service COS A station can then seize a route only if its COS is greater than or equal to the COS in the route table for ex ample a station with a COS 7 cannot seize a route with COS 8 e Schedule Up to eight time zones per day can be configured for each day of the week to control LCR A search is performed based on the schedule ID entered in the route table to determine whether the current time matches the value entered in the schedule If it does and if the correct class of service is present dialing is performed as per the outdial rule entered in the route table e Route
299. essary gateway chan nels Information concerning this topic can be found in the HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 Service Manual P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 2 11 feature02 fm Features for All Traffic Types Music on Hold Internal or External Source 2 7 Music on Hold Internal or External Source Implementing features see also Manager E Music on Hold Definition An integrated music source hardware module makes it possible to play music for waiting par ties during switching operations As an alternative you can use the following optional modules with HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 e EXMNA connection option for an external music source for U S only e EXM connection option for an external music source not for U S e EXMR connection option for an external music source e MPPI with music component not for U S All HiPath 3000 models allow you to define up to six 16 for V6 0 or later MOH sources on an alog interfaces for the six possible ITR groups Devices other than Genius or Mozart must be connected to a 600 Ohm transformer No Music On Hold If you choose this option Music on Hold is completely inactive If an external caller is blind transferred you will hear ring back with this option The EXMNA card limits the level at which MOH can be heard over outside lines and is therefore FCC compliant without external limiters Calle
300. features can be reset e Call forwarding CF e Send cancel messages e Advisory message e Group ringing e Hunt group e Station number suppression e Silent camp on e Do not disturb e Ringer cutoff e Timed reminder e Cancel all callbacks The system can also reset the above features per telephone from a local or remote location using the HiPath 3000 Manager E administration tool The administrator first downloads the in formation to HiPath 3000 Manager E and working off line can selectively view the state of each of the features activated on each telephone In HiPath 3000 Manager E the administrator can reset all these features on any telephone and upload the file to the HiPath 3000 system The following table illustrates the features that can be reset from the station by dialing the ac cess code 0 individually Station HiPath 3000 Manager E Call forwarding CF Call Forward on Received messages Advisory message Answer text Group ringing Leave Hunt Group Hunt group Station number suppression Suppress Calling ID 8 18 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Reset Activated Features Station HiPath 3000 Manager E Call waiting tone Call waiting tone Do Not Disturb Do Not Disturb Ringer cutoff Disable incoming ring The additional features in the HiPath 3000 Ma
301. figuring service Signaling resources are provided centrally by the first HG1500 board This signaling gateway accesses additional resources CODEC S B channels etc and signaling data for example RTP RTCP of the media PC gateway This provides IP workpoint clients and other gateways with central access to the pay load resources of all the HG1500 boards of a node Resources for functions not based on H 323 for example routing channels vCAPI channels are provided by each HG1500 board as before In systems with several HG1500 boards re sources are only provided by the media gateway based on performance P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 12 14 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 12 8 Definition I O Service Extensions Features via LAN VO Service Extensions HiPath 3000 5000 stations can communicate with external applications via the CSTA interface The new I O Services feature with extensions for the CSTA interface is used for this purpose The stations communicate with the application as follows 1 Users input keystrokes is sent by the station to the application 2 Display information is sent by the application to the station The implementation of this feature is similar to that of the HiPath 4000 data I O service Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware re
302. fm Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Lock code Keypad dialing cannot be used when the lock code has been activat ed ISDN terminals ISDN telephones are not supported Services Each network provider determines which services can be used with keypad dialing Call detail recording Depending on the messages sent by the central office such as when connecting keypad dialing entries can have consequences for the call data recording The number of the station using keypad dialing the line used and the time period when the feature was executed are protocolled 4 74 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic 4 3 19 E911 Emergency Call Service for the USA for U S only Implementing features see also Manager E Emergency Call Service E911 for the USA Note on the Relocate Hoteling Function In systems with the U S feature E911 emergency service activated e V3 0 SMR 7 or later The Relocate feature guarantees that the LIN remains as signed to the physical port e V3 0 SMR 6 and earlier you are not allowed to use the Relocate feature if the system has more than one Location Identification Number LIN Definition The E911 expanded emergency call service makes it possib
303. for All Traffic Types Whisper Off Hook Announcement Dependencies Restrictions Just as with the feature Silent Monitoring Whisper Off Hook Announcement is only permitted if the call between station A and station B is a simple connection between two stations The Whisper Off Hook Announcement feature cannot be used for consultation calls or conference calls If the Whisper Off Hook Announcement feature is active and station A or station B initiate an other call related feature the whisper feature will be deactivated The table below provides fur ther information on interaction with particular features Feature Station A Station B Station C Possible Action Possible Action Possible Action Consultation Hold Yes Deacti Yes Deacti No Negative Call Hold Park vate Whis vate Whis acknowl Common Hold per per edgement Transfer Conference Call Waiting Yes Yes Yes Call Waiting Yes Deacti Yes Deacti Yes Negative answer vate Whis vate Whis acknowl per per edgement Override No No No DTMF Yes Yes No Transfer FEAT counter Associated Servic es DISA DISI 1 Consultation Hold should not be offered to station C in the menu The keystroke that would normally initiate Consultation Hold is acknowledged with not possible 2 Prevent a
304. from 1 120 in both groups Each group can independently set the maximum number of queued calls in the first group the maximum is 30 whereas in the last group the maximum is 72 These totals include internal and external calls If more calls attempt to call the UCD groups they are presented with busy tone or diverted to voice mail depending on the call management destination list Each group can be configured for calls to be automatically answered by agents Automatic In coming UCD Call Connection AICC Each group can specify if the announcements change once or if they are cyclical If the selec tion is Once the announcements are presented to the callers once as they are configured If the selection is Cyclic the last announcement and the second to last announcement in the con figuration are repeated cyclically Each group can specify an overflow time This time is only used to monitor a forward ed call to a remote UCD application Each group can specify the delay time before a queued call is switched to the recorded an nouncement device The value for this timer is 0 600 seconds Every call to an UCD Group gets an announcement If no announcement device is configured the internal MOH is sent to the calling party To suppress the announcement the delay should be configured to the maximum value assuming that the call will be answered within this time P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature
305. fter answering is possible The system supports ECT on So subscriber interfaces according to ETS300367 However only the Implicit Invocation Variant from the possible options is supported Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X X X Hardware requirements Digital trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later CO feature Station feature x x x x 11 24 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 1 22 Definition ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S Point to Point Connection on the User Side It is possible to configure an Sp port on the user side as a point to point connection for example to use a connected fax server The port is assigned a station number that supports direct inward dialing Call forwarding can also be programmed at this port Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3250 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 HiPath 3150 Feature available in X X X X Hardware requirements So subscriber line Software requirements V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later CO feature Station feature x x x x Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency
306. g a message The system indicates the presence of a message depending on the type of telephone The following applies to the default setting On optiset E or optiPoint telephones with display a waiting message is signaled via the display and a Mailbox key if programmed In addition there is acoustic signaling us ing a special dial tone On optiset E or optiPoint telephones without display a message is signaled by the Mailbox key In addition there is acoustic signaling using a special dial tone On special analog telephones with a mailbox LED a waiting message is signaled via this LED not by a key These extensions must be configured accordingly An audible signal also sounds like on analog telephones To signal messages with the mailbox LED set the PSUI ring voltage HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 to 75 V In V4 0 SMR 7 and later message signaling with the mailbox LED cannot only be per formed with the 25 Hz ring frequency used up to now but also with the 20 Hz ring fre quency specific to the USA The correct setting is made automatically through the country initialization Please note that special analog telephones are required for sig naling for example Teledex 25 HZ and Telematrix 20 HZ MWI telephones P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 6 15 feature06 fm Features for Internal Traffic Message Texts Mailboxes Message Waiting Onanalog telephone
307. g options are available for assigning Team keys using HiPath 3000 Man ager E e No key assignment e Assignment to first or second key module A key module is automatically added If applicable existing keys are overwritten e Assignment to first free keys Free keys on the telephone and any existing key modules are used If no keys are available key modules are added Key assignment sequence for Team Lo cal MULAP Group Call key other MULAPs DSS keys 8 32 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Team Top Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Maximum number of Team Top con 500 500 50 10 figurations Maximum number of stations mem 10 10 10 8 bers in a Team Top configuration Maximum number of telephones in a 10 10 10 8 Team Top configuration Maximum number of MULAPs per 32 32 32 10 telephone Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Manually configured basic MULAP group je Members of a basic MULAP group can use key programming to Configure a MULAP key for the basic MULAP group e Configure DSS keys to other members e Program a Group Call key Univ
308. gardless of whether or not the user is authorized to seize this trunk As aresult an incorrect system number may be displayed at the des tination For this reason users should only implement tenant service via ITR groups Entrance telephone The entrance telephone cannot access speed dialing numbers P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 47 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic Subject Dependency Restriction Manager T When using Manager T first enter the index number speed dial number and then the relevant name The name of a specific index can only be entered if a number has been previously assigned Names cannot be entered on devices with two row displays Disallowed digits Manager T and HiPath 3000 Manager E both check the first digit s of the speed dial number you are programming against the default or current digits used in your database for external access codes For example entering the speed dial number 71 510 555 1212 may be disallowed if the digits 7 or 71 or 715 are not CO access codes P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 48 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 3 3 Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic System Speed Dialing in Tenant Systems Implementing features see also Manager E System Speed Dialing In Tenant Systems Definition
309. ges transparently checking only the length Three UUS services are available e UUST Information is exchanged in control messages for connection setup and during connection re lease e USS2 Information is exchanged during the ringing phase The number of messages is lim ited to two per trunk group USS2 is available for telecommunications ports only e USS3 Information is exchanged during the active state of a connection HiPath 3000 currently supports only UUS1 Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X xX x x Hardware requirements Digital trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later CO feature x x x x Station feature x x x x Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction USS1 In the case of a multi device connection the user must ensure that only one device transmits a message to an incoming call USS1 HiPath 3000 currently supports only UUS1 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 23 feature11 fm ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S 11 1 21 Definition Explicit Call Transfer ECT A station with two calls can connect the other two call parties to one another One of the calls must have already been set up Transfer before and a
310. h 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X X x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Queues per UCD group 1 1 1 1 Maximum number of calls in queue 30 for UCD groups 1 to 59 per UCD group 72 for UCD group 60 Minimum number of calls in queue 1 in V4 0 SMR 6 or earlier per UCD group 0 V4 0 SMR 7 or later 1 If the number is configured with O a call is directly forwarded or rejected if no agent is available P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 33 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 12 2 UCD Call Prioritization Implementing features see also Manager E UCD Call Prioritization Definition Within the queue incoming internal and external calls for the UCD group are prioritized accord ing to call type The system distributes waiting calls to the UCD group according to priority and then the length of time they have been waiting In other words a high priority waiting call is answered before a low priority call that has been waiting longer In the case of trunk circuits the priorities are assigned according to trunk per B channel A priority of 1 to 10 is allocated for the classification of internal calls The system then distributes the queued calls to the UCD group according to the priority and queue time
311. h the destinations denied by the class of service COS level Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X X x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Class of service Dependency Restriction The class of service of the selected reference station applies P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 70 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 3 16 Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic Assigning Speed Dialing Numbers to ITR Groups Implementing features see also Manager E Assigning Speed Dialing Numbers to ITR Groups Definition You can assign a specific speed dialing number to a specific user or a specific trunk Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Number of speed dial You can configure up to six 16 for V6 0 or later speed dialing groups ing groups from KWZx to KWZy including overlapping one
312. haring capability associates a tele phone on any interface with a particular directory number EKTS enables sharing of telephone features like call management caller ID conference calling and call forwarding Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 63 feature11 fm ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only 11 3 26 Call Appearance Call Handling Electronic Key Telephone System Definition Call Appearance Call Handling Electronic Key Telephone System CACH EKTS simulates mul tiple call handling at a single desktop station Users can receive multiple calls for the same di rectory on several ISDN lines using one of the call appearance IDs that is assigned to the di rectory number With this feature the CO can offer a call on multiple interfaces because the directory number call appearances are shared This allows the HiPath 3000 to respond to the call with an idle interface CACH is called call appearance identification CAID in the HiPath 3000 Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature availa
313. have a key programmed using HiPath 3000 Manager E Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Call forwarding no an CFNA is activated when all members agents have left the UCD swer CFNA group P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 37 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 12 5 Wrap up Implementing features see also Manager E Work Time Definition With this feature UCD members agents can temporarily prevent calls from being assigned to their workstations This allows them to leave the UCD group for short periods to complete pa perwork following a call Calls to the UCD group bypass any workstation that has this feature activated In addition members agents can activate Automatic wrap up time In this case the agent is automatically removed from the UCD group for a certain period after processing a call The automatic wrap up time is variable up to 100 seconds in steps of 5 seconds ring cycle At the end of the automatic wrap up time the agent is placed back in the group An agen
314. he a a MCL C D131P6SM1A MCL two stage class Okoeivice andsched Telliance1 D9047TTUM2A DICS ule are appropriate Telliance 2 D904811UM2A DICS Telekom A Main network supplier 50 SCN D900A CN Figure 5 1 Sample LCR Flow Diagram not for U S The dialed call number is used as the criterion for the connection route to be used The system can evaluate up to 24 digits of the digit sequence plus up to 9 field separators The digit se quence that can be dialed can consist of up to 32 digits The evaluation can be carried out both destination dependently and time dependently and in dependence on the station s LCR class of service COS The system contains 254 route tables with 16 routes each The LCR class of service is evalu ated hierarchically for LCR The outdial rule is described in the HiPath 3000 Manager E by its name which consists of not more than 16 characters and in the System Administration by its index P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 5 9 feature05 fm Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing LCR Not for U S The station can cancel automatic selection by seizing a line directly Carrier Select Override CSO The LCR class of service cannot be transferred between CorNet N networked systems General Operating Principle The system analyzes the number dialed to determine if the digits entered are valid If the digits ar
315. he member agent is automatically removed from the UCD group for a certain period after processing a call e UCD incoming call The member agent is processing a UCD call even after transfer e Non UCD internal call An internal non UCD call is in progress e Non UCD external incoming call An external non UCD call is in progress e Non UCD external outgoing call The member agent is engaged in an outgoing exter nal non UCD call e Removed The telephone has physically failed Members agents can log off when they have completed their work and are no longer available They can still be reached directly via their direct inward dialing DID number Members agents can log off when they have completed their work or are no longer available However they can still be reached at their DID number The above list of UCD subscriber states does not represent the actual display prompts on the telephone After a user logs onto the system the status of the UCD station is automatically set to Available The display prompt confirms this status Whenever the agent changes states the change is dis played However the highest priority display Available Not available appears and remains on the display P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 35 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Model Specific Data Subject H
316. he requested station is unavailable the call will remain in a wait state until the line is free Call waiting Only two calls can be transferred to a busy station simultaneously The transfer destination display subscriber C can display the number of either subscriber A or B Calls transferred to a station with active call forwarding are forwarded according to the for warding mode set on the internal destination A call transferred to an external destination over an analog loop start trunk does not recall be cause the HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 does not know the state of the final destination In this case a pseudo answer is provided Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject External transfer desti You cannot place an unscreened transfer to an external destination nation Dependency Restriction If a transferred call is not answered within a certain period of time the system initiates a recall The recall timer Callback timeout for transfer before answering de fault is 45 seconds is started when the transferring station releases the call from the station This timer also controls the length of time that a caller is camped on
317. hutdown can be delayed if a value greater than 0 has been entered for the Switching time field The switching time is a multiple of 100ms Station active The relay is activated if the allocated station is active This means that the handset has been picked up or the loudspeaker has been activated The relay is deactivated if the allo cated station resumes the idle condition This means that the handset has been replaced or the loudspeaker has been deactivated The relay can also be activated directly by means of the code Activate deactivate selected switch For system telephones this func tion can also be programmed on a key If the relay was activated by means of a code ora key the status of the allocated station is ignored and the relay can only be deactivated again by means of a code or a key A specific station must be allocated to this relay type In the case of this relay type shutdown can be delayed if a value greater than 0 has been entered in the Switching time field The switching time is a multiple of 100ms Assigning Actuator Names Any names up to 16 characters can be assigned to the actuators to be administered 8 6 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Relays Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Har
318. iPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Do not disturb DND call forwarding CF Members agents who activate DND or CF are logged off Call forwarding no an swer CFNA If a member agent does not accept a call the system automatically treats the member like an unavailable agent when CFNA is activated 3 36 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 1 12 4 Definition Available Not available Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Members agents can temporarily leave a UCD group for breaks and so on but still remain logged on to the UCD group The system continues to signal direct calls to this agent If necessary the agent can send a message to any station for instance to ask for help When an agent logs on to the group the agent is immediately and automatically placed in the available state and can start processing calls The default access codes for this feature are e Not available 402 e Available 402 Display telephones can program feature keys Available Not available on the optiset E and op tiPoint 500 Non display telephones can
319. iPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 49 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic Subject Dependency Restriction Tenant system If a tenant service is implemented using toll restrictions the system does not check whether trunk seizures are authorized If speed dial ing is used the system automatically seizes the next free trunk re gardless of whether or not the user is authorized to seize this trunk As a result an incorrect system number may be displayed at the des tination For this reason users should only implement tenant service via ITR groups Entrance telephone The entrance telephone cannot access speed dialing numbers ITR groups You cannot enter more than one speed dialing number range for the same ITR group ITR groups By default all soeed dialing numbers are assigned to ITR group 1 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 50 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic 4 3 4 Station Speed Dialing in System Definition The user can create a separate speed dialing list for frequently dialed numbers Users can enter external numbers in the system database Access depends on the station s dial up access rights Users must enter the trunk group code before the station number There is only one list of maximum 10 numbers per telephone The HiPath 3000 systems have
320. iPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 12 1 UCD Queues Implementing features see also Manager E UCD Queues Definition If all stations agents in a UCD group are busy incoming calls are placed on hold and entered in a queue You can configure the number of calls in a queue for each UCD group individually Agents of a UCD group can display the number of calls in the queue for their UCD group Wait ing parties in the queue can receive an announcement or music on hold To display the number of UCD calls in queue users with display telephones can program a fea ture key or during a call press Program Service scroll to and select UCD and scroll to and select the wanted feature Alternatively during a conversation users can press the Program Service key and dial the access code Non display and analog telephone users must dial the access codes from an idle state or if during a conversation they must temporarily put the calling party on consultation hold by press ing the Consultation key followed by the access code Or in the case of an analog telephone a hookswitch flash must be performed Non display telephones optiset E or optiPoint 500 can have buttons on the telephones pro grammed for specific features however this can only be done via HiPath 3000 Manager E Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPat
321. iPocket S Software requirements V6 0 or later V6 0 or later V6 0 or later V6 0 or later This feature is not supported by IP phones with SIP software P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 67 feature08 fm Other Features Signaling Encryption Payload Encryption P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 8 68 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description feature09 fm Networking 9 Networking Implementing features see also Manager E Networking Definition In this case networking means e the connection of HiPath 3000 systems with one another and e the connection of HiPath 3000 systems with other systems such as HiPath 4000 A HiPath 3000 system forms a zone node to which the connected workpoint clients and a gatekeeper HiPath HG1500 belong The zone may also include a gateway and a HiPath 5000 server Zones networked to one another form a domain which is defined by the common cross zone administration platform the HiPath 5000 server HiPath 5000 is used as the central administration unit in a HiPath 3000 IP network HiPath 5000 is also the platform for the central provision of applications and facilitates their use by all IP networked stations The HiPath ComScendo service also allows the use of an integrated gatekeeper and HiPath ComScendo features for IP workpoint clients Networking possibilities The following table lists the possibilities that V5
322. ible that an incoming external call could be forwarded to an external destination the system will check whether the combination of trunks can guarantee release supervision See table below If not a timer is started Time up to warning tone for MSI transit and default is 300 seconds Once P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 3 16 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic this timer is up both subscribers hear a warning tone and another timer is started Once the second timer is up Time between warning tone and release default value 10 seconds the trunks are released CorNet Calls can be forwarded over a CorNet link If a call is forwarded to another node and it in turn is forwarded back to the originating node the CorNet links will be released if the function Rerouting is activated Incoming Caller ID PRI BRI is passed from one destination to another within the same sys tem It is not transferred over CorNet N to a remote node If a voice mail system is located in a remote mode and the call is forwarded the voice mail system will receive the station number of the original called party for Version 4 0 even A and B extensions are displayed for call for warding network wide Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X
323. icom 150 E Office HiPath 3000 is acting as a gateway forward switching is per formed even where there are 2 QSIG trunk groups e Name display Only UPPERCASE letters are transferred Users can specify whether a transferred name or the caller s station number should be displayed Additional QSIG QSIG Features The generic term QSIG covers all features that are not standard QSIG features The following functions based on QSIG features are supported in central agents or consoles that are connected to an A6 communication system Hicom 150 H V1 2 HiPath 3000 V1 2 or later and OfficePoint HiPath 3350 3300 OfficeCom HiPath 3550 3500 and OfficePro HiPath 3750 3700 Call intercept CINT Call intrusion Cl Recall RE P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 41 feature09 fm Networking QSig Central Call Detail Recording using QSIG If central call detail recording is activated via QSIG unit oriented CDR must continue to be set in the communication system Central call detail recording via QSIG does not support call charge oriented CDR Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X X x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 9 42 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 0
324. ide CSO For CSO to work the requested carrier must be located in the dial plan and the route table assigned by the dial plan and the user must have the required trunk access P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 5 23 feature05 fm Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing for U S Only 5 2 15 Schedule To control LCR it may be necessary to configure up to eight time zones per day These time zones are programmable for every day of the week Each day begins at 12 00 a m Entering the end time in each of the columns delineates the time zones 5 2 16 Dialing Rules Table The following is a sample dialing rules table The dialing rules table determines the following e The way the digits entered by the user are converted and dialed by the system e The route on which dialing will take place e The maximum amount of time the LCR function has to control dialing e Upto 254 dial rules each up to 40 characters long can be defined Dial rules are defined by the following parameters A Repeat remaining fields transmit D n Dial a digit sequence 1 to 24 digits E n Repeat field 1 to 10 from dial plan M n Authorization code 1 to 16 This letter must not be in the final position P n Pause 1 to 60 times the system wide pause unit S Switch changes signaling methods from DP to DTMF with CONNECT PROGRESS or CALL PROC with PI C Access code U Use
325. ide routing keys HiPath 3000 Manager E on the other hand requires a distinc tion between internal external and network internal operation when programming the keys If Presence Manager is not available for example due to failure of the Feature server or to the TAPI170 service not being started the corresponding subscriber can be called by pressing the programmed key The subscriber communication status is not signaled and call pickup is not possible Presence Manager is a service with no user interface and is started via the Feature server No settings need be made as all data is automatically obtained from a data interchange synchro nization between the HiPath 5000 database and the Presence Manager P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 33 feature09 fm Networking Network Wide Busy Signaling Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V3 0 or later V3 0 or later V3 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction MULAPs and Groups MULAPs and Groups are not supported by Presence Manager LED signaling is not performed and call pickup is not possible So telephones So telephones are not supported by Presence Manager 9 3
326. ier for each outgoing phone call The following carrier types and networks are available for implementing least cost routing LCR 5 1 1 1 Mercury Communications Limited Single Stage Definition With this type of LCR a prefix is used to dial the desired network carrier and the station number is subsequently dialed Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction MCL single stage Dialing is carried out in the D channel with ISDN or as normal dial ing on analog trunks P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 5 3 feature05 fm Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing LCR Not for U S 5 1 1 2 Mercury Communications Limited Two Stage Definition With this type of least cost routing the system initially selects the carrier using a configurable access code as with single stage Afterwards the system also waits for a connect synchro nization during timeout After the connect the system transmits an authorization code and the destination station num ber as DTMF signals in the B channel Model Specific D
327. ies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Station number trans mission Temporary station number suppression must be supported by the trunk System wide station number display sup pression If station wide station number display suppression is activated CLIR and COLR it cannot be overridden 4 68 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic Subject Dependency Restriction CLIR It is possible to ignore an activated CLIR setting and display the sta tion number of the calling station This can be useful for emergency calls and in similar situations Default access codes 86 to suppress 86 to display the number P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 69 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic 4 3 15 Denied List for Undialed Trunks Implementing features see also Manager E Denied List for Undialed Trunks Definition This feature restricts the dial up access rights for a trunk selected by the attendant console An attendant console may seize an outside line and transfer it to an internal station This feature restricts the dial up access rights for a trunk selected by the attendant console the user receiv ing the transferred trunk will not be able to reac
328. ies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction CH For multi device connections only In the case of communication servers the connection is placed on hold in the CS The information element is transmitted to the trunk CH Non ISDN stations do not receive an advisory announcement ex cept that the station is placed on hold in the CS CH A call can be placed on hold only in the active phase or during con nection setup P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 19 feature11 fm ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S 11 1 17 Definition Three Party Conference 3PTY A three party PTY conference is possible with a multi device connection The conference status is indicated at the ISDN port On the user side note that the other conference participants join the conference in the system that is only one B channel is needed for the Sp applications bus Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X X x Hardware requirements Digital trunk connection Software requirements V2 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later CO feature x x x x Station feature x x x x Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Conference For multi device connections only In the case of CSs the conference
329. ight bell can be answered by dialing the station number or by call Pick up if so configured An external night bell adapter may be required to prevent excessive current from damaging the station interface A Night answer station can be any type of telephone providing their COS allows at minimum for incoming calls When in Night mode all stations use the Night COS table The table similar to the Day COS table also has 5 classes to choose from Refer to Section 4 3 10 Configurable Toll Restric tion for details A variable night station universal night answer position can be specified The variable night station can be configured by any of the stations authorized to place the system in Night Service mode This feature can be activated deactivated via a DISA connection by the station user If the feature is used frequently the user can place the feature on a vacant button on the tele phone The feature button name is Night answer on in the button menu During programming of the button it can be configured to activate the default destination s or a variable destination The variable destination can still be overwritten by the access code In either case the LED on the key remains lit P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 23 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic Night Service Security To prevent unauthorized deactiv
330. iguration of HiPath 3000 Stations for Emergency Mode For emergency mode IP work clients can be configured within the HiPath 3000 system based on the normal optiPoint station configuration A new CFSS Call Forwarding Station Out of Service destination for stations that are out of service can be configured specifically for all optiPoint stations forwarding if both are activated if the SRSR flag is activated CFSS Call Forwarding Station Out of Service has a higher priority than normal call P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 13 8 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description feature14 fm HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience Definition 14 HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience For information on implementing features see HiPath 3000 Manager E HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience 14 1 Definition A HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 network can contain the following components e HiPath 3000 systems with HiPath ComScendo Service e HiPath 5000 PCs with HiPath ComScendo Service The HiPath ComScendo Service is effectively a fully fledged HiPath node IP softswitch that is configured as software on a PC Apart from the dedicated TDM characteristics all of the features of V5 0 are available e HiPath 5000 Real Time Services Manager RSM as the central administration unit in an IP network with or without HiPath ComScendo Service All relevant nodes HiPath 3000 and HiPath 5000 with HiPath ComScendo Service can be centrally ad
331. igured as a fax machine or answering machine Info key The LED goes out when you press the key P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 59 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 21 Deferring a Call Implementing features see also Manager E Deferring a Call Definition While an incoming call is being signaled at a station the called party can set up an outgoing connection without answering the incoming call The waiting call is then signaled as a camped on call As an incoming call is presented the user presses a Call key or Trunk access key and places an external call The feature can be used on a Basic telephone if you change the default keys The calling party does not notice a change in signalling if Call Waiting is set for ringing on Call Waiting Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x xX x x Hardware requirements Upoye station Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later General requirements optiset E or optiPoint telephone with display Dependencies Restrictions Subject Deferring the call Dependency Restriction You must have trunk keys or at least two call keys programmed on the telephone Deferring the call An key for th
332. igured as the intercept position Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions not intercepted Subject Dependency Restriction Hunt group Intercepts cannot extend beyond a hunt group the call is forwarded to the first hunt group station and always remains in the hunt group Release Calls with the service ID data service ISDN message are released Incomplete dialing Not evaluated in the case of a central intercept position P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 31 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic Subject Dependency Restriction Tenant system When a tenant service is configured users can only configure inter cepts on a cross system basis This means that intercept no answer for example applies to all system users P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 32 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic 4 2 9 DTMF DID Implementing features see also Manager E Dual Tone Multifrequency Direct Inward Dialing Definition This f
333. ilable in xX X X X Hardware require Digital subscriber port ments Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Overload indication An LED that is already flickering is not reset to flashing P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 2 25 feature02 fm Features for All Traffic Types Shared Transfer Switch For Germany Only 2 15 Definition Shared Transfer Switch For Germany Only A shared transfer switch allows an analog trunk connection to be used for two stations The switch divides the signal into positive and negative half waves and assigns each to a station The system can be connected to such a switch The network provider such as Deutsche Tele kom AG in Germany installs the shared transfer switch in front of theHiPath 3000 or the HiPath 5000 gateway Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Shared transfer switch This feature is for Germany only 2 26 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 50
334. ilience Scenarios Supported 14 2 1 HiPath 5000 PC with HiPath ComScendo Service gt HiPath 5000 RSM with HiPath ComScendo Service In the following scenario a HiPath ComScendo Service installed on a HiPath 5000 RSM has been defined as the standby system HiPath 5000 RSM with HiPath Com HiPath 5000 PC with HiPath Com Scendo Service standby system Scendo Service Feature server with Resilience Service 7 Normal mode Application RSA Standby mode 100 Ss HiPath 3000 HiPath 3000 Figure 14 1 HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience HiPath 5000 PC with HiPath Com Scendo Service gt HiPath 5000 RSM with HiPath ComScendo Service Stations 100 and 200 are reachable internally and externally via numbers 100 and 200 in both normal mode and standby mode P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 14 4 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience Scenarios Supported 14 2 2 HiPath 5000 PC with HiPath ComScendo Service gt HiPath 3000 with HiPath ComScendo Service In this scenario the HiPath 3000 systems available in the network function as standby systems HiPath 5000 RSM HiPath 5000 PC with HiPath Com Scendo Service Feature server with Resilience Service I Normal mode Application RSA Standby mode i i HiPath 3000 standby system HiPath 3000 standby system
335. in conjunction with other features such as call waiting consultation hold toggle and three party conference The ISDN port on hold receives an indication of the hold state and retrieval of the call Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction For multi device connections only In the case of PABXs the connec tion is placed on hold in the CS The information element is transmit ted to the trunk Non ISDN stations do not receive an advisory announcement ex cept that the station is placed on hold in the CS A call can be placed on hold only in the active phase or during con nection setup CH CH CH P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 51 feature11 fm ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only 11 3 14 Definition Three Party Service A three party 3PTY conference is possible with a multi device connection The conference status is indicated at the ISDN port Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available
336. in the string The subsequent characters are again selected in INFO The following parameters may not be used after U ZzOUMN P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 5 26 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing for U S Only Using the N Parameter The parameter N can occur only once in the string and should not be placed in the first position The subsequent digits are the SFG or the band number depending on the calling service Authorization Code Up to 16 authorization codes with a maximum of 16 digits can be entered for accessing servic es from different carriers The codes may be used for accessing special common carriers or adding additional digits to a dial string as part of the outdial rule Example 53276543 One secure authorization code is provided displayed as 5 2 17 Operation The system does not seize a trunk until it has completed the routing tables To inform the user that the telephone is ready for dialing you can insert a dial tone into the LCR dial plan using the letter C The dialed digits are buffered until the system completes the routing tables Only then does the system make the connection The route table 1 to 254 is first determined via the dial plan on the basis of the dialed desti nation number If the destination number is not found in the dial plan the user receives a busy signal The route table for each route elem
337. ines executive is placed on exclusive hold call signaled on exec MULAP and exec CMI 2 Secretary goes on hook connection between exec and secr is released Executive is placed on hold 3 Executive can retrieve held call on executive MULAP P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 8 36 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Team Top Example of Top with Two Executives and Two Secretaries Exec MULAP 1 Secr MULAP 1 Exec MULAP 2 Secr MULAP 2 Figure 8 5 Example of Top with Two Executives and Two Secretaries ager E e No key assignment e Assignment to first or second key module A key module is automatically added refer to examples in Figure 8 6 and Figure 8 7 If applicable existing keys are overwritten e Assignment to first free keys Free keys on the telephone and any existing key modules are used If no keys are available key modules are added Key assignment sequence for Top DSS Executive 1 Exec MULAP 1 Ring Transfer Exec MULAP 1 DSS Secretary 1 on executive telephone or Group Call on secretary telephone DSS Executive 2 Exec MULAP 2 etc The following options are available for assigning Top keys using HiPath 3000 Man P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 37 feature08 fm Other Features Team Top Programma Programma Programma Programma Programma Programma Programma
338. int telephone for this feature to work 3 58 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 20 Fax Waiting Message Answer Machine Implementing features see also Manager E Fax Waiting Message Answering Machine Definition A Fax Answer Machine key has an LED to let the user know that a fax waiting message ora call for the answer machine has arrived A call directed to an analog port configured as a FAX machine or as an Answer Machine lights an LED at a station to advise the user that the FAX or the Answer Machine has answered an incoming call The LED is lit steadily The user can turn off the LED by pressing the key The HiPath 3000 Manager E can program a key on the optiset E or optiPoint 500 The button name in the Key Programming tab is Message for FAX answ Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x x x Hardware requirements Upo station Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later General requirements optiset E or optiPoint telephone with display Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Program key You must also enter the station number when programming the key Analog port The analog port must be conf
339. ion The HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 system can be used as a tenant service which allows it to be used simultaneously by more than one customer All features have the same functionality for all customers However certain resources must be divided among the tenants customers They can be as signed to one several or all tenants The resources to be divided are 7 2 Stations Routes Attendant P Intercept position Announcement devices voicemail Traffic restriction matrix CON matrix Door opener Hotline DISA trunks Traffic restriction groups determine the ability of tenants to access each other Hotline destinations can be configured for each system A optiClient Attendant can be assigned to each tenant Six MOH devices can be defined for six possible ITR groups This means that the analog interfaces used for connection are part of the ITR groups Which MOH device is used de pends on the ITR group of the station that places the call on hold You cannot use the logical port O as an MOH source P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Model Specific Data Tenant Service Tenant Service Configuration Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x X X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later
340. ion system must be pre configured This permits emergency mode to be regulated individually for each workpoint client P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 13 4 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Small Remote Site Concept Operating Modes 13 3 4 Behavior of the Branch Office IP Workpoint Clients in Emergency Mode The following applies for the IP workpoint clients registered in an emergency with HiPath 3000 via SRS The features of HiPath 3000 are available The HiPath 3000 user interface is implemented in emergency mode This also applies to the key layout of the IP client The IP clients have a preconfigured database in the HiPath 3000 system for emergency mode The functionality described is implemented in the standard system software No HiPath 3000 feature is restricted or blocked The system configuration must facilitate emergency mode This means that stations LCR COS etc also require administration in this regard In emergency mode the display of the IP or workflow client shows a corresponding mes sage The display of the message can be administered via HiPath 3000 Manager E In the HiPath 3000 system preconfigured station numbers must be used for outgoing calls This also applies to preconfigured COS entries The LCR feature must be administered in HiPath 3000 in such a way that internal calls with in the private network are handled via TDM lines In emergency mode calls can also be directed via pre
341. is is possible only with HiPath 3000 Manager E You cannot reload an individual text language Variable languages that should not be replaced overloaded must therefore always be specified separately It is not possible to reload a fixed language once it is already there Available languages Catalan Chinese Czech Danish Dutch English UK English US Es tonian Finnish French German Greek Hungarian Italian Latvian Lithuanian Norwegian Polish Portuguese Russian Serbo Croatian Slovak Slovenian Spanish Swedish Telekom Germany Turkish Note the following with regard to system wide and station specific language settings e Default language setting You set the language when you enter the country initialization code during system booting The parameters for Germany are the defaults If the APS does not contain the local language set during country initialization it uses Ger man as the default language until you replace one of the variable languages in the APS with the local language e Changing the language setting system wide You can access system administration by entering a code or using the service menu on the first two telephones with display in the system Other stations do not offer access to system administration Select the desired language from the service menu to switch all stations to the new language e Changing the language setting for an individual station You can change language of individual stations o
342. it or pulse refer to Section 10 11 Call Charge Display With Currency not for U S From the system telephone you can print the latest CDRS data on a printer connected to the V 24 interface thereby printing the cumulative call charges for all stations connected to the sys tem P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 10 6 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description CDRS Data Output to Upo Port You can also output the CDRT data to a Upo port To do this an optiset E control adapter to which you can attach a printer or terminal must be connected to this port The system supports only one adapter per call data output You can configure the output as follows Features for Call Detail Recording Call Detail Recording at Station CDRS not for U S e Onthe communications server set call data output to adapter e Enter the telephone number e f only one optiset E control adapter is connected you can choose any slot in the tele phone e If two optiset E control adapters are connected set the right adapter to Printer Pipe Mode for call data output The other adapter is used in API1 or API2 mode e The transmission rate is permanently set to 9600 baud GET Data Output via LAN Interface You can transfer CDRS data to external applications via the LAN interface Ethernet Model Specific Data telephone with dis play telephone with dis play Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 Hi
343. ith the dialog keys You can also program a key to provide access to the feature or you can select either Internal stations or System speed dial Then you scroll through each name by selecting Next or scroll to and select the first letter of the wanted name Selecting a name automatically dials the des tination The LCD touch screen display gives optiPoint 600 office users the following additional options e Softkey Dial dials the number beside the cursor e Softkey Details retrieves entries for the highlighted name e Softkey End closes the internal phonebook e Scrollbar for scrolling down the list if more than six names are displayed HiPath 3000 Manager E allows you to define whether a station number will appear in the phone book for each station individually P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 6 21 feature06 fm Features for Internal Traffic Internal Phonebook optiset E memory users can also use the following keys e Dial and Enter Return key dials the number beside the cursor e Card key retrieves entries for the highlighted name e End key closes the internal phonebook e Up and Down keys moves the cursor up or down e Keyboard alphanumeric keyboard for entering alphanumeric characters Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X X x
344. ith DND activated initiates a callback this will override the DND function Appointment automat If a station has set an appointment and activated DND an audible ic wake up system signal is sent to the telephone when the appointment comes due P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 3 50 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Subject Dependency Restriction DISA The feature can be activated by users for their own stations or can be activated by one user for another Associated Services P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 51 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 15 Ringer Cutoff Definition If this feature is activated by an optiset E or optiPoint telephone with display incoming calls are signaled with a brief alerting tone and then shown in the display only Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later General requirements optiset E or optiPoint telephone with display Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Ringer cutoff Y
345. ith any IP device Associated dialing It is not possible to activate the feature via associated services UCD The feature cannot be executed if a UCD agent is logged on to a par ticipating host master telephone P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 23 feature08 fm Other Features Relocate Hoteling Subject Dependency Restriction Supported Features When the relocate feature is performed the participating telephones will go out of service and restart Activated features will be handled accordingly That means that all callback calls and sent messages will be deleted all other features remain unaffected 8 24 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Automatic Wake up System Timed Reminders 8 12 Automatic Wake up System Timed Reminders Definition Each user can program an appointment When activated a timed reminder is issued at the scheduled time The appointment can be programmed for a single reminder once within a 24 hour period or for regularly scheduled daily reminders The time format is four digits The first two digits are the hour and the second two digits are the minutes A 12 hour clock mode is supported for the U S users enter the four digits and then select am key 2 or pm key 7 The default is am The mode for all other countries is the
346. ith this feature active the destination telephone becomes part of the group However if the first member of the group Call forwards no answer to an internal destination all calls to the pilot number of the group are immediately forwarded to that destination Individual members can be reached by their station numbers except for the first member Only the forward destination can reach the first member through its station number P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 3 20 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Displays Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic e Internal calls At the calling party the display shows the name of the group assigned via Manager T 16 15 3 or HiPath 3000 Manager E Incoming Call gt Hunt Group gt Name The group members with a display telephone see the station number placing the call Call from Xxx e External calls The group members display will show the calling party number same as call to a single station Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Groups stations 800 20 800 20 150 20 20 8 Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Ext call forwarding If at least
347. jected The entries in Call Management determine the next step Intercept This follows the intercept criteria in Call Management Intercept A call intercepted by the attendant console cannot be rejected P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 63 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Outgoing Traffic 3 2 Features for General Outgoing Traffic 3 2 1 Dual Tone Multifrequency Transmission DTMF Temporary Signaling Method Changeover Implementing features see also Manager E Dual Tone Multifrequency Transmission DTMF Definition When this feature is activated all keystrokes that the user enters on the dialing keypad while engaged in an internal or external call are transmitted as DTMF digits Users can activate this feature e System wide automatic DTMF Users are automatically switched over to DTMF mode after each successful connection even with CMI not for U S e Individually while engaged in an internal or external call by pressing a key or entering a code Afterwards all keystrokes from the dialing keypad are transmitted as DTMF digits The fea ture is activated temporarily and is deactivated when the handset is replaced DTMF mode remains activated even when the following features are activated Transfer Con sultation hold Toggle Connect Call pickup Accepting a camped on call Users can configure the pulse pause in th
348. k P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 53 feature11 fm ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only 11 3 16 Definition Connected Line Identification Presentation and Restriction The Connected Line Identification COLI Presentation and Restriction feature provides the user with a display of the number called or it restricts the user s network provided number from being displayed to the calling party Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X X x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 11 54 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 3 17 Definition ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only Dialed Number Identification Service The Dialed Number Identification Service DNIS feature translates an external users CO LEC IEC number to a customer defined DNIS number Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 300
349. k location or put it on station hold The trunk can be placed on hold However the user must use the Retrieve Line feature When the user presses the Hold key the display shows which line is being held for example Held on line xyz To retrieve the held call the user must be in an idle state The user presses the Pro gram Service key scrolls to and selects Retrieve Line followed by the line number xyz Alternatively the user can dial the default access code 63 followed by the held line number the user is reconnected to the held party A Feature key can also be programmed on a users telephone to retrieve a held line Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Routes 16 trunk groups with up to 72 B 16 trunk 8 trunk groups channels per trunk group groups 64B with max all B channels channels per trunk group No of trunk group keys 6 6 on optiset E or optiPoint 400 500 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 6 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for General External Traffic Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Analog trunks You must physically disconnect analog trunks from the trunk group optiset
350. ked to a new user specific class of service A second class of service can be used to protect station A from Whisper Off Hook Announcement The feature is deactivated by the activating station station C or by modifying the features but NOT through a separate code P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 2 30 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Restrictions Features for All Traffic Types Whisper Off Hook Announcement e If at least one station in the original call station A or B is not a TDM station the HiPath switching network is not yet involved at the time of activation and the switchover cannot be performed without a brief interruption in the call between A and B e Stations A and C must be in the same node e The feature can only be activated by station C from the idle ready state e Only telephones with a display that can be controlled by the system OptiSet OptiPoint OptiClient can function as destination telephones for Whisper Off Hook Announcement station A CMI is not supported in HiPath 4000 Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X X X Hardware requirements Software requirements V6 0 or later V6 0 or later V6 0 or later V6 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 2 31 feature02 fm Features
351. l Inthe local system same as before P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 9 40 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Networking QSig Direct inward dialing is not possible in transit traffic e Consultation hold Inthe local system same as before Inthe remote system Consultation calls over a second trunk are possible that is the call is switched over two B channels by the local system and they can be transferred When a user releases the call the call last placed on hold becomes active e Callback Users can activate completion of calls no reply CCNR or completion of calls to busy subscribers CCBS to the remote communications system They can activate CCNR if the other party does not answer or if a call is waiting They can activate CCBS in the following situations The other party is busy with one or multiple calls engaged ina consultation call or a conference or has activated do not disturb Users cannot set a callback to a call forwarding destination a member of a group call or hunt group a room monitor or an entrance telephone Callback calls are deleted when the CS is reset a trunk fails or a port is repro grammed AB and BA calls are also deleted e Call forwarding To optimize B channel usage a forwarded call is handled in accordance with the spec ifications for call forwarding partial rerouting If partial rerouting is rejected forward switching is used Ifthe H
352. l forwarding e COS changeover e Group ringing e Advisory message e Hunt group e Reset services e Actuators e Night answer e Timed reminder e Group call Rejoin leave hunt group e Reset activated features The Associated Services feature permits an authorized IP phone Uro a b or Sg station to ac tivate or deactivate services for other users in the communications system Authorized users initiate access in the same way as for associated dialing by entering the code 83 and then the station number that they want to activate or deactivate The system behaves the same as if sta tion A were activating the feature for itself The associated introduction of services can also be activated via DISA or sensors Services are activated deactivated by system external incentives such as time controlled night service This allows another station number to be dialed All features set by another station can be deactivated from the station on which the feature was set If the destination station has the feature Lock Code active services cannot be activated at that telephone Likewise a feature which was activated at a telephone before the telephone was locked and is still active cannot be deactivated with the Associated Services feature P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 8 14 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Associated Services The destination station must first be authorized in database where this applie
353. le to transmit information about the physical location of a station in addition to the station number Therefore not only the number of the station placing the call is available in the emergency call center but the location too This requires that each subscriber line with a valid DID number be assigned a Location Identi fication Number LIN The LIN is an unambiguous max 12 digit number that corresponds to the 10 digit NANP North American Numbering Plan Subscriber lines that are physically close to one another are given the same LIN The emergency call center has a database that contains all the LINs and that uses the transmitted LIN to identify the name and address of the one plac ing the emergency call Danger AN Quick help after an emergency call is possible only when valid information concern ing the location of the caller who is in trouble is available For this reason the correct assignment of the LINs to the available DID number must always be guaranteed If the customer assumes the system administration then the customer also as sumes the responsibility for the correct assignment of the LINs In this case the cus tomer must be informed that Siemens AG accepts no liability whatsoever for damag es resulting from the improper use of this feature V1 2 and later of HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 supports this feature for analog loop start protocol and digital trunks Primary Rate Interface PRI Analog trunks require an ad
354. ling party to determine whether the connection has actually been connected to the station called or whether it was picked up by a different station Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements optiset E or optiPoint telephone with display Hardware requirements Digital trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later CO feature x x xX xX Station feature x x x X Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction COLP Must be released by the carrier P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 11 8 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 1 8 Definition ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S Connected Line Identification Restriction COLR This feature suppresses transmission of the called party s station number to the calling station Called parties can use COLR to prevent their numbers from being displayed on a calling station Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX X x x Hardware requirements Digital trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later CO
355. ll CO for example double ring Ring type 2 External call CO for example double ring Ring type 3 External call CO for example double ring The ring cadences depend on the country P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 3 2 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description For U S only External cadences for optiset E telephones Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Manager T HiPath 3000 Man External call ring cadence agerE Type 1 External Call e 125 ms ON 250 ms OFF e 125 ms ON 1500 ms OFF Type 2 External Call CO2 e 200 ms ON 100 ms OFF e 200 ms ON 100 ms OFF e 200 ms ON 1700 ms OFF Type 3 External Call CO3 je 100 ms ON 100 ms OFF e 200 ms ON 100 ms OFF e 100 ms ON 1900 ms OFF Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x X X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Country specifics Dependency Restriction Ring signals are country specific and determined by the approval au thorities P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 3 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 2 Call Waiting Tone Call Waiti
356. ll Forward on not for tenant sys X X tems and not for individual MSNs of a So trunk connection P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 8 54 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Storing Procedures on Procedure Keys Feature Use of the Procedure Key not Possible Comments gt e 8 lo as ao a gt s ET o D E oS EEBS gt x o Oo De ge 2L F 2 25 5 vS iow 2 es 3 De fe 2 Jo j s ss 5 3 O ke Call forwarding external on not for X X Key with toggle tenant services function Call forwarding logon X X Key with toggle function Call forwarding night destination on X X Key with toggle function Call forwarding per MULAP Advisory message on X X Key with toggle function Associated Dialing Associated Services X X Speaker call X x X X Whisper Off Hook Announcement X X X X Flash on analog trunk Release trunk emergency trunk ac X X cess Send messages message waiting X X Dial station speed dialing X X Dial system speed dialing X X DTMF transmission X X X X X DTMF transmission in the talk state using procedure key Night answer off xX X Key with toggle function Night answer on X xX Key with toggle function Park on X X Key with toggle function Retrieve call X X X X Key with toggle function Account code ACCT x X X X Account code ACCT in prefix X X xX X
357. ll HiPath 3000 features The IP workpoint clients required in this case are configured via Manager E The Small Remote Site concept is supported by e HiPath 3000 V5 0 e HiPath 4000 V2 0 e optiClient 410 economy standard and advanced e optiClient 130 to the system are not indicated on the display optiPoint 410 entry without display is enabled please note however that changes 13 2 Activating the Feature The feature is activated via the station using the code 9411 CFSS call number and deacti vated using 9411 This is only possible from an IP station if SRST Small Remote Sites Re dundancy is deactivated Using associated services this service can also be activated deactivated for the IP station by an authorized station In the same way the CFSS destination can be configured and activated or deleted and deactivated via Assistant T menu item 14 36 and Manager E under Setup sta tion Emergency P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 13 1 feature13 fm Small Remote Site Concept Operating Modes 13 3 Operating Modes 13 3 1 Normal Mode Centrally Connected Sa IP and Normal Mode f a WorkPoint Clients oa C7 CentrakSystem Analog Telephone ig In normal mode the IP workpoint clients in a branch office SRS are registered with the central HiPath 4000 system P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 13 2 HiPath 3000 HiPath 50
358. ll data to the Charge dat file which is created or updated when ever anew record is entered You can use software to evaluate this data The PC attendant console supports the optiset E control adapter optiset E data adapter and Upoyg card e Upo port An optiset E control adapter to which you can attach a printer or PC must be connected to the Upo port The system supports only one adapter per call data output You can con figure the output as follows Onthe communications server set call data output to adapter Enter the telephone number If only one optiset E control adapter is connected you can choose any slot in the tele phone _ If two optiset E control adapters are connected set the right adapter to Printer Pipe Mode for call data output The other adapter is used in API1 or API2 mode The transmission rate is permanently set to 9600 baud P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 10 16 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Call Detail Recording Call Detail Recording Central CDRC LAN interface Ethernet CDRC data can be exported to external applications via the LAN interface Ethernet The CDRC output can be in two different formats Compressed format via V 24 via LAN for PC or call charge computer The system outputs all data including ACCT without separating spaces without headers and without form feed Call charge pulses call charge amounts or arithmetic units are out
359. ll number can only be corrected as it is being entered It is not possible to edit a saved call number for example for number redial P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 6 27 feature06 fm Features for Internal Traffic Editing the Telephone Number P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 6 28 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description feature07 fm Tenant Service 7 Tenant Service Implementing features see also Manager E Tenant Service The tenant service feature is implemented using existing features This means that it is not nec essary for users to explicitly configure subsystems Users can control permitted and barred connections between individual stations and trunks via traffic restriction groups The functionality of all features remains unchanged Features in tenant service include e Intercept e PABX number e Missed calls list e Override e DISA e Speaker call e Call detail recording e Hotline destinations e Text messages advisory messages e Internal calls e Internal phonebook e Customer database printout e Night service e optiClient Attendant e Park slot e Prime Line e Traffic restriction groups e Voicemail e Toll restriction P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 7 1 feature07 fm Tenant Service Tenant Service Configuration 7 1 Tenant Service Configuration Definit
360. ll waiting indication only occurs if the caller is an attendant console All others subscribers do not camp on in the network 3 4 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Subject Dependency Restriction CorNet NQ Call waiting in a networked system with CorNet NQ occurs with a five second delay as is the case with internal calls No flags are set in this case Group call If one or more stations in a group call are free the call will be offered to them The other group members are not signaled If all stations are busy all of them receive a call waiting signal Speaker call Speaker calls to busy stations are not possible Automatic recall Recalls of low priority external calls that cannot be signaled are inter cepted Displaced internal calls are released Call waiting tone Users can deactivate the call waiting tone for external calls using a procedure or Manager E This setting does not affect signaling on the display Call waiting tone on off Individual stations can enable disable the tone at their station De fault is Tone On Call waiting rejection on This station flag prevents any type of call waiting tone to be injected in the conversation This flag is also called Data Line Security in the HiPath 3000 Manager E When set this flag will also prevent this sta tion
361. lowing are supported here Error history Trap configuration TFTP configuration General system information P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 12 1 feature12 fm Features via LAN SNMP Functionality auser specific MIB that processes HiPath specific statistic data feature counters and internal error messages error history covering the following areas ControlGroup status variables general configuration supplementary TFTP con figuration data SystemInfoGroup system configuration and status StatisticsGroup statistic data on features ErrorHistoryGroup Error history in HiPath format Error messages are forwarded in the form of SNMP traps via the LAN to a specific external management application The SNMP traps form the error history data structure time stamp error class error description These components use the IP protocol according to OSI layer 3 and the UDP protocol ac cording to layer 4 The SNMP protocol stack uses port numbers The system supports the SNMP protocol version 1 0 e SNMP Messages The following commands control SNMP messages for communication between the SNMP management agent HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 and external applications GET retrieve data from agent GET NEXT read out data sequentially SET write data TRAP alarm messages issued by the SNMP agent There is an integrated me
362. ls and no other destination has been identified in call management the call is automatically disconnected after the recall timer expires Music on Hold MOH Parked callers hear Music on Hold CorNet An incoming call over a CorNet link can only be placed in a park lo cation at the destination node A call parked in one node cannot be retrieved from another node over the CorNet link DISA The call parking feature cannot be activated from a DISA connection Network Network wide call parking is supported using a park server The server parks and unparks calls and administers the parked calls of all nodes P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 2 4 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for All Traffic Types Toggle Connect 2 3 Toggle Connect Definition Toggle Connect enables a user to toggle between two parties placing one of the parties on hold The toggle connect feature can be used for internal and external calls The rules for consultation hold also apply to the active call Users cannot toggle between con ference calls Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x xX x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restri
363. m number of lists per communication system is 100 for Hicom 150 E Office Point HiPath 3150 3250 650 for Hicom 150 E Office Com HiPath 3300 to 3550 and Hicom 150 E Office Pro HiPath 3700 3750 Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements Upo station Upo station Upo station Upoye station Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later General requirements optiset E or optiPoint telephone with display Subscriber group max 10 entries Lists entries 650 10 650 10 650 10 100 10 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 53 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Analog trunk Only calls with a station number or a name are recorded calls on an alog trunks are not recorded Power failure The entries are deleted in the case of a power failure or a system re set Internal external calls You can store either external calls only or both internal and external calls Repeated calls If a subscriber calls repeatedly only the time of the entry and the number of entries are updated Group If you belong to a group you can
364. m the public network Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Call charges Each call segment is assigned to the user who picked up the seg ment Conference In a conference each external connection is recorded separately as a single segment Pay phone A user can always display the call charges of only those call seg ments which were conducted from the assigned pay phones Adapter in API2 mode If an optiset E control adapter is in API2 mode you cannot switch it to Printer Pipe mode P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 09 05 10 9 feature10 fm Features for Call Detail Recording Call Detail Recording Per Trunk CDRT not for U S 10 6 Call Detail Recording Per Trunk CDRT not for U S Implementing features see also Manager E Call Detail Recording Per Trunk Definition The system has a cumulative memory function for call charge amounts accrued per trunk One memory area is permanently assigned to each trunk A system telephone can display and delete the cumulative memory via the system administra tion Call charge deletion requires confirmation The current CDRT data can be printed out via system administration The printout contains a list of CDRT data for all trunks connected to the system The current CDRT data can be printed out on a printer connected to one of the V 24 RS 232 interfaces on the system Call charge pulse
365. many Another option is to connect a PC to an ISDN S application bus Any authorized station in the system can execute associated dialing for another station The user defines the station number of the destination station in the PC address book and activates dialing The PC seizes the ISDN So application bus and transmits the station number to the sys tem using an ISDN message The user accesses the function by dialing a code and specifying the station for which a number should be dialed The system then interprets this information as though the specified station were dialing Associated dialing makes fast and convenient dialing support possible by means of the PC on the Sp bus or analog on an a b interface The link between the PC and the system telephone is established by a prefix in the call number of the target station The prefix consists of an entry procedure and the internal call number of the system telephone for which dialing is performed The user specifies the call number of the destination station in the PC address book database and then initiates dialing The PC then accesses the Sg bus or a b port via modem and sends the call number to the communication system If the number is prefixed by the entry procedure 75 67 ext no n digits route code for associated dialing the digits that follow are inter preted as if the station specified in the entry procedure were dialing If the system telephone is idle the first digit
366. menting features see also Manager E Satellite CS Capability Definition You can connect the HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 to an existing communications system as a sat ellite CS and use the functions of the communications system The inter PBX traffic can be processed via direct connections between the systems as well as via public trunks and dedicated lines In addition with HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 users can process tie trunk traffic via E amp M trunks Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X X X Hardware require Digital trunk board Digital trunk board Digital trunk Digital trunk ments or or board board TMEW2 board TIEL board E amp M E amp M Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Closed numbering Dependency Restriction With closed numbering trunk group codes must be deleted for Cor Net trunk groups although trunk access codes remain LCR In a CS with CO access LCR must be active to handle transit calls On CorNet trunk groups that can seize a trunk in the remote CS the second discriminating digit in the trunk group must be entered from the remote CS On analog external trunks a flash not ground signals the main CS CorNet trunk groups Analog trunks P31003 H356
367. ministered by creating a single system image The HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience feature guarantees failure tolerance for the IP workpoint clients associated with a HiPath ComScendo Service or a HiPath 3000 system In the event of a HiPath 5000 PC or HiPath 3000 system failure or an error in the HiPath 3000 ComScendo Service the configured IP stations resilience stations are assigned to a standby system resilience destination This can be another HiPath ComScendo Service or a HiPath 3000 system A standby system always represents a node in a HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 network even if it is only a HiPath ComScendo Service that functions solely as a standby sys tem Only default features are available to the IP stations on the standby system see page 14 3 This feature requires a HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 network with HiPath 5000 RSM as monitoring and control are performed by the Feature servers Resilience Service Application RSA If the Feature server is unable to access a node three additional connection attempts are initiated If these attempts also fail HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience is activated The availability of the failed system is checked again When the Feature server can access this node again the resilience stations are once again assigned to their home system P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 14 1 feature14 fm HiPath ComScendo Service Resilience
368. mmunication systems are connected to an existing com munication system via digital lines information can be exchanged between the main system and the PABX in the same way as in Hicom 100 E not only via CorNet N but also via QSig the European signaling protocol used by all manufacturers Hicom 150 E Office HiPath 3000 sup ports the system wide features listed below The features listed here primarily apply to network ing with A6 For Hicom 150 H V1 2 HiPath 3000 V1 2 or later this also applies to OfficePoint HiPath 3350 3300 OfficeCom HiPath 3550 3500 and OfficePro HiPath 3750 3700 Networking with this communication system requires system wide features that are currently not defined in QSig Version 1 or CorNet NQ These networked systems collectively act like a single communication system The following features are transferred via the ISDN line Callback option Station number Name Party category Transit counter Station B with toll restriction O no direct trunk access for a QSig trunk cannot answer an in coming QSig call for another station call pickup trunk key However direct calls and forwarded calls to station B are possible Supported Features e Numbering plan ISDN Numbering Plan The system does not support a private numbering plan e Call detail recording Inthe local system same as before Call charges are not transferred in transit traffic e Direct inward dialing externa
369. mplete telephone num bers to and from the public network The numbers are stored in the system and not forwarded to the network until the user finishes dialing Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 11 61 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description feature11 fm ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only 11 3 24 Definition Data Calls This feature transfers data over the PRI Facility type and LEC IEC calling service influence this service Refer to the specific vendor for specific requirements for PRI data transmission Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 11 62 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only 11 3 25 Basic Electronic Key Telephone System Definition Electronic Key Telephone System EKTS is a National ISDN 1 standard that supports call ap pearances according to the directory number This group s
370. must feature compatible IP com munication stacks H 323 is the overall standard which defines the framework for Voice over IP communication and the IP communication stacks Other standards are also implemented Gateways are required to facilitate communication between IP supported networks LAN intra net Internet and line switched networks ISDN PSTN A gateway is not required for pure voice over IP communication Gatekeepers perform the following tasks e Registration of IP workpoint clients System clients such as optiClient 130 5 0 optiPoint 400 optiPoint 410 optiPoint 420 optiPoint 600 CorNet IP mode H 323 clients such as MS Windows NetMeeting e Connection setup e Access control Basic Features of Version 5 0 In HiPath 3000 HG1500 boards enable Voice over IP VoIP the transfer of voice data via IP networks In version 5 0 H 323 gatekeeper functions are integrated in the HiPath 3000 communication system and in the HiPath ComScendo service on HiPath 5000 This means that every HiPath 3000 system with at least one HG1500 board and each HiPath ComScendo service is an indi vidual gatekeeper zone to which their registered IP workpoint clients also belong H 323 communication between networked HiPath 3000 systems nodes should be considered as gatekeeper to gatekeeper communication HG1500 boards in networked systems must not be registered The CorNet NQ protocol is used tunneled in H 323 via Annex M1 P3
371. n other destination Call forwarding is based on the station number regardless of how the call reached the activating telephone If trunk keys have been configured users can also activate CF individually for a specific trunk key The following destinations are possible e Another subscriber station e The attendant console e External destination e A voice messaging system e Hunt group e ACD groups such as Hicom Agentline Office UCD groups The user is notified when call forwarding is activated Notification can be in the form of a special dial tone an indication on the display or an LED signal Outgoing calls can still be made when call forwarding is activated End users can choose to forward only external calls or only internal calls One single access code is used to deactivate any of these choices The following are the default feature access codes e Call forward both internal and external calls 11 e Call forward external calls only 12 e Call forward internal calls only 13 e Call forwarding off 1 Call forwarding is implemented on a station number basis regardless of how the call reached the activating telephone If trunk keys have been configured CF can also be activated individ ually for a specific trunk key External Destination The call forward destination can be an external party Instead of entering an internal station number enter the trunk access code followed by the external number Since it is poss
372. n at another location on the bus and resume the parked call The parked station receives a mes sage indicating that the user is porting The user has three minutes to move the telephone Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3250 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 HiPath 3150 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Digital trunk connection Software requirements V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later CO feature x x x x Station feature x x x x Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction TP For PCPBX point to multipoint connections only In the case of tele communication systems the external station is parked in the CS The information element is transmitted to the trunk TP The call must be resumed within 3 minutes TP This feature cannot be used with services such as fax teletex and data transmission TP internal to So In the case of a Gigaset ISDN this feature is used for a handover be tween two radio cells and for implementing the call park feature Im plementation is by the system 11 22 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 1 20 Definition ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S User to User Signaling UUS1 This feature allows users to exchange messages during connection setup The network trans mits the messa
373. n available call key is automatically seized depending on the trunk group With incoming calls an available call key corresponding to the trunk group is also assigned The call keys should be viewed as temporary trunk keys that allow quick access to the following features e Answering and signaling calls and recalls e Toggle Connect e Cancel consultation e Pickup Operation If the default station templates are in effect this feature can only be used on display telephones e Answering and signaling initial calls and recalls The Call key can also operate as a Loop key That is a user can have two or more Call keys on his or her telephone represent ing the same trunks The first incoming call will be presented to the first idle Call key the second call to the next idle Call key and so on The call can be transferred using the Con sultation Hold function using a feature button or with the dialog keys Unanswered calls or unretrieved parked calls recall the station on the Call key and can be answered again on the Call key Common hold still assigned to that Call key e Toggle Connect If a user has an appearance of several Trunk keys on his or her tele phone the user can toggle between any of the Call keys by pressing the desired Call key The first trunk is placed on Consultation Hold at the station Any subsequent depression of another Call key places the last call on Consultation Hold at that telephone If the user goes on hook at any
374. n be defined in the database as follows e Rerouting is deactivated e Reroute only if the route is known e Rerouting is always activated This option is only available for CorNet networking and must be activated in the same way in both networked systems Rerouting cannot be activated for route 16 IP trunking P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 27 feature09 fm Networking Call Forwarding With Rerouting Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 9 28 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Networking Path Replacement 9 16 Path Replacement In general path replacement is supported in all protocols CorNet N CorNet NQ QSig provided it is permitted in the CDB There is no path optimization on connections with IP telephones The following generally applies e Path replacement is only initiated after the connection is set up The Rerouting feature per forms replacements in the ringing phase e Path replacement is activated from the primary end this is usually the previously held sta tion e If HiPath 3000 acts as the secondary end it at
375. nager E System Status Flags screen Room Monitor Lock Code Call Connection and Direct answering will not be deactivated Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Send messages You can also use Reset all services to delete received messages Sensors send mes sages A warning can be sent via a sensor to a station in the form of a text message send message and then reset by a different relay Cancel all callbacks Access the procedure from Reset all services P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 19 feature08 fm Other Features Relocate Hoteling 8 11 Relocate Hoteling Implementing features see also Manager E Relocate Hoteling see Section 8 11 on page 8 20 In systems with the U S feature E911 emergency service activated e V3 0 SMR 7 or later The Relocate feature guarantees that the LIN remains as signed to the physical port e V3 0 SMR 6 and earlier you are not allowed to use the Relocate feature if the system has more than one Location Identification Number LIN Note on the Relocate Hoteling F
376. nal e Enter Mobile PIN FlexCall code local station number PIN e Call service menu enter local station number enter PIN e Press the programmed key enter local station number enter PIN The feature remains activated until the active station terminates the call As long as this feature is activated the current telephone passive station cannot be reached under its actual station number Do not disturb is activated An active station can be a e Stations e MULAP in this case the PIN of the primary station in the MULAP group is requested An active station cannot be a e Hunt group e ACD group Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 75 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Outgoing Traffic Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Services This feature supports only the voice service Call detail data Call detail data CDRC CDRS is assigned to the station number of the active station If the active station is the primary station in a MULAP group call charges are recorded just as though the MULAP primary st
377. nal Traffic 4 2 5 Selective Seizure of a DID Number Using a MUSAP Key Definition For users to seize one of the system DID numbers for outgoing calls they must either use a procedure or configure a multiple station appearance MUSAP key This key is assigned a DID number in the system However pressing this key is not sufficient for seizure The trunk group trunk or Prime Line must be suffix dialed for seizure to occur For incoming calls the MUSAP key functions as a call key The LED is activated in the same way as for trunk keys call keys or DSS keys depending on the status of the trunk key to which it is connected Features such as toggle and consultation hold are possible For outgoing calls the MUSAP key functions as a call key after the external seizure is complet ed A MUSAP key is used as a target location for incoming DID calls from the public network The key can also be used as a target for incoming calls from a CorNet location If the station is as signed a MUSAP key the DID number associated with the key is sent to the ISDN Public Net work on BRI and PRI outgoing calls Up to 10 MUSAP keys can be programmed on the same station to support rollover buttons for additional calls to the same DID number A maximum of 10 MUSAP and or Call Keys can be programmed on an optiset E and optiPoint 500 telephone Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiP
378. naling for the executive MULAP group If necessary the ringer cutoff function can be used to deactivate the acoustic ring on an executive telephone An advisory ring is issued Non executives secretaries can configure a group call key for activating and deactivating MULAP call signaling Ring transfer has priority meaning that the group call key is activated only when ring transfer is deactivated Signaling on the two keys is separate Call transfer key in coming MULAP call signaling All members of an executive MULAP group can program a local ring transfer key for each executive MULAP A secretary with mul tiple executives has multiple executive MULAPs and therefore multiple ring transfer keys The default setting for the ring transfer key is deactivated LED off Calls are signaled on the secretary When the ring transfer key is pressed LED on MULAP call sig naling is transferred within the executive MULAP group Execu tives are signaled with MULAP call signaling and non executives are signaled visually Calls between members of the executive MULAP group or within a Top are not affected by ring transfer Executives in the execu tive MULAP group always ring Calls to another executive MULAP group always take ring trans fer into account Exceptions Calls set up by means of a DSS key Ring transfer can be activated or deactivated using a Code Analog telephones CMI telephones optiset E and opti Point teleph
379. nd least cost routing U S only 5 19 System speed dialing in tenant systems 4 49 System telephone lock changeover 3 68 T Targeted Call Pickup Outside of a Pickup Group 3 56 Team configuration 8 28 example with 2 members 8 28 example with 8 members 8 31 Team keys 8 32 Team Top 8 28 Telephone lock intercept 4 72 Teleworking 8 59 Temporary signaling method changeover Z 8 3 64 Temporary station number display suppres sion 4 68 Tenant Service 7 1 Tenant services configuring 7 2 Terminal portability TP 11 22 Terminating B channel selection 11 58 Text messages 6 15 Three party conference 11 20 11 52 Tie trunk non ISDN facility 11 39 Time of day evaluation for least cost routing U S only 5 17 Timed reminders 8 25 Toggle trunk key 4 9 Toggle Connect 2 5 Toll fraud monitoring 10 31 Toll restriction 4 60 and least cost routing U S only 5 19 Top Configuration 8 35 Top configuration 8 35 example with 1 exec 1 secr 8 35 example with 2 exec 2 secr 8 37 Top keys 8 37 Traffic restriction groups 4 63 Transfer US ISDN 11 41 Transfer before answering 2 6 Transfer from announcement 6 12 Transfer to UCD groups 3 47 Transit traffic 4 13 Translate station numbers to names for sys tem speed dialing 4 16 Traps 12 2 Trunk dialing method 4 59 Trunk group calling service 11 33 Trunk keys 4 8 Trunk queuing 4 66 Trunk seizure type 4 53 Trunks setting up in least cost routing U S only 5 19 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05
380. ne h ie ema ae 4 8 AA GAKCVS occu bute Bee Shatin eben Cola tibiae wee Eh eRe Read ES oe 4 11 4 1 0 Transit UPA corse rane ah 8 ey Sue areata ON te Mart wate Gane Sete coe eh hoe hee 4 13 4 1 7 Translate Station Numbers to Names for System Speed Dialing 4 16 4 1 8 Message Waiting Indication MWI at the Trunk Interface 4 17 4 2 Features for Incoming External Traffic 002 eee 4 18 Bed Call AUOCANON Sears on c4 tito dealt dy cca etna ah acne aioe we ere A ease ak 4 18 4 2 2 Call CONNGCUOMN 2 ct crater ge ipne i ees Mae R ee Rar E Semone Re eae 4 20 4 2 3 INIGNY SOIVICE seis ots ale kapalna Seda anak reise ahs Bre Mie sole ka aaa i bond ete 4 22 4 2 4 Direct Inward Dialing jc ike Beka nde bo oe eect e Alm aya ane ere Wits St he ew oe es 4 25 4 2 5 Selective Seizure of a DID Number Using a MUSAP Key 4 26 4 2 6 Signaling of Direct Inward Dialing Numbers for Incoming Calls 4 27 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 2 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Contents 4 2 7 Direct Inward System Access DISA 0 000 cc eee eee 4 28 42 8 Intercept Condition S rors svea wn ead ee ak Poi kwle oe dae Pet 4 30 429 DMP DID tec eee ee eee ee a Oe SRR eet Re Le See eee 4 33 4 2 10 Announcement Before Answering 00 0c cece eee eee 4 35 4 2 11 Call Collect Barring Per Trunk for Brazil only 200 2005 4 37 4 2 12 Call Collect Barring per St
381. neath cee eine EE es 8 20 8 12 Automatic Wake up System Timed Reminders 0000e eee eeee 8 25 8 13 Delete All Station Numbers lt 0 ta g 0 Soy Gadd me 2 ee Deedes 8 26 Gala Oa LOD fa Fa aca a a ab Sect aca ere oe Gs AS aa as eee eG A 8 28 8 1421 Team Configuration ereis 240k pecan chee e ees abate meting hoe ee es 6 2g 8 28 9 142 TOD contig rati oN x an saree eke nha eco hee a hor ee eT RS alee eee ea 8 35 8 143 MULAP GOUS ss tania cascade Ranh ee RSE S DEORE Ciena ee ee a EE p UE 8 43 8 14 3 1 General MULAP Functionality 200000005 8 46 8 15 Storing Procedures on Procedure KeyS 00 0c eee eee eee eee 8 54 8 16 Customer Specific DISDIAV iis ca nedagens tee eds nucnecagaes eee ea eee 8 58 87 IE MODIS 24 tector a e cence sora eee coats et oynanne re 8 59 8 18 IP Mobility Extension Emergency 02 cee ee 8 60 8 19 Live Call Record Voice Recording Recording Calls 0 8 62 8 20 SIP Telephones a h cn es aed ate Sa ahee a pee ee er ee ahh meee aed ake 8 64 8 21 Prerequisites for ProCenter Applications 0 000 e eee eee 8 65 8 22 Signaling Encryption Payload Encryption 000 0c e eee eee 8 67 9 Networking oie iec ie iene ede be ee dete ee te ea ee eae ee ald ae lie 9 1 9 1 Supported features depending on networking protocol 00005 9 3 9 2 Satellite CS Capapinly 2s onnicterawe ete date eee ak Sw Pye eee 9 12 OS SIP NOIWORKING A rars
382. ned different toll restrictions Each time a station attempts to seize a trunk that station s class of service COS is checked toll restric tion The system distinguishes between 15 different classes of service e 0 no trunk access e 1 outward restricted trunk access e 2 1to 7 allowed lists e 8to 13 denied lists e 14 unrestricted trunk access The following list describes the classes of service in greater detail e No trunk access Users can make internal calls only Users can use speed dialing destinations e Outward restricted trunk access incoming authorized Users can only answer external calls Users can use speed dialing destinations e Allowed numbers lists These lists define which numbers stations are allowed to dial If no numbers are entered in an allowed list the station functions like a telephone with outward restricted trunk access e Denied numbers lists These lists define which numbers stations are not allowed to dial If no numbers are en tered in a denied list the station functions like a telephone with unrestricted trunk access e Unrestricted trunk access Users can answer and set up incoming and outgoing calls without restriction The Allowed numbers lists contain the digit sequences which may appear at the start of a call number The maximum length of the digit sequence is seven digits 0 9 A maximum of 100 entries can be made in the allowed numbers list no 1 and the lists numbered 2 6 each
383. ng Implementing features see also Manager E Call Waiting Tone Call Waiting Definition If a caller reaches a busy extension a call waiting tone sounds after 5 s to let the called party know that a call is waiting camp on The called party then has the option of answering the call without ending the call in progress If the called party has a display telephone the display also indicates that the camped on call is waiting An immediate call waiting tone is possible at a busy extension for V1 2 and later The appropri ate flag must be set for the port The calling party hears the ring tone immediately instead of the busy tone Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Number of external waiting calls 16 16 16 16 per station Number of internal waiting calls 16 16 16 16 per station Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Call waiting rejection on If a station has activated call waiting rejection a caller cannot camp CorNet Call waiting in a networked system depends on whether or not the system flag is set e ifthe system flag is not set default setting call waiting indication occurs immediately e ifthe system flag is set ca
384. ng features see also Manager E Call Charge Display With Currency Definition Call charge information received with the AOC advice of charges feature during external calls on digital trunks appears on the telephone display provided that the carrier makes this informa tion available The public network supports the following AOC types e AOC D Charging information during the call e AOC E Charging information at the end of a call e AOC S Charging information at call setup With AOC D and AOC S digital exchanges can also transmit currency amounts that are then added to the call data evaluated in the system These amounts are not multiples of the call charge pulses or call detail units they are actual currency amounts The new calculation accuracy parameter helps avoid inaccuracies from arising when record ing the call data It determines e The number of decimal points the system uses for evaluating the call data minimum cur rency amount e The maximum number of currency amounts added up in memory maximum total curren cy amount Set the Calculation accuracy parameter so that the system accuracy is equal to the accuracy of the currency amounts transmitted by the ISDN exchange If the maximum of three decimal places is insufficient the system automatically rounds up the number to the next unit The fol lowing values are possible Computing accuracy Minimum Currency Maximum Currency Amount Amount 3 1 x 1
385. ng on the application A device requiring 64 Kbps of bandwidth must be assigned one MSN a device requiring 128 Kbps of bandwidth must be assigned two MSNs The call number associated with the MSN is dialed to reach the device during an internal data or voice transaction Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x X Hardware require STMD3orISDN STMD8o0rISDN STLS4 STLS4R STLS4 STLS4R ments adapter adapter or ISDN or ISDN adapter adapter Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject MSN Dependency Restriction MSNs are assigned in the DID number field for each ISDN terminal This number is used as the internal SPID for the device The PDN associated with public network BRI link must be entered in the DID field for the ISDN terminal to initiate calls to the external net work Primary Directory Number PDN MSN for internal use only External SPIDs Enter a seven digit number not associated with the PDN in the DID field The public network SPIDs for the ISDN links can be assigned to any station in the system B channels The number of external data calls is limited to the number of B chan nels installed in the system Access B channels are dedicated to the specific ISDN terminal and should be placed in
386. ng to a work group Up to 150 UCD agents can be active simultaneously in the communication system Accordingly 150 agent IDs are defined that can each be assigned to one of up to 60 UCD groups 10 in the case of Office Point HiPath 3150 3250 The number of agents per group is not restricted Only valid agents can be specified and each ID can only be assigned to one group You must therefore create a list containing the agent ID and the assigned UCD group UCD agents have special functions in a communication system Using their ID they can log on from any UPO E or analog telephone home agent external extension After logging on the agent is available and is permanently assigned to that telephone until logged off The agent cannot log on to another telephone at the same time Only one agent can be logged on toa telephone at any time Each agent is assigned to one work group After logoff the agent is no longer available for UCD At logon this assignment to the UCD groups is checked The port at which an agent is logged on is stored in a non volatile memory so that the assignment is retained even after the system is reset System telephones without a display can be used for UCD queries and analog telephones can be used to support home agents Logon wrap up and deactivation codes are available for the key functions on telephones without a display Entry telephones can also be used If Office Look is connected the internal call number of th
387. night em 24 116 Om Call dest list 15 gt m Call dest list 16 gt 1617 Call allocation am 1 trunk night Bn lie L1 G8 14 16184 Ext calls night Without DID 9 F during night Stn no 5 r 15 O Lmax 23 Entries call destination lists Entries me 14115 e upto and including V1 2 70 R1i Rn Gi Gm e V3 0 or later Z 500 for HiPath 3750 G1f15 HiPath 3700 x Gml15 376 for HiPath 3550 DID HiPath 3500 i S 70 for all other systems night Rn ba Figure 3 1 Call Management Relationships Blocks 1 and 2 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 7 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Block 3 16 incoming calls 1618 call forwarding no answer 16181 call dest lists stn number Call forwarding 1 to stn no 4 Block 4 16 incoming calls 1615 hunt group or group call 16151 called sin Doce eee W dialed cs Dia te REEDEL G1 a a e E dee lla ee TORESEEED aie 2 FEET f G 2 aro Bai BEE all yp dest 16152 call type 1 cyclical hunt group 2 linear hunt group 3 group call e Sq are e Call management m dest l 1 max list see 2 see Page 3 9 Entries no entry Rx the port assigned to the ko no is called 1 Gx group x with the call type assigned there
388. nks will seize the lowest numbered trunks first In the case of Key Systems this reduces the risk of glare or collision on loop start trunks A trunk group key can be assigned for these trunk groups The key is for outgoing calls only A maximum of 10 Trunk group keys can be configured on one station Trunk group keys can ap pear on more than one optiset E or optiPoint 400 500 telephone These keys can only be in stalled on display telephones Calls placed on Trunk group Keys are subject to COS toll restriction levels and rules The system can monitor the line for the presence of dial tone If not present the system releas es the trunk and an error message is generated and recorded The display user is presented with the text Not possible and reselect the Trunk group key to seize another trunk It is possible to turn off the detection and set fixed delay contact your second level Service group if this is recommended A route is the path that a message takes from sender to receiver This path consists of a group of external lines with a group wide seizure code When a user dials this code for the connection setup the communication system seizes a free line that is assigned to the corresponding route In general all lines in a route are connected to the same remote system or to the central office CO The external lines of the communication system can be grouped into a total of 16 routes 8 in Hicom 150 E Office Point HiPath 3150 3250
389. nly 11 3 1 Multi Device Connections Definition An ISDN multi device connection enables users to connect multiple ISDN terminals such as Internet and ISDN video devices on an ISDN SO applications bus You can use the direct in ward dialing DID number field to assign multiple subscriber numbers MSNs that will uniquely identify the devices Related Topics e Section 11 3 10 Multiple Subscriber Number MSN on page 11 47 Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware require STMD3 STMD8 STLS4 STLS4R STLS4 STLS4R ments or ISDN or ISDN or ISDN or ISDN adapter adapter adapter adapter Software require V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later ments Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction ISDN terminals Any parallel connected ISDN terminals must be given an MSN to en sure call assignments Trunk groups with PP If you connect different basic access points point to point and point and PMR to multipoint to the system they must be entered in different trunk groups and Prime Line must be deactivated P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 11 38 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 3 2 Definition ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only Call By Call Service Selection Call by Call service selecti
390. nly from the first two stations with display in the system To change the language of a station specify the station in the service menu and the language to be used Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 8 10 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Multilingual Text Output Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Hardware require ments optiset E or optiPoint telephone with display Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction System administration The following languages are not available for system administration Czech Serbo Croatian Slovenian and Turkish P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 11 feature08 fm Other Features Associated Dialing 8 6 Associated Dialing Implementing features see also Manager E Associated Dialing Definition With a PC users can have the system set up a voice connection from one station typically their own but not necessarily so to another station within the system With analog telephones the PC uses a dialing aid interface Teleint in Ger
391. nnected to the calling party However if there are any subsequent calls to the pilot number while one member is busy the calls camp on to the busy extension No other telephone in the group is signalled The other members are nevertheless allowed to place outside calls and to receive calls if their individual station number is dialed This type of arrangement is useful where an optiset E or optiPoint 500 telephone is associated with a wireless telephone Any type of telephone can be used in a Call Group Each call group can be assigned a name in the database with 16 characters maximum Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Groups stations 800 20 800 20 150 20 20 8 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 3 22 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Call waiting rejection The call does not camp on if the busy station has activated call wait ing rejection DID If a station in the group is called directly the call is signaled at the di aled extension Group If an optiset E or optiPoint telephone in the group is defective the
392. not permit this type of access A direct call to an emergency destination in the public network is not possible be An emergency prefix must be stored in the HFA IP telephone With this number the emergency destination can be reached from anywhere within the network Emergency numbers 112 or 110 are dialed by the subscriber and added to the prefix During the logon procedure the stored destination emergency numbers are transferred from the IP telephone to the system If configured the location identification number LIN must also be sent to the system once the telephone has been registered Just like the LIN the emergency number is also part of the non mobile station profile see also Section 4 3 19 This function is already supported by the telephones and optiClient terminals An emergency number is flagged within the HiPath 3000 5000 LCR dialing plan When a sub scriber dials the emergency number the algorithm checks whether or not an emergency num ber has been configured on the telephone This number can then be added to the digits dialed by the subscriber Otherwise the digits dialed by the subscriber are evaluated as normal Handling of the LIN has not changed since Version 5 0 This algorithm allows for more than one emergency number e g 112 and 110 Consequently only the prefix for the emergency number is stored e g 49 89 722 and in the destination system The fact that different countries have different
393. ns Subject Dependency Restriction Callback The callback is not deleted until the call is completed or the initiating station deletes the callback Callback Every night at 11 57 p m all callbacks that are not within the system CorNet are deleted Callback A callback can be set to an internal group not DSS1 CorNet N or QSig The callback is stored with the first station in the group 6 8 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Internal Traffic Entrance Telephone Door Opener 6 5 Entrance Telephone Door Opener Implementing features see also Manager E Entrance Telephone Door Opener Definition With this feature the system signals a defined user entrance telephone ring destination when the doorbell function activates Lifting the handset connects the user at the entrance telephone with the user at the ring destination The ring destination user can then activate the door opener from the ring destination if desired In addition users can activate the door opener from the entrance telephone by entering a 5 digit PIN using a hand held DTMF transmitter Users can also set up a voice connection to the entrance telephone The following settings can be implemented e Opener In this configuration the door opener is set up via an analog interface the en trance telephone must be connected via an adapter e DTMF This setting specifies whether the
394. ns Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X X x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 9 24 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 13 Definition Callback on Free Busy Networking Callback on Free Busy Users can activate the callback feature across systems The user interface is the same as for internal callback Instead of the internal Workpoint client the station number of the networked station is stored and displayed Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 25 feature09 fm Networking Station Number and Name Display 9 14 Station Number and Name Display Definition In addition to the call number HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 send the name of the caller via CorNet connections In the same way if a name is available for incoming calls the system displays the name instead of the call number This feature supports both
395. nted to the user until the trunk cuts through See Routing Parameters gt Analog Trunk Seizure delay e Receiving a call An incoming call is signalled audibly and visually at the station The dis play shows the trunk group name If caller ID is available the user display will indicate the calling party s caller ID number Calling party name is not available The user presses the flickering key to answer the call Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X x Hardware requirements UPO E device Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 4 10 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for General External Traffic 4 1 5 Call Keys Implementing features see also Manager E Call Keys Definition Users can program up to 10 call keys together with multiple subscriber numbers outside of the U S and MUSAP keys in the U S on an optiset E or optiPoint telephone These keys are used for incoming and outgoing calls The call keys are assigned to trunks virtually that is the trunks are not permanently assigned to a specific key like trunk group keys When performing an out going external seizure users press a call key to seize a trunk group When users connect with out a call key a
396. nted via AN ISDN but via the SNTP protocol When manually setting the time of day observe the following e after a system boot The ISDN time always overwrites the time that was manually set after a system boot when the first outgoing ISDN trunk call is made e when the system is running If the time that was manually set differs from the ISDN time that is received by 2 70 minutes the system uses the ISDN time If the difference is lt 2 minutes or gt 70 minutes the system uses the time that was manu ally set If it is not possible to synchronize using the ISDN trunk the switchover data can be entered in a table that is internal to the system Edit the table using HiPath 3000 Manager E The day and month when daylight savings time should begin or end is specified for each year The system switches over as appropriate at 2 or 3 a m The date can be displayed in the following formats e Europe 20 JUN 01 e USA JUN 20 01 e International 20 JUN 01 e International 2 20 06 01 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 8 2 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Date and Time Display Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX X x x Hardware requirements optiset E or optiPoint telephone with di splay V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Soft
397. number incoming external station number if available and information element 0 used for example with a PC start database search gt message appears on station s monitor 11b Station 12 accepted the call after a ringing duration of 34 seconds This line is out put at the end of the call Call forwarding with an external destination 12a Incoming call for station 15 on trunk 3 with transmitted station number no ringing duration due to call forwarding see 12b 12b Call forwarded 12a to trunk 4 for station number 0231471154321 74 call charge pulses not for U S have accrued for the forwarded call Incoming call to subscriber group stations 18 32 and 16 13a The three entered stations are called simultaneously they are listed in the order in which they were entered in the group the second station is listed first 13b The call was not accepted by any group member After the call has ended a line is output indicating the ringing duration for the last called or entered station Outgoing connection attempt CDRC outgoing without connection from stn 16 on trunk 4 at 13 49 28 on 12 15 2000 Number dialed 02317324856 Output after a power failure or reset 23 call detail units on trunk 8 were present before the power failure When a power failure or reset occurs the call charges accrued for each trunk are stored in nonvolatile system memory CDRT The system checks for consistency between the output and
398. number is treated in the same way as call forwarding The information on the multi pilot station number is delivered by the last call forwarding device and forwarded to a queue in the appropriate UCD group There are no events on the telephone that represent the multi pilot station number Incoming Call to a UCD without Available Agents The following scenario describes an incoming call to a multi pilot station number D2 The call is forwarded by call management to the appropriate UCD group D3 Since a telephone UCD agent is not available the call is held in the call distribution queue until an agent becomes free The calling telephone D1 is outside the CSTA subdomain which means that events are not displayed for this telephone In this scenario telephone N1 represents the network interface de vice CO belonging to the calling telephone Agent Becomes Available In this scenario a UCD agent D4 becomes available and the call that had previously been held in the UCD group queue represented by the multi pilot station number D2 is put through to this agent D1 N1 D2 Multi pilot station number D3 UCD Call is Forwarded to Another Multi Pilot Station Number In this example a call that had previously been held in the queue for the UCD group D3 rep resented by the first multi pilot station number D2 is forwarded to a second multi pilot station number D5
399. o Manager E Call Collect Barring for ISDN Trunks Definition This feature allows the automatic release of incoming collect calls in the network other calls are not changed element for identifying a collect call in the ISDN D channel protocol Call collect bar Not all network providers guarantee that the called party will receive the information ring is not possible in this case Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX X x X Hardware requirements Digital trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V3 0 or later V3 0 or later V3 0 or later 11 28 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description ISDN Features U S ISDN for U S Only 11 2 U S ISDN for U S Only Definition In the United States ISDN is offered by most local telephone companies ISDN is an all digital voice and data transmission technology In contrast to analog transmissions ISDN uses B bearer channels to carry voice and data traffic and a D data channel to carry customer call data and control signals There are two basic types of ISDN interfaces These interfaces are the primary rate interface PRI and the basic rate interface BRI A PRI is for large commercial telephone systems and includes 23 B channels and a D channel A BRI is for small or private tel
400. o compensate for attenuation losses The E amp M signaling paths exchange signals that control connection setup and cleardown De pending on the requirements of the remote system or the transmission equipment you can use different types of interfaces that have a different number of wires or different potentials The HiPath 3000 LCR features can be implemented to support a coordinated dialing plan in simple network designs The HiPath 3000 support off premise call forwarding over these types of tie trunk circuits and can be used to route inbound call traffic to remote answering destina tions While this simple network design does not afford feature transparency economical call routes using analog E amp M tie lines or standard T1 D4 tie lines can be used Before placing a tie trunk in service you must determine which interface type the two partici pating systems should share Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x Hardware requirements TMEW2 TIEL Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 15 feature09 fm Networking Numbering 9 5 Numbering Implementing features see also Manager E Numbering Definition In private networks users can assign station numbers trunk access cod
401. office telephone This feature enables several users to share the same desk Users get their personal telephone settings after they log in Neutral status is restored after logoff Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX x X X Hardware requirements IP Workpoint Clients optiClient 130 Software requirements V5 0 or later V5 0 or later V5 0 or later V5 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 59 feature08 fm Other Features IP Mobility Extension Emergency 8 18 IP Mobility Extension Emergency Definition Within an IP network a mobile station can be logged on at home or at any other remote network node In the case of an emergency call from a HFA IP telephone that is registered at a remote network node the emergency destination of the remote network node cannot be called In stead the emergency destination of the HiPath 3000 node where the telephone is physically installed is called The emergency number that is valid for the IP telephone must be a destination within the HiPath network The emergency destination can either be connected as a standard telephone with the HiPath 3000 network node or as a virtual device in which call forwarding to an emer gency destination e g to the CO is activated cause Deutsche Telekom for example does
402. om 800 MCI 800 ULTRA 800 WICN In N A TFM WATS Out WATS Megacom MCI Prism SPR Ultra WICN Out N A WATS WATS WATS In WATS 900 Multiquest MC 900 N A N A N A Intl IN WATS Inter 800 MCI 800 N A N A N A PVN AT amp T SDDN MCI VN VS SPRINT VPN_ N A N A Intl VPN AT amp T SDN N A SPRINT VPN N A N A GSDN SDS 56 Accu SDS No Accu SDS Accu SDS_ N A SDS 94 c r_ Accu SDS No Accu SDS Accu SDS_ N A P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 33 feature11 fm ISDN Features U S ISDN for U S Only Table 11 4 Local Exchange LEC Protocol Calling Services AT amp T Nortel Generic NI2 5ESS DMS100 Siemens NI2 Siemens Bell Cnd AT amp T 5ESS NI2 EWSD DMS100 In WATS 800 Megacom DMS100 In NI2 InWATS WATS Out WATS Megacom DMS100 Out NI2 OutWATS WATS In WATS 900 N A N A N A Intl INWATS 800 N A N A N A PVN N A DMS100 PV N A Multiband OutWATS Megacom DMS100 Out NI2 OutWATS WATS Access to LEC operator No No No Access to default IEC opera No No No tor Equal access to IEC Long Megacom DMS100 Out NI2 OutWATS Distance services WATS Basic CO access No No No Access to IEC operator No No No SDS 56 No No No SDS 64 c r No No No P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 11 34 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description ISDN Features U S ISDN for U S Only 11 2 2 BRI Introduction To set up the HiPath 3000 for BRI ISDN u
403. om the call Speaker calls and internal paging are available on internal optiset E or optiPoint telephones with speakers They are activated by means of a key or a code For each extension it is possi ble to configure whether the user can receive a speaker call Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX X x X Hardware requirements optiset E or optiPoint telephone with speaker Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Direct answering When you dial 96 the microphone is automatically activated for each speaker call You can deactivate this function by dialing 96 Do Not Disturb You cannot use this feature with stations that have activated DND However an authorized caller can override do not disturb in which case a busy signal sounds for five seconds The user then receives a Call not a speaker call Toggle Connect con sultation hold transfer You cannot use toggle consultation hold or transfer with this feature 6 12 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Internal Traffic Radio Paging Equipment PSE 6 8 Radio Paging Equipment PSE Implementing features see also Manager E Radio Paging
404. ommon hold and was not an swered The recall occurs when the hold park timer expires recall a parked connection e Anunscreened transfer was set for a party who did not answer the call within a certain pe riod recall a transferred switched trunk e Anunscreened transfer was placed to a station and the destination did not exist was busy with a second call the telephone was defective in the case of digital telephones or the transfer type was not allowed transfer external call to external destination An immediate recall is carried out in these cases In V1 2 SMR H recall can be picked up by the initiating user as well as other users This is only possible if the user picking up the recall is in the same call pickup group as the initiating station The system wide PU on recall flag must be set Timer Relationship e Call Park Recall and Call Transfer Recall have separate timers e The Park timeout and cancellation of hold timer is started when a call is parked in a park location When the time expires the call recalls the originator Default time is 180 seconds If the originator is busy or in the Program Service mode when the timer expires the recall ing party camps on the originator until the current call is terminated Upon going on hook the recalling party immediately rings the originator If the recalling party is an internal sta tion and has a DSS appearance on the originator s telephone it will start flashing when th
405. on CBC lets the user select a different type of service for each channel such as INWATS channels and some OUTWATS channels within the same trunk group The following are the four main features provided through call by call CBC e Foreign Exchange Non ISDN Facility This trunk type enables users to originate or terminate calls as if there was a local CS in the foreign remote central exchange office Access to the foreign exchange FX is pos sible via LCR or trunk group access codes e Tie Trunk Non ISDN Facility This trunk type enables users to connect to a privately leased analog Tie Trunk network Access for originating calls is possible through LCR Terminating Tie Trunk calls are routed according to the called party number CdPn e OUTWATS Facility This feature allows customers to place calls to certain areas at special lower rates e INWATS Facility This feature supports the 800 area code that provides callers toll free access to the termi nating party This is a terminating only service Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Simulated Facility Groups SFG FX and Tie Trunk incoming and outgoing calls
406. on 2 8 Left Trk 19 to 21 see table field position 3 3 Right Stn 23 to 28 see table field position 4 6 Right Call 30 to 34 see table field position 5 6 Left Duration 36 to 43 see table field position 6 8 Left Station 45 to 64 _ Dialed or received external station number 20 Left number if available nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn n dialed or received character value range 0 9 see also table field position 7 Amount 66 to 76 Call charge amount for a call segment 11 Right ZZZZZzZzzzzz blank spaces in U S z digit value range 0 9 The system outputs data whenever call charges accrue for the call segment even with transferred calls If no call detail infor mation is available these 11 characters re main blank A comma separates the amount from the decimal places l 78 to 79 see table field position 9 2 Right 80 to 81 End of line control character 2 carriage return CR line feed LF P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 10 30 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Call Detail Recording Toll Fraud Monitoring 10 9 Toll Fraud Monitoring Implementing features see also Manager E Toll Fraud Monitoring Definition This feature can provide the customer with protection against toll fraud In the case of trunk to trunk connections the customer can detect a possible fraudulent use by monitoring outgoing trunk calls When connection times exceed a defined duration an in
407. on Hold The called party hears MOH if provided External destinations An external call can only be transferred to another external destina tion in the same system or in another node via CorNet if one of the trunks can provide release supervision ground start PRI BRI DID T1 Busy stations Only two calls can be transferred to a busy station simultaneously On a display telephone the state of the called party if internal is dis played Busy or Do Not Disturb Transfer to CF station Calls transferred to a station that is call forwarded follow the forward ing mode set at the internal destination The display on a display tele phone indicates the final destination 2 8 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for All Traffic Types Conference 2 6 Conference Definition A user can include up to five stations in a conference call This is possible if the participants are distributed on different nodes Users can also combine conferences on different nodes into one The initiating party is defined as the conference leader He can individually disconnect stations from the conference or release the conference entirely as necessary In addition the user can also exit the conference without terminating it If internal stations still remain in the conference the new conference leader is the user who has been in the conference the longest If onl
408. on deactivates the CF device Number Name Display When an outgoing call is set up a station number is assigned local station number or MULAP group number When an incoming MULAP call is answered the MULAP group number is assigned In the case of calls to a MULAP Before the call is answered the display of the calling party shows the MULAP name and or MULAP number being called After the call is answered the display of the calling party shows the station name and or MULAP number of the answering party In the case of calls from a MULAP station MULAP key or preference the display of the called and answering parties always shows the station name and or MULAP num ber The following generally applies to outgoing seizures If a station conducts a call using the local station number and the outgoing preference differs from the local station num ber the display of the called party always shows the station number of the outgoing preference Consultation Hold Recall Conference Consultation hold state P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 51 feature08 fm Other Features Team Top The following activities are among the options available in the menu in the consultation hold state e Return to held call e Toggle e Transfer e Conference When the user goes on hook the call is transferred or an immediate recall is performed Consultation hold on local MULAP If a MUL
409. ones Afterwards the MULAP number must be suffix dialed Menu after dialing the ring transfer code CMI telephones op tiset E and optiPoint telephones with display The ring transfer state is not indicated by a special dial tone Ring transfer has priority meaning that the group call key is ac tivated only when ring transfer is deactivated Signaling on the two keys is separate Conversion to V1 0 Top functions executive secretary from earlier releases of Hicom 150 E Office such as Rel 2 2 cannot be converted to HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V1 0 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 41 feature08 fm Other Features Team Top Subject Dependency Restriction Top Configuration If the Top configuration has more than one executive and one secretary you need to use a key module Universal Call Distribu You cannot use MULAPs in the universal call distribution system tion UCD Configuration Options This feature can be configured using Manager T or HiPath 3000 Manager E Configuring the Feature Using Manager T Tops should normally be configured using HiPath 3000 Manager E Configuration using Man ager T is possible only to a limited extent Configuring the Feature Using HiPath 3000 Manager E HiPath 3000 Manager E can be used to configure a default Team Team Top mask Members can be added to the team by drag and drop The execu
410. ones including their key standards and individual key programming can be configured on the corresponding ports After loading a CDB prepared in this way you can perform the relocate feature between real and virtual telephones stations Virtual stations preconfigured in this way follow Call Management but only after the Relocate feature has been performed once P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 8 20 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Relocate Hoteling Examples The feature is useful in companies that have a large number of field representatives These staff members are provided with a pool of workstations in the company headquarters Furthermore a separate station configuration station number key program ming trunk access etc is defined for each staff member To carry out work at the company headquarters the staff member selects a workstation and activates the Relocate feature on the accompanying optiset E or optiPoint 500 telephone This provides him or her with his or her personal user profile station configuration A customer has 24 hour help desk operation that does not use UCD Each desk position will have three different users each day With the Relocate feature enhancement a user will be able to relocate a virtual port configuration to any desk that is available This will then allow the user to receive calls to the DID numbers assigned to that user An additional application of this Relocate f
411. onfigured P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 8 44 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Team Top e LED flashing slowly The telephone on which the DSS key was configured has placed a destination on hold Privacy Release Key With Version 6 0 and later there is a new Privacy Release state a new key has been created in the database for this purpose This key is supported by the following workpoint clients e optiset E e optiPoint 400 e optiPoint 500 e optiPoint 600 e optiClient 130 Privacy Release MULAP means that you can release the seized MULAP line for a conference call by pressing the Privacy Release MULAP key during a call This is signaled to the other MULAP members by a flashing MULAP key The other members can join the call by pressing the flashing MULAP key A conference call is then set up which is signaled acoustically and by a message in the display All stations in a MULAP group can program a key for Privacy Release Privacy Release is also supported if a user is on a conference call even if they initiated the call themselves The Privacy Release Key can be configured via Manager E LED Status of the Privacy Release Key e LED off basic status of the key Privacy Release deactivated e LED on after the key is pressed Privacy Release is activated When you press the key again Privacy Release is deactivated again During a MULAP call the key can be activated deactivated P
412. onfiguring the virtual HW ports Virtual not physically present SLMO SLU boards can be preconfigured with HiPath 3000 Manager E Virtual not physically present optiset E and optiPoint 500 telephones including their key standards and individual key programming P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 21 feature08 fm Other Features Relocate Hoteling can be configured on the corresponding ports After loading a CDB prepared in this way you can perform the relocate feature between real and virtual telephones stations Virtual stations preconfigured in this way follow Call Management but only after the relocate feature has been performed once Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X X x Hardware requirements Software requirements V1 0 SMR J and later V1 2 SMR E and later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Host client configura tion master slave configuration You can only initiate the feature on optiset E or optiPoint 500 host master telephones in the idle state The data from any client slave stations that may be connected will also be exchanged if a client slave is preconfigured for each port In addition the client slave must be active on the port where the pro cedure is being ca
413. onic notebook U S only 5 19 and forced account codes U S only 5 19 and MUSAP keys U S only 5 19 and repertory dial keys U S only 5 19 and station redial U S only 5 19 and system speed dialing U S only 5 19 and toll restriction U S only 5 19 carrier access methods U S only 5 16 carrier select override U S only 5 18 5 23 CorNet N U S only 5 16 correlation with other features U S only 5 18 dial plan U S only 5 17 5 20 dial rules U S only 5 24 dial in control server U S only 5 17 expensive route identification U S only 5 18 main network supplier U S only 5 16 MCL single stage access U S only 5 16 MCL two stage access U S only 5 16 number handling U S only 5 18 operation U S only 5 27 outdial rules letters U S only 5 24 parameters U S only 5 24 outdial rules U S only 5 17 5 23 primary rate access U S only 5 17 route table U S only 5 23 route table routes U S only 5 23 route table search order U S only 5 23 routing tables U S only 5 20 schedule U S only 5 24 selecting DTMF or rotary pulse dialing P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description hp3hp5featurelX fm U S only 5 19 time of day evaluation U S only 5 17 U S only 5 13 Least cost routing class of service U S only 5 18 Least Cost Routing LCR 5 1 Least cost routing overflow U S only 5 18 Leave group call hunt group stop hunt 3 27 LED
414. ons voice channel signaling security e Analog station with message waiting LED Fax connection Modem connection PhoneMail 5 digit and 6 digit Door opener Answer machine External MOH e Loudspeaker Hunt group Busy override is not possible if all stations are busy when a group or hunt group is called So station It is not possible to override an So station Attendant console The busy override feature is activated by default and cannot be de activated Override security There are no parameters that can provide override security for indi vidual stations 2 24 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 2 14 Overload Indication Features for All Traffic Types Implementing features see also Manager E Overload Indication Definition Overload Indication Users can activate an overload indicator attendant console for a fixed station first station port in the system When the user presses the key the waiting calls are displayed key LED The following signaling types are possible e Flashing Waiting call and busy AC e Flickering Waiting call was not answered within 30 seconds there are more calls than can be processed by the attendant consoles e Off The AC is not overloaded Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature ava
415. or which timeslot during the week Connection between Automatic COS and Automatic Night Service The COS feature is correlated with automatic manual day night service The following distinc tion is made e The call destination is reached via call management This is implemented via call management and is independent of automatic COS changeover There are different call lists for day and night e Intercept destinations The intercept destination is only determined by automatic manual day night service e COS Group At night the relationship between the COS group and the station is fixed configurable This is not affected by automatic COS changeover During the day the COS group can switch between specific times of the day if Automatic COS is set system wide Alternatively if Automatic COS is not set the COS group has a fixed configurable relationship with the station General Description e If Automatic COS is not set system wide no changes are made to the COS group that is currently set A station can have a different COS group for day and night e lf Automatic COS is set system wide for the day the profile and schedule that is config ured will determine the COS group that is assigned to a station At night the station has the same COS group as previously assigned Each profile has a different schedule to which the relevant COS group CG is assigned P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 3 70 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0
416. or V1 2 and later it is possible for all stations in the system to use the Silent Monitoring capa bility rather than just one station Set the appropriate flags for each authorized station This feature can not be used with IP phones but with all other types of phones If the user who uses the override feature has an IP phone or if busy override is to be used for a call made with an IP phone silent monitoring is not possible The microphone is automatically muted if the overriding station is an optiset E or optiPoint 500 terminal This feature is not available when using a mobile telephone CMI because in this case the system does not support automatic microphone muting Model Specific Data The microphone is automatically muted if the muted station is an optiset E or opti Point telephone This feature is not available to analog devices and mobile tele phones CMI because the system does not support automatic microphone mute in such cases Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X X X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 2 or later V1 2 or later V1 2 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Silent monitoring To enable the feature for a station you must set the station flags for Silent Monitoring and Override class of
417. or later V3 0 or later V3 0 or later V3 0 or later SMR 3 SMR 3 SMR 3 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 17 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic 4 2 4 2 1 Call Allocation Features for Incoming External Traffic Implementing features see also Manager E Call Allocation Definition Within call management two call allocation tables are provided for incoming calls on analog or digital trunks One of these tables is evaluated for day service and the other for night service These tables define the station to which a call should be forwarded This feature can also be used to assign a trunk to a specific station The Ringing Assignments screen in HiPath 3000 Manager E is used to determine which sta tions or groups are assigned to each of the system trunks Each port is assigned a call num ber in the Stations Groups Line Assignments table This call number can be the internal call number of an active or an inactive station or group Different call numbers can be assigned for day and for night The call number in this table tells the system that when a call comes in through that port it should be signaled not at this station but according to the Call Destination List for this station Refer to Section 3 1 3 Call Management CM for details Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath355
418. or optiPoint 500 user finds that during a call the current account code applied to a call is incorrect or that a different account code is needed the user can enter a different code number The system will overwrite the currently flagged account code CDRC sends a call record after each segment therefore previously completed call segments will be identified with the old account code number The non verified and forced parameters determine per trunk group whether an account code is optional non verified or mandatory forced to use account codes to dial out If you want some users to use account codes and If you select forced for a trunk group all stations using that trunk group are required other users not to use account codes you need to program different trunk groups P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 10 13 feature10 fm Features for Call Detail Recording Account Code ACCT With the Check number of characters option the contents of the account code number are not checked You determine how many digits are permitted by using the drop down list box Char acters to be checked in HiPath 3000 Manager E or Code Length in Manager T The number of digits checked can be from one to eleven digits Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware re
419. ording at Station CDRS not for U S Definition e Every optiset E optiPoint analog telephone S or MSN and cordless telephone in the system has two storage devices Acall charge summation memory call detail memory At the end of an external call the system adds the final charges to the charges already stored in the call detail memory on the station optiset E and optiPoint users with a dis play can display their current charges by entering a code An individual call memory The system adds up the charges incurred during a call in this memory even if the call consists of individual call segments as in the case of the toggle feature At the be ginning of a new call the individual call memory is reset to 0 The contents of the individual call memory appear first A short time later the contents of the cumulative call charge memory are displayed e You can use the system telephone phone with programming authorization as a charge display station The user of this station can use the system administration to Display the cumulative call charge memory for one station Display the cumulative call charge memory for all stations organized by station num bers Reset the cumulative call charge memory for a specific station Call charge pulses are converted to monetary amounts on the basis of the call charge factor defined as a currency amount including any extra charges that may apply per call charge un
420. oriented Call detail records can be output via a LAN interface using two different settings Table 10 1 Compressed Output Format Explanation of Output Fields Sheet 1 of 7 Field Fields Definition Number of Orien position V 24 out characters tation put only 1 1to8 Date at end of call DD MM YY 8 Left DD day MM month YY year 2 9to16 Time at end of call segment or an unan 8 Left swered incoming call hh mm ss hh hours value range 00 23 mm min utes value range 00 59 ss seconds val ue range 00 59 3 17 to 19 Trunk Trunk number 3 Right Value range 1 120 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 10 23 feature10 fm Features for Call Detail Recording Call Detail Recording Central CDRC Table 10 1 Compressed Output Format Explanation of Output Fields Sheet 2 of 7 Field Fields Definition Number of Orien position V 24 out characters tation put only 4 20 to 25 Station Internal station number 6 Right Value range 000000 999999 missing dig its are replaced by spaces In the case of unanswered calls this is the last station called as in a hunt group call forwarding call forwarding no answer With group call this is the last station en tered In the case of answered calls it is the station that accepted the call A pro grammed SNO prefix with networking only is not output
421. ort any analog trunk connections trunk connection Networking The feature only supports direct digital trunk connections Node wide use is not possible P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 77 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic 4 3 21 Interface Definition You can use this function only if the public exchange supports it Automatic Call Completion on No Reply CCNR on the Trunk An internal subscriber who reaches an available external subscriber can activate a call com pletion request in the trunk As a result the system monitors the connection of the called sub scriber As soon as the called subscriber initiates a connection setup and then ends this con nection the system attempts to produce a connection between the two subscribers Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX x X x Hardware requirements Trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V3 0 or later V3 0 or later V3 0 or later SMR 3 SMR 3 SMR 3 4 78 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic 4 3 22 CLIP no screening Implementing features see also Manager E CLIP no screening Definition The
422. ort for the CAS center PBX center of the application is sup center plied by another type of PABX e g Rolm 9005 or a Lucent switch that supports the center where the attendants are located in the ap plication 4 42 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic 4 3 Features for Outgoing External Traffic 4 3 1 Number Redial Implementing features see also Manager E Number Redial Definition Each time users place an outgoing call the dialed number is stored On optiset E or optiPoint telephones with displays the system stores the last three numbers dialed To retrieve a specific number and use it to set up another call press the Redial key Press the key once to dial the last number dialed Press the key twice to dial the next to the last number dialed Press the key three times to dial the number that was stored the longest On optiset E or optiPoint telephones without displays the system stores only the last number dialed For V1 2 and later the system also uses the last number redial memory to store account codes ACCT that were entered This is true only if the appropriate system wide flags are set Last Number Redial This feature applies only to non display optiset E or optiPoint 500 models however it uses the same feature key Redial as the Expanded Redial feature for display telephones Only
423. orwarding unconditional QSig version e To optimize b channel usage a forwarded call to a telephone of the main PBX is handled in accordance with the specifications for call forwarding partial rerouting If partial rerout ing is rejected forward switching is used e If HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 is a gateway forward switching is implemented P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 43 feature09 fm Networking QSig Name display Only UPPERCASE letters are transferred Users can specify whether a transferred name or the callers station number is displayed Name display is supported for all calls which originate in the network Name infor mation is only displayed for trunk calls via tie trunks in the US 9 25 2 Central Attendant Position Attendant Console This function is available in transit only 9 25 3 Intercept For operation in networked environments users can configure an external station number as the attendant console or intercept position in HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 If based on the locally valid intercept criteria an intercept occurs in a communication server the call is forwarded to the external station number programmed in the communication server or discarded The central attendant console intercepts calls according to the CINT call interception QSig specification The cause of the intercept which is transferred in encoded format is an important item of
424. ou can only activate this feature for optiset E or optiPoint 500 tele phones with display Appointment automat ic wake up system If a station has activated ringer cutoff and an appointment comes due it is signaled audibly 3 52 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 16 Missed Calls List Station Number Storage Implementing features see also Manager E Caller List Station Number Storage Definition Unanswered calls to an optiset E or optiPoint telephone can be automatically stored in a chro nological caller list The time of each call is specified and the user can dial the entered callers directly Users can also manually store incoming and outgoing calls in the caller list You can program a system parameter so that the telephone also automatically stores external calls that were answered Because the parameter is system wide this setting applies to all caller lists in the system Each new entry can be automatically indicated by an LED In addition unanswered entries can be displayed on the screen by pressing a preprogrammed key The LED is deactivated as soon as the user retrieves the list On telephones with a 2 line display the oldest entry is displayed first Missed Calls List flag The missed calls list can contain up to ten entries for each station or station group The maxi mu
425. ouncements can be assigned to each UCD group individually The HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 supports access for 16 unique announcements and one MOH source The HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3500 supports 4 announcements and one MOH source Each UCD group can be configured with up to 7 announcement steps A unique an nouncement and the duration of the announcement can be defined for each step The time is defined as ring cycles that is in increments of 5 seconds The announcement script can be con figured to play a single time or continue to cycle until the call is answered this is configured in the UCD group parameter Ann change Analog ports can be configured as a digital announcer interface E amp M tie line ports can be used in HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 as the interface to the digital announcer The STRB HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 and STRBR optional board HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 can control the start of the external announcement device in lieu of the contacts on the TIEL circuit card HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 and TMEW2 board HiPath 3800 Announcement devices are configured with a start time and a listen duration time Music on Hold devices are endless loop type recordings with continuous play attributes Up to 32 parties held in queue can hear an announcement The Ann delay time parameter is used to configure the delay before a queued call is switched to the recorded announcement device allowed value 0 600 seconds E
426. ow With UCD Overflow Definition If a call in the queue is not answered within a specific period the agent is switched to unavail able mode and the call is transferred to the next available UCD member agent The call is for warded to an overflow destination CFNA destination only if all UCD agents are unavailable Users can specify the destination and time in call management Users can also define a maximum number of waiting calls If this maximum limit is exceeded any new calls are forwarded to the overflow destination The overflow destination can also activate external call forwarding The overflow destination can be a voice mail system The number forwarded to the voice mail system is the original called party s number Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Overflow per group 3 3 3 3 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 41 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 12 8 Automatic Incoming Call Connection AICC with UCD Implementing features see also Manager E Automatic Incoming Call Connection AICC With UCD Definition This feature allows members agents to answ
427. p feature inter nal callers are diverted to the next Call Management destination or if not defined the call receives a busy tone Leave selected groups Executive members cannot leave executive MULAP groups P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 09 05 3 27 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 12 Universal Call Distribution Implementing features see also Manager E Universal Call Distribution UCD Definition With universal call distribution UCD incoming internal or external calls are automatically as signed to the station agent idle longest in a UCD group If all stations in a UCD group are busy any additional incoming calls are placed in the queue and then distributed to the group members according to the priority of the call and the length of time it has been waiting Announcements or music can be played for the waiting callers Users agents can log on from any telephone by entering an ID After logging on the agent is available and is permanently assigned to that telephone until logged off The assignment is re tained even after a system reset The UCD group can be forwarded night answer for UCD processing UCD groups are handled differently from the Call Hunt Groups in the system call The agents states are maintained in the event of a power failure AUCD group contains agents that belo
428. per networked system node can be integrated Attendant console in networked systems The following functions can only be used in the local node or the local zone Releasing external trunks Override Queuing Radio paging PSE CDRA including printing Park System telephone lock Transfer undialed trunks P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 9 32 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Networking Network Wide Busy Signaling 9 20 Network Wide Busy Signaling Definition Presence Manager a service residing on the Feature server enables the subscriber commu nication statuses no answer busy and call to be signaled at the LEDs on the optiset E and optiPoint telephones in a HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 network The call can be picked up by pressing the appropriate keys The subscriber communication status can only be signaled if the Presence Manager can set a CSTA monitor point for this subscriber For example the status of a MULAP station number cannot be signaled because a CSTA monitor point cannot be set for a call number of this type To generate CSTA messages the TAPI170 service must be started The prerequisite for node wide call pickup is that unique trunk codes have been defined within the network The keys are configured by the user The keys can only be programmed if routing is activated When keys are programmed on the telephone itself no distinction is drawn between internal and network w
429. percent of the call data buffer full the TFTP client HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 sends call data to the TFTP server external application If the system cannot set up a connection to the TFTP server it addresses an alternative server If this server is also unavail able it outputs an SNMP trap or error message Unable to output data The system tries to set up another connection every 60 seconds A call data buffer overflow causes an error mes sage to be entered in the error history file Use HiPath 3000 Manager E to configure the TFTP server and timer IP addresses P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 12 6 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features via LAN Call Detail Recording Central CDRC via IP 12 4 2 TCP Client in HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 HiPath 3000 HiPath External Application TCP TCP protocol client p TCP server Figure 12 4 CDRC via IP TCP Client in HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 When call data records accumulate the TCP client HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 sets up a TCP IP connection to an external TCP server external application and transmits the data The con nection remains active continuously so that the system can send any further accumulated data transmitting each data record separately Use HiPath 3000 Manager E to configure the servers TCP IP address TCP port and IP address 12 4 3 TFTP Server in HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 HiPath 3
430. ports If the MOH source is turned on loop active you need to disconnect and then reconnect it interrupting the loop after configuring the an alog port MOH for IP workpoint clients For this feature MOH channels number of MOH data streams for IP workpoint clients of the HiPath HG1500 board s will be provided For load limitation the maximum number of possible MOH data streams per HiPath HG1500 board is limited to 10 i e up to 10 IP workpoint clients can simultaneously listen to MOH 2 14 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for All Traffic Types Announcements 2 8 Announcements Implementing features see also Manager E Announcements Definition For universal call distribution UCD announcement before answering and DTMF direct inward dialing DID users can connect announcement equipment An announcement source replac es music on hold MOH in certain situations such as during hold or while a station is busy or being transferred Announcement devices can be connected to analog interfaces or can be connected using E amp M in the HiPath 3750 or HiPath 3700 system Start stop control can be implemented using relays and sensors or E amp M Up to 32 stations can be connected to an announcement device Both interfaces provide sequenced messages as opposed to barge in however the E amp M in terface can advise the announcement device to return
431. possible The DISA access line can be configured as dedicated or it can be accessed during day or night operation these parameters are set in the General Flags of Lines Networking Parameters tabs in HiPath 3000 Manager E in the DISA day night field code receiver CR parameters can be configured for each line One of the following options may be selected e Line always has CR connected e Line has CR connected during day only e Line has CR connected during night only e Line has no CR connection The DISA trunk is released at the completion of each function feature The user must reenter the system if another function needs to be accomplished The stations authorized to access the system via DISA must first be configured in System Ad ministration A DISA trunk can be a DID number or a LS GS trunk If the DISA trunk is a DID number this number is programmed in System parameters The field allows up to 12 digits If the trunk is LS GS the trunk is programmed in the Ringing Assignments P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 28 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic A password is required to log onto the system This password consists of the internal station call number and the lock code PIN The password entered is only confirmed after a timeout or by pressing the key This selection is system wide and is done in the System Parameters Model Specific Data
432. pping for up to twenty address entries Examples IP data transfer from the customer LAN to the service center via the PSTN interface IP customer LAN is transformed by HiPath 3000 into an IP virtual LAN IP data transfer from the service center to the customer LAN via the PSTN interface IP virtual LAN is transformed by HiPath 3000 into an IP customer LAN If IP mapping no is selected IP address mapping is not available e Security mechanisms for connection setup Use the PAP PPP authentication protocol and or CHAP challenge handshake authenti cation protocol to determine whether the Plus Product client must be authenticated at HiPath 3000 host or the HiPath 3000 host must be authenticated at the Plus Product client Authentication is based on the user ID and the password Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements LIM or HiPath HG1500 board Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 2 or later V1 2 or later V1 2 or later 12 12 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features via LAN Voice over IP 12 7 Voice over IP Introduction Voice over IP VoIP facilitates the transfer of voice data via IP networks To ensure communi cation between the IP telephones concerned the telephones
433. pplier Definition When a trunk is seized by the main network supplier simplified dialing is performed by en bloc dialing or by dialing individual digits into the public network If main network supplier was the method selected in the dialing rules table forwarding in the trunk group table is not performed for entries after the route configured as a main network sup plier Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x X x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 5 6 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing LCR Not for U S 5 1 2 Routing Tables Implementing features see also Manager E Routing Tables Definition The routing tables evaluate the digits dialed by the user and determine the station number that the system should dial In the process the digits are modified as necessary This modification can mean that digits are repeated suppressed added or reordered It is also possible to add a dial pause and change the signaling method A distinction is made between the following types of routing tables e Dialing rules table This table determines how the digits dialed by the user will be convert ed and di
434. propriate CO call privilege P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 66 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Trunk Reservation Manual e This feature is available only to display telephones Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic e This feature does not need to be configured in the database Trunk reservation is not possible in hands free mode In this case the system inter rupts call setup when it recognizes that the line is seized Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X X x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Queue trunk A station can queue only one trunk Trunk queuing Trunk queuing does not apply to S not for U S Automatic recall A recall does not follow call management Speakerphone mode Users can also use trunk queuing in speakerphone mode Trunk If a number of stations queue a trunk the trunk is assigned in the or der that the requests were received LCR If LCR is active trunks cannot be queued P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 67 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Feat
435. puts is available for HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 The relay card REALS which provides four control outputs is available for HiPath 3800 The signal input function control input is triggered by closing any of the external floating con tacts The external electric circuit is supplied by the control relay module and electrically isolat ed from the system controller by means of an optocoupler The relays can be controlled via codes from every connected telephone and remotely via the trunk line DISA by the station user associated with the relay function or for with the aid of the feature Associated Services P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 8 4 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Relays Assigning Functions to the Actuators Relays e No function type The relevant actuator is either not operating or is entered as a common ringer under Call management Call destination lists e Manually on and off type The relay can be activated or deactivated for switching purposes by means of the codes Activate or deactivate selected switch For key terminals this function can also be pro grammed on a key A specific station a group or all stations can be allocated to this relay type by selecting NONE For this relay type shutdown can be delayed if a value greater than 0 is entered in the Switching time field The switching time is a multiple of 100ms e Automatic off after timeout type The relay can be activated or d
436. quirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Number of ACCTs in the sys 1000 1000 1000 1000 tem Max length of ACCT 11 11 11 11 Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction DISA external CF call back transit The system does not query the mandatory ACCT Electronic notebook ENB You can program ACCT code ACCT station number in the ENB Conference An ACCT entered during a conference with external station is as signed to all participating calls and trunks Redial For V1 2 or later an ACCT entered can also be stored in redial mem ory This is true only if the appropriate system wide flags are set Least cost routing LCR Mandatory ACCT is possible with or without LCR Telephones Users of telephones without displays must dial the seizure code after the ACCT On system telephones with displays a prompt to enter the ACCT ap pears on the screen So telephones If the unchecked ACCT option is selected on S telephones you must always enter the full number of digits you cannot press If the ACCT is checked or a fixed number of digits is entered the system detects the end of the ACCT 10 14 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Call Detail Recording Account Code ACCT Subject Dependency Restriction
437. quirements CSTA CSTA CSTA CSTA Software requirements V6 0 or later V6 0 or later V6 0 or later V6 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 12 15 feature12 fm Features via LAN VO Service Extensions 12 8 1 Definition CSTA Interface By selecting an application ID the station can address the associated CSTA application if this application has already been registered with the HiPath system A registered application can address a station independently e g to confirm an action on the display An I O session can be started using a feature code or a function key An I O session can be started resumed and stopped with the function key the function key LED indicates the status of the I O session ready active interrupted During an I O session the station can operate the application with the aid of the navigation keys dialing keypad plus minus keys alphanumeric keypad optiset memory programmable keys and softkeys CMI Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x X Hardware requirements CSTA CSTA CSTA CSTA Software requirements V6 0 or later V6 0 or later V6 0 or later V6 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions e The O service feature will be available on Siemens display telephones UPO IP stimulus telephones CMI comfort tel
438. quirements So trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later CO feature x x x X Station feature x x x x P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S 11 1 4 Calling Line Identification Presentation Definition This feature transmits the callers own station number to the called party where it can be dis played if proper equipment is available The public network must support station number trans mission Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements optiset E or optiPoint 500 telephone with display Hardware requirements Digital trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later CO feature x x xX X Station feature x x x x Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction CLIP Must be released by the carrier P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description feature11 fm ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S 11 1 5 Definition Configurable CLIP The call number specified here is transferred to the called telephone instead of the DID number and displayed on the device
439. r riding parties remain connected e if the overriding party goes on hook first the original conversation can continue and the conference bridge is removed e Ifthe called party had activated DND the conversation will nevertheless be overridden However a station authorized to use the Busy Override feature cannot override a station with DND active and in an idle state It is possible to override an executive station ina MULAP The attendant console always has override authorization and other stations can be assigned override authorization Override is also possible on stations with call waiting rejection CorNet N Override cannot be invoked over a CorNet N link CorNet NQ A subscriber with override permission can override to a call in another node via CorNet NQ P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 2 23 feature02 fm Features for All Traffic Types Override Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction No override possible Override is not possible if the called station is currently dialing Likewise it is not possible to override one of the following stati
440. r Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Central Busy Signaling optiCli The central node stations can all be included ent Attendant P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 35 feature09 fm Networking Sharing a Central Voice Mail Server 9 22 Sharing a Central Voice Mail Server Definition Users in a networked system can program call forwarding to a central voice mail server HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 stations are informed of calls received by means of the message waiting in dication The central voice mail server can be queried in DTMF mode In a homogeneous HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 network the centralized voice mail system must be located at the HiPath 3750 or HiPath 3700 system Special attention should be paid during the presales investigation concerning the amount of traffic from all nodes to the voice mail serv er The HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 support a maximum of 8 VMle analog ports connected from the voice mail server to the HiPath 3750 or HiPath 3700 Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 9 36 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Networking DISA Intern
441. r Ge for example call to DSS key or call to general call key Incoming Calls to a Busy MULAP All the members of the MULAP group are busy e Aninternal caller receives a busy signal and camps on after a timeout An external call er camps on immediately e The busy members of the MULAP group are signaled by Acall waiting tone and after scrolling an Accept call waiting message on optiset E and optiPoint telephones P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 8 46 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Team Top Acall waiting tone on analog CMI and optiset E and optiPoint telephones without display e Inthe case of busy MULAP group members who have activated do not disturb the call er receives a busy signal regardless of whether the station has activated or deactivat ed the MULAP ring There is no change in signaling for any other members of the MULAP group Answering of Incoming Calls Signaled MULAP key LED with call signaling Calls can be answered by going off hook pressing the speaker key or pressing the MULAP key If the user goes off hook or presses the speaker key the incoming preference applies au tomatic incoming seizure An incoming call LED with or without call signaling can always be answered using the MULAP key regardless of the incoming preference Incoming Preference Incoming preference automatic incoming seizure e Although the MULAP settings de
442. r incoming and outgoing calls if available With outgoing calls the dialed station number or if available the station number transmitted via COLP is dis played In the case of an active data protec tion function the last four digits dialed are replaced by the symbols If no station num ber information is available 25 spaces are output 25 Left P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 10 25 feature10 fm Features for Call Detail Recording Call Detail Recording Central CDRC Table 10 1 Compressed Output Format Explanation of Output Fields Sheet 4 of 7 Field position Fields V 24 out put only Definition Number of characters Orien tation 8 64 to 74 Call charge pulses for a call segment Z2ZZZZZzZzzzz blank spaces in U S z digit value range 0 9 You can select either call charge pulses or call charge amounts Use the call charge factor which is defined as acurrency amount including a mandato ry surcharge for each call charge unit or pulse to convert call charge pulses to mon etary amounts see Section 10 11 Call Charge Display With Currency not for U S Setting the call charge factor e With calculation detail call charge fac tor 100 mandatory surcharge e Without calculation detail call charge factor amount unit mandatory sur charge The system records the call charges
443. r later V1 2 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Procedure length A maximum of 32 characters can be stored in a procedure key optiClient Attendant It is not possible to configure procedure keys Second key level No procedures can be configured on the second key level Shift Pause A pause can be inserted in the programming process by pressing the redial key Suffix dialing Procedure keys can be used in suffix dialing PIN It is not possible to program procedures that require a PIN such as activating or deactivating an individual lock code P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 57 feature08 fm Other Features Customer Specific Display 8 16 Customer Specific Display Implementing features see also Manager E Customer Specific Display Definition The feature allows you to make customer specific adjustments to the displays on optiPoint 400 standard 4 0 CorNet IP TS optiClient 130 optiset E and optiPoint 500 telephone when the telephones are in the idle state You can change only the right portion maximum of 15 characters of the second display line which displays HiPath as a default For example you can enter a company identification or hotel name here The text lines up with the left part of the date if the length of the text allows it 16 53 Th 07 FEB 02 1
444. r later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Dialing method If a dial pulsing signal is detected the code receiver remains active so toll restrictions are not circumvented P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 2 20 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for All Traffic Types optiPoint Attendant 2 12 optiPoint Attendant Implementing features see also Manager E OptiPoint Attendant Definition Users can use the HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 system to perform switching services with special ly configured telephones The optiPoint Attendant telephone simultaneously serves as an inter cept position and an attendant console AC All calls are routed to the AC if direct inward dial ing is not available or if no station can be reached via the call allocation algorithms in call management intercept The operator then redirects incoming calls to the stations selected Users can also configure a PC as the attendant console PC AC This specially configured PC is known as optiClient Attendant and is described in detail in the Service Manual Additional information concerning requirements layout and assignment of function keys can be found in the HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 Service Manual Individual Intercept positions can be configured for day operation and another for night opera tion Up to four optiPoint key modules can be conn
445. r to transfer calls Screened and un screened to an ex ternal destination or to a remote node via a CorNet link The transfer can also be initiated by a voice mail call processing feature or by an IVR which automatically transfers unscreened a call to an external or CorNet destination Always refer to the latest CorNet Configuration Note or the CorNet Sales Positioning Guide for the latest information e Callback If Callback was activated by the user to a CorNet user in a remote node the Call back will be activated the same as an internal callback activation this feature is not avail able with connections to a ROLM 9005 e Message waiting for central voice mail servers in CorNet networks Message Waiting notification is possible from a remote voice mail system connected via CorNet links In the case of PhoneMail the SW version must be 6 3 or higher Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements So Soy board TLA board Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Analog trunk MSI trunks are automatically released after a programmable period MSI default 310 seconds A tone sounds 10 seconds before release The time parameters only can be changed by using Hi
446. raffic 4 2 13 Analog Direct Inward Dialing with MFC R2 Implementing features see also Manager E Analog direct Inward Dialing MFC R2 Definition An MFC R2 trunk is an analog trunk interface for direct inward dialing that allows external call ers to reach extensions directly without the assistance of an attendant The system supports MFC R2 SMFC as the default setting MFC R2 with caller ID tone dial ing and dial pulsing It is not possible to use tone dialing and MFC R2 with or without caller ID simultaneously To implement the CLIP feature for incoming calls you can enter the calling party number when MCF R2 SMFC is active When receiving calls for which the trunk supplies this information the calling party s number appears on the screen of the called party s telephone This feature must be configured for each trunk signaling method parameter set to MFC R2 with caller ID Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX X X Hardware require TMAMF TMAMF TMAMF ments HiPath 3550 only Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 2 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 39 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction
447. ransferred calls Internal calls transferred to a UCD group also hear the announcements Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Max number of UCD groups 60 60 60 10 Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Announcements Internal transferred calls do not receive announcements Automatic recall The recall time for transferring calls to UCD groups is longer than for other stations P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 47 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 13 Silent Monitoring For Selected Countries Only Implementing features see also Manager E Silent Monitoring Definition An authorized user can monitor a call in progress at any internal station without the other party s knowledge Silent Monitoring is only possible if the station to be monitored is engaged in a call The moni tored connection is released as soon as one of the stations in the connection is put on hold transferred or the call is ended The monitored connection can only be resumed when the sta tion to be monitored is again engaged in a call F
448. rcept position will intercept the same type of calls as the Day Intercept position The Day Intercept position can be programmed to intercept any or all of the following types of calls e free e busy P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 22 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic e wrong number e incomplete e automatic recall System Administration assigns which trunks ring into which station See Call Management in Day mode and in Night mode When the system is switched to night service the system checks against the Call Allocation Night list in Manager T Ringing Line Assignments list in HiPath 3000 Manager E to see where to send the incoming call The destinations can be either an individual station or a group Users can also use a central bell in conjunction with Night answer to alert any personnel night shift to night calls In Call Management an additional station can be called by means of the Additional call number entry shown as Second Target in Call Destination Lists in HiPath 3000 Manager E This entry supports the common ringer function An actuator relay or an addition al extension at which a call is also to be signaled is entered here The last field Type defines when ringing assignment takes place immediate or after CF timeout The night bell instead of a telephone may be physically connected to the station interface in which case the n
449. rch is performed based on the schedule ID entered in the route table to deter mine whether the current time matches the value entered in the schedule N Any digit from 2 to 9 Z One or more digits to follow up to the end of dialing C Simulated dial tone can be entered up to three times To block outgoing external calls enter a dash in the Routing table field of the dial plan P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 5 8 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing LCR Not for U S Example Dialed digits Route Explanation code station no table 9C1 900 XXX XXX The dash blocks all 900 numbers 9C1 976 123 3456 The dash blocks only the number 976 123 3456 Do not confuse the hyphen in the Dialed digits field which separates the digit blocks in the number with the dash in the Route table field which blocks the numbers Digit analysis Dial plan Dialed digits Route Route table 1 Table ma 1 Trunk Outdial rule Requisite Sched Warning 254 3 1728134 Z 1 gt group e class of ser ule ng 2 Route 1 MCL 10 A None 514 Route 1 BT 15 A Tone Dialing rules table Name Outdial rule Type BT A Main network supplier Dialing 2 MCL Easy D132A MCL single stage if trunk group is free and t
450. rdware require Loop start Loop start GEE8 Loop start ments optiset E or opti optiset E or opti GEE12 16 50 Point telephone Point telephone optiset E or optiPoint tele with display with display phone with display Software requirements V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later General requirements Call details from the public network Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Adapter in API2 mode If an optiset E control adapter is in API2 mode you cannot switch it to Printer Pipe mode P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 10 11 feature10 fm Features for Call Detail Recording Account Code ACCT 10 7 Account Code ACCT Implementing features see also Manager E Account Code The account code feature is used together with central call detail recording CDRC Definition This feature enables you to assign call charges for a specific project to an account code so that call charges for specific projects can be printed out Users can enter an ACCT from any station ACCT offers two procedures and three options Procedures Mandatory ACCT Users must enter an ACCT before the start of a call after a trunk group is seized For incoming calls the ACCT entry is optional The system applies the ACCT according to the option selected If least cost routing is active a flag in the dial plan signals that you need to
451. rect station selection The associated LED indicates the call status of the station ring ing busy free In V5 0 or later you can configure a DSS key with or without LED support To use double key assignment in the programmable function keys of optiPoint devices and key modules only sta tion numbers without LED support can be saved in the first level In the second level only sta tion numbers without LED support can be programmed These can be internal station numbers external station numbers and station numbers from a HiPath network LED Meaning Effect of pressing a key Off Station is free Immediate call to destination station is generated On Station is busy Depending on the system configuration possible pro Station has failed cedures for a station identified as busy are e Call waiting after timeout default e immediate call waiting or e call waiting rejection Flashing fast Station is called Call pickup is initiated to the call number of the station 250 ms on programmed here 250 ms off Flashing slowly Station is in hold The call to the held station is resumed and die connec 750 ms on state tion becomes active once again 750 ms off A distinction is made between e Exclusive call hold the slowly flashing LED is only displayed to the station holding the call e General call hold the slowly flashing LED is pre sented to all stations at which the held station
452. rformed CorNet QSig With networking you should enter the trunk access code of the main communications server as a second trunk access code so that the toll restriction will be checked when a trunk in the main communica tions server is seized When there is an external seizure of a station from the satellite CS with COS 2 13 over the main CS the main CS s first denied list al ways does the seizing For this reason keep the first denied line of the main CS free for the assessment of the stations from the satellite CS The system keeps COS 0 1 and 14 of the satellite CS Classes of service for two networked sys tems P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 61 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic Subject Dependency Restriction LCR A distinction is made between classes of service and the LCR class of service if both are configured both apply If however an overflow route was configured in the LCR route table and an extension receives a call with external FWD the authorization is not analyzed if the call goes in the overflow route Lock code After code lock is activated you can reduce the class of service but not select a higher class of service P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 62 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing Ext
453. riction Simple radio paging Does not support expanded call processing characteristics such as equipment those available with enhanced radio paging equipment P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 6 13 feature06 fm Features for Internal Traffic Radio Paging Equipment PSE 6 8 2 Radio Paging Equipment via ESPA Enhanced Radio Paging Equipment Not for U S Implementing features see also Manager E Radio Paging Equipment via ESPA Definition Enhanced radio paging equipment also includes certain communications server functions It of fers the following options e Transmission of alphanumeric data e Automatic connection setup to the paging subscriber after answering e Automatic transmission of paging subscriber s number e Storage of up to 15 paging and answer requests e Radio paging for internal and external calls e Waiting for callback answer with handset on or off hook e Selectable displays and ring and paging procedures selected when entering the paging request Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X Hardware requirements TMOM Software requirements V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Voice call Voice calls are not possible 6 14 P31
454. roup A free group is busy if at least one group member is busy and the caller reached the group by dialing the group number e UCD groups The system does not check this parameter for UCD groups e Announcements This parameter has no effect on announcements If a station signals a call and the call forwarding destination is busy the call remains at the sta tion The system checks the call forwarding destination repeatedly until the destination is free Incoming calls on trunks that do not support busy signaling are forwarded or intercepted Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Max no of CF destinations per sta 3 3 3 3 tion no 3 14 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Call forwarding no an If the call forwarding destination is unavailable and no other call for swer CFNA warding operation is configured for the trunk call forwarding no an swer is not carried out Ext call forwarding You can specify whether the system follows an external call forward ing procedure tha
455. roup the system rejects the connection request and re acts in the way it has been configured Incoming calls are always accepted if a B channel in the corresponding Spy line is available regardless of the trunk group This is usually the B channel offered by the partner If the remote system or the public network does not support B channel allocation there is no guarantee that the call will be correctly assigned to the right trunk group HiPath 3000 Manager E allocates an So link to the trunk groups a route can be assigned to each line B channel Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x Hardware requirements DIUN2 TMS2 TS2 TS2R Software requirements V5 0 or later V3 0 or later V3 0 or later SMR 3 SMR 3 Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction IP networking B channel allocation is not useful in IP networking because it is not possible at this time to assign incoming calls to the correct trunk group P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 77 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Outgoing Traffic P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 3 78 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for General External Traffic
456. routing application interacts with other system fea tures P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 5 18 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing for U S Only 5 2 11 1 Station Related Features System speed dialing call numbers must be prefixed with the LCR access codes for proper operation Station redial will insert the access code used for the original call Repertory dial keys to external destinations must have the LCR access code for proper op eration Electronic notebook entries on optiset E memory telephones must include an LCR access code General call keys will be activated when the route is selected by the system Call keys will be activated when the route is selected by the system MUSAP keys may be used for external calling using the LCR access code DTMF tones may be input manually when answer supervision is received Toll restriction class of service is checked as part of the LCR analysis 5 2 11 2 Trunk Related Features Basic rate ISDN trunks may be accessed by stations assigned CACH values or PDID val ues Verified forced account codes may be requested before a selected route group is access ed DTMF or rotary pulse dialing may be selected based on the outdial rule Additional Information Concerning the Setup of Public Network Trunks The class of service configured is valid on a locked terminal lock code It is possible to send spe
457. routing works from Version 4 0 With the Cornet protocol enhancement call charge records can be forwarded from one system to another Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Buffer box If a communication server in a network has local trunk accesses a local buffer box can be used for the call charges Call via the trunk gate way of the remote CS If a station in a CS conducts an outgoing call via the CO access of the remote CS the call details that apply to the CS in which the trunk is seized are output as call type 6 direct outward dialing P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 19 feature09 fm Networking Incoming Call 9 8 Incoming Call Definition CorNet handle incoming calls the same as internal calls Users can configure digit analysis in the networked communication server so that they can reach all HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 Work point clients by dialing the prefix The Workpoint client station number corresponds to the external numbering plan and is ana lyzed accordingly When the connection is made the following information is passed to the
458. rried out The affected client slave telephones are reset during the execution of the exchange just as the hosts master are In cases where for example a client slave is not active for only one of the telephone ports for example the adapter has been removed only the host master telephone is relocated Host Master Tele phones Only optiset E and optiPoint 500 telephones are supported Client slave tele phones Client slave telephones can be Upo stations optiPoint phone adapter analog stations optiPoint analog adapter and S stations optiPoint ISDN adapter only the default station of the associated port is considered here 8 22 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Relocate Hoteling Subject Dependency Restriction So telephones So telephones do not use the Relocate feature These telephones op erate automatically on any port i e they do not require the Relocate feature Warning In the case of Sg telephones with LIN the LIN must be manually up dated via the HiPath 3000 Manager E when changing the telephone port E911 emergency ser For V3 0 SMR 7 and later the Relocate feature guarantees that the vice for USA LIN remains assigned to the physical telephone port Manager T It is not possible to execute the feature on telephones that have pro gramming authorization DISA You cannot e
459. rrier using a prefix in this method as well After a short syn chronization phase it sends a programmable authorization code and then the destination num ber using DTMF digits Corporate Network CorNet When a corporate network CN method is used the alternate network is connected directly to the HiPath 3000 This can be seen as a company network LCR determines the trunk group by analyzing the number the user has dialed and routes the call either over the CO trunk group or over the corporate network This method allows both an open and closed numbering plan to be implemented by manipulation of digits P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 5 16 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing for U S Only Dial In Control Server The system calls the selected carrier using a prefix and calls a dial in control server DICS The authorization code and the destination number are transmitted within the SUB address Di aling information is sent in the D channel Primary Rate Interface The choice of a carrier or of a calling service is encoded in the following information elements e Network specific facility e Operator system access e Transit network selection LCR Dial Plan The dialed destination number serves as a criterion for the route group to be used The system can evaluate up to 24 digits in the dialed sequence plus the routing code The system evaluates and ro
460. rs are 350 through 499 As of Hicom 150 H V1 0 Hicom 150 E Office Rel 3 0 the numbers 8600 to 8749 have also been assigned for Hicom 150 E Pro communication systems The last 60 groups can also be used for UCD applications A station can belong to several groups but groups cannot be entered as members of other groups Exception Basic MULAP and Executive MULAP groups can be recorded as members of hunt groups External call numbers can also be entered in groups For MULAP the order is only relevant in connection with call pickups When multiple members of a MULAP also belong to a call pickup group then the last member of the MULAP is displayed to the members of the call pickup group on calling the MULAP After a hunt group has been set up with IVM stations download to the IVM is started automat ically after the CDB has been loaded to the Hicom HiPath 3000 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 25 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Groups stations 800 20 800 20 150 20 20 8 Dependencies Restrictions Subject Call waiting Depen
461. rs hear MOH if in Consultation Hold state Parking state and in transfer state if configured Queued callers in an UCD environment can also hear MOH if so configured MOH can be configured in one of three ways 1 No Music on Hold The held party hears nothing silence 2 MOH with ring tone The held party will first hear MOH during the Consultation process When a call is transferred to the destination the MOH is replaced by ringback tone 3 MOH without Ring Tone The held party will hear MOH until the called party answers the call HiPath Xpressions Compact V2 0 based MOH for HiPath 33xx 35xx and 37xx HiPath 3000 V4 0 SMR 7 or later supports the HiPath Xpressions Compact V2 0 Music On Hold feature P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 2 12 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for All Traffic Types Music on Hold Internal or External Source With HiPath 3000 5000 V6 0 and later there are 16 ITR groups in Version 5 0 there were only 6 However only a further 6 MOH sources can be assigned to the 16 ITR groups from the in tegrated voicemail The MOH ports are no longer available for voicemail operation and should be removed from the voicemail port hunt group Each MOH channel features an MOH mailbox Callers in the queue hear mailbox greetings as MOH Each MOH mailbox has four greetings which can be individually customized These are integrated in the MOH and are always played as an endless loop Each MOH mailbo
462. rted by HiPath Manage ment however this is optional e The switchover to a branch office system and the automatic switchover back to the central system is implemented by the IP work clients 13 4 1 Requirements for Emergency Mode In order to execute emergency mode the following requirements must be met e Emergency mode is currently restricted to optiPoint 410 and optiClient 130 e HiPath systems in branch offices and in the central system are connected via an IP net work e HiPath Management HiPath Tele Service HTS in particular is available as an optional ex tra e IP work clients support both HiPath 4000 mode and HiPath 3000 mode e They are independently administered HiPath 4000 and HiPath 3000 domains e There are no restrictions to HiPath 3000 features in emergency mode e Inthe central system in the branch office or in both systems a numbering plan is provided for incoming CO traffic in normal mode based on customer requirements e As well as the numbering plan for CO traffic as mentioned there is also a backup based on TDM between the central system and the branch office for emergency mode e The IP work clients are assigned all necessary parameters so they can register with a Hi Path 4000 or alternatively with a HiPath 3000 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 13 7 feature13 fm Small Remote Site Concept HiPath 3000 V5 0 Requirements 13 4 2 Conf
463. s P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 71 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic 4 3 17 Telephone Lock Intercept Implementing features see also Manager E Telephone Lock Intercept Definition If a station with an activated telephone lock lock code dials a trunk group code the system immediately forwards the call to the entered intercept destination If the station makes a call to a destination for which it is unauthorized the extension indicated always receives a signal The Telephone lock intercept function can be configured for each station individually using Set up station Parameters Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 4 72 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic 4 3 18 Keypad Dialing Implementing features see also Manager E Keypad dialing Definition In some countries network provider services are controlled using keypad dialing instead of functional control To activate these services in the central office you can use the s
464. s in order to use the feature function Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction So telephones From an ISDN terminal dial the substitute code 75 for the asterisk P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 15 feature08 fm Other Features Display Number of Stations with Direct Trunk Access for Austria Only 8 8 Only Display Number of Stations with Direct Trunk Access for Austria Implementing features see also Manager E Display Number of Stations with Direct Trunk Ac cess Definition You can use system administration to display the number of stations with direct trunk access available in the system This includes all stations currently in operation which have at least out ward restricted trunk access Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restric
465. s a waiting message is signaled by a special dial tone HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3250 HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 or by the announce ment Message waiting HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 Onmobile telephones a waiting message is signaled by an advisory ring and the mail box symbol appearing on the screen You can use HiPath 3000 Manager E to adjust the optic and acoustic signaling in the fol lowing way If the flag Status display for info message is not set the status display Display infos is not visible until you scroll in the system menu Use the Plus Products flag Acoustic message signaling to set whether the signaling on optiset E or optiPoint telephones and other telephones should use the special dial tone or an announcement only for HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 or if no signaling should be done e Callback On telephones with display a caller can retrieve information such as the sender s name and number text message date and time using a dialog menu The user can then call back the sender of the message without entering a station number To activate callback on analog telephones users must use a procedure code on optiset E or optiPoint telephones without a display users can press a Mailbox key e Deleting a message The sender and receiver can use a dialog menu or a procedure code to delete the mes sage Otherwise the message is deleted only if it results in a call to the station P
466. s V5 0 or later V1 0orlater V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Signaling Not for S stations not for U S P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 27 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic 4 2 7 Direct Inward System Access DISA Implementing features see also Manager E DISA Direct Inward System Access Definition Direct inward system access DISA enables users to use features in the HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 system via an external connection External callers must enter a password to gain access to the system They can then use certain system features just like an internal user They can also set up an outgoing external seizure via the incoming external connection Users can use the following features via DISA e Direct services for internal stations Send message texts relay on off night answer on off advisory message on off group ring ing on off lock code on off do not disturb on off call forwarding on off leave join hunt group reset services e Associated services Advisory message on off group ringing on off lock code on off do not disturb on off call forwarding on off leave join hunt group reset services An internal station can also be reached via DISA In the case of a fixed numbering plan Such as in France virtual networking is also
467. s activated for the allocated station if it is being called This relay is deactivated when the called party answers or the call is terminated This relay is not clocked A specific station must be allocated to this relay type In the case of this relay type shutdown can be delayed if a value greater than 0 has been entered in the switching time field The switching time is a multiple of 3 seconds P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 5 feature08 fm Other Features Relays Door opening system type See Automatic after timeout type The text Door opener is displayed for the allocated ter minals Doorphone amplifier type The relay is activated when connected to the doorphone The relay is deactivated when disconnected from the doorphone or entrance telephone loudspeaker This makes it pos sible to control a doorphone amplifier so that it is only activated when required A door phone or the loudspeaker port must be allocated to this relay type Music on Hold The relay is activated if at least one station or a line in the system is not in the idle condition The relay is deactivated if all stations and lines in the system are in the idle condition Practical application Activation of a tape device CD player PC connection power man agement etc None must be entered as allocated station for this relay type and it must only occur once in the system In the case of this relay type s
468. s also true if System or Station speed dial is used A call to a user in a networked system over a CorNet link is stored in LNR memory An external call routed via CorNet to a trunk in another node is also stored This feature cannot be invoked if Lock Code has been activated Any post dialed digits beyond the initial destination for example digits sent to a connected voice mail system are not stored in expanded redial memory In the case of a call routed through LCR only the number dialed by the station is stored This feature can only be invoked from the Redial key No feature access code is possible To reach the last number dialed the user presses the Redial key once and after a brief delay the number is dialed Alternatively the user can view the last three entries by pressing the Re dial key successively and selecting the number to be redialed Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X xX x X Hardware requirements telephone with display Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Max length of stored number 25 digits trunk access code Maximum number of entries 3 3 3 3 Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction LNR DTMF signals are not considered dialing information and are not stored This does not apply to mobil
469. s are converted to monetary amounts on the basis of the call charge factor defined as a currency amount including any extra charges that may apply per call charge unit or pulse refer to Section 10 11 Call Charge Display With Currency not for U S CDRT Data Output to Upo Port You can also output the CDRT data to a Upo port To do this an optiset E control adapter to which you can attach a printer or terminal must be connected to this port The system supports only one adapter per call data output You can configure the output as follows e On the communications server set call data output to adapter e Enter the telephone number e f only one optiset E control adapter is connected you can choose any slot in the tele phone e f two optiset E control adapters are connected set the right adapter to Printer Pipe Mode for call data output The other adapter is used in API1 or API2 mode e The transmission rate is permanently set to 9600 baud CDRT Data Output via LAN Interface You can transfer CDRT data to external applications via the LAN interface Ethernet P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 10 10 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Call Detail Recording Call Detail Recording Per Trunk CDRT not for U S Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Ha
470. s are implemented on a device basis activation of some features could impact the operation of the Private Trunk for example DND Call forward intercept Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x X x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 65 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic 4 3 13 Trunk Queuing Implementing features see also Manager E Trunk Queuing Definition If users receive a busy signal following a trunk seizure request because no free trunk is avail able they can use a procedure to queue on a seized trunk book a line As soon as the trunk becomes available the system recalls the first user in the queue The user hears the CO dial tone and can set up the external connection It is not possible to invoke Trunk Queueing if the attempted call was placed through LCR Trunk Queueing can be invoked when all trunks on a Trunk group key show busy If the user is busy at the time of the recall the trunk will camp on to the busy station and if the camp on to is not answered within the default 20 seconds the reservation is cancelled and the trunk is offered to the next station in the que
471. s for Call Detail Recording Silent Reversal at Start and End of Call 10 Features for Call Detail Recording 10 1 Silent Reversal at Start and End of Call Implementing features see also Manager E Silent Reversal at Start and End of Call Definition Many countries use silent reversal to mark the beginning and end of outgoing calls on loop start trunks These criteria are used for time recording within central call detail recording This is par ticularly important when exact tracking of call charges is required as in a hotel The feature can be configured per circuit Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX xX x x Hardware requirements TM2LP TML8W TLA2 4 8 GEE12 TLA4R Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later General requirements Loop start trunk Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Silent Reversal In countries where silent reversal is not signaled at the end of a call the call duration is determined by the calling party hanging up the phone P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 10 1 feature10 fm Features for Call Detail Recording Advice of Charges at Station During Call AOC D not for U S 10 2 Advice of Charges at Station During Call
472. s for Internal Traffic Names 6 3 Names Implementing features see also Manager E Names Definition Users can assign names to each station to each station group and to each trunk group These names are displayed for internal calls including calls via CorNet If an incoming call does not contain station number information analog trunk the trunk group name is displayed If the in coming call contains station number information ISDN this information is displayed An optiset E memory telephone is required as Manager T to enter characters of the alphabet Characters which can be used all letters found on the memory telephone keyboard digits 0 9 If no name has been assigned to an internal station the number is displayed instead Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Maximum number of letters in station 16 and group names Maximum number of letters in trunk 10 group names 6 6 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Internal Traffic Automatic Callback When Free or Busy 6 4 Automatic Callback When Free or Busy Definition Users can activate an automatic callback to a free or busy internal sta
473. s in the System Status pathway of HiPath 3000 Man ager E that provides station specific rather than system specific status information You can use the Flags screen to see if a station has activated Room Monitor or not Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X X X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 6 25 feature06 fm Features for Internal Traffic Room Monitor Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Room monitor To monitor a room telephones must have the handset off hook ex ception optiset E and optiPoint 500 telephones with speakerphone function Hunt group If the room monitor station is in a hunt group the station is not taken into account for incoming calls to the hunt group Analog trunks If you connect an external station by consultation hold to a station that has activated room monitoring the external trunk must have a back ward release criterion Room monitor If an optiset E or optiPoint 500 telephone calls a station activated as a room monitor the speakerphone function on the calling telephone is deactivated in the standard configuration 6 26 P31003 H3560 L40
474. s only P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 31 feature09 fm Networking Central Attendant Console 9 19 Central Attendant Console Definition A central attendant console supports the switch and recall functions in the network A local in tercept position can redirect intercepted calls via a networked station with call forwarding Pseudo numbers can also be entered that are forwarded to a remote system for centralized an swering applications The Associated Service feature must be used to call forward the pseudo number to the target location The central intercept position can also be configured with CorNet NQ without pseudo stations It is configured via system parameters Intercept Attendant Central intercept position The console display shows the calling party number if available There is no indication specific display for intercept same display as for incoming external calls In Version 4 0 will be also a display for netwide intercept Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Central Busy Signaling optiClient Attendant Dependency Restriction Up to 100 stations
475. s soon as PROGRESS message is initiated Override Possible should no longer be sent P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 2 32 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 Features for General Traffic 3 1 Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 1 Distinctive Ringing Implementing features see also Manager E Distinctive Ringing Definition Distinctive tones indicate different call types This enables the user to distinguish between in coming internal and incoming external calls In ISDN systems acoustic information is second ary to displays on the screen because different features can have the same ring signaling In V6 0 and later call signaling that varies from caller to caller is also possible Consequently in addition to external call signaling it is also possible to configure internal call signaling for each station Every internal call made by this station calling station is signaled by the ring type on station B called station The ring frequency at the destination depends on the callers ring frequency This is implemented by allocating a specific ring frequency to a sta tion via Manager E As with the existing field for external calls Call signaling the new internal call frequencies are controlled by Manager E and not by Manager The different ring frequencies are applied to the called stations in the case of station type HF
476. s to all calls signaled at this station or smartset If the flag is not set group ringing always takes place provided that the station in the call ringing group is available default P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 20 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic If the flag is set group ringing depends on the availability of the primary telephone e If the primary telephone is available group ringing takes place immediately e Ifthe primary telephone has activated call waiting group ringing takes place after a 5 sec ond delay e Ifthe primary telephone cannot receive a call or if call waiting is inactive group ringing does not take place Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Automatic recall System search Callback Group ringing is not carried out with an immediate recall operator er ror system search or callback Call forwarding CF If the station that activated group ringing has also activated call for warding group ringing is not carried out Do Not Disturb DND If the station in the gro
477. s to the entry in the LDAP database Call numbers provided by the LDAP server can only be routed within the network if the internal call number and the DID number are iden tical 6 24 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Internal Traffic Room Monitor 6 13 Room Monitor Implementing features see also Manager E Room Monitor Definition The room monitor feature can be used to monitor a room All telephone types can be used for this purpose Only internal stations can use room monitoring When a user monitors a room the room monitor telephone receives no call signaling and the call is immediately through connected A system wide flag must be set via HiPath 3000 Manager E only To monitor a room monitored telephones without a microphone must have the handset off hook If an optiset E or optiPoint telephone calls a station activated as a room monitor in the standard configuration the microphone on the calling optiset E or optiPoint telephone is deactivated If a call is received by a monitoring station camp on tone is heard at the monitoring station but not at the monitored station The user must disconnect from the monitored station call connec tion to answer the incoming call The user can once again call the monitored station at a later time The feature is still active at the monitored station until it goes on hook The Flags screen is one of three screen
478. sers must receive service profile identifier designator SPID numbers from the telephone company telco SPID numbers identify the type of ISDN service and the variety of features that customers receive In addition to allow direct access to specific devices some BRI interfaces can be set up with CACH EKTS Depending on the cen tral office CO switch type users have to configure either call appearance identification CAID values also known as CACH values or phantom direct inward dialing PDID numbers for all devices that make external calls Depending on the central office CO protocol selected users need to configure some or all of the following parameters for BRI setup e CO protocol e SPID administration e CAID administration AT amp T or EWSD e PODID administration DMS100 e Feature identification number FIN for message waiting e CO Features Transfer Conference Drop e Feature identification number FIN for Transfer Conference and Drop e CACH EKTS flag AT amp T or EWSD P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 35 feature11 fm ISDN Features U S ISDN for U S Only The CO protocol is the interface between the HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3500 and Hi Path 3300 and the CO of the BRI provider Select the protocol that the BRI provider uses The following CO protocols are supported e AT amp T NII e AT amp T Custom e Siemens NI1 e Nortel NIT Nortel NI1 req
479. sible with this ar rangement To dial internal stations the user must first press the Internal key and dial the sta tion number When this feature is NOT active in the system the reverse operation is true that is internal stations can be dialed directly while outside connections require a trunk trunk group key or an access code Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x X Hardware requirements Trunk connection Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 53 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Trunks You must use system administration to cancel nonexistent or physi cally disconnected trunks COS changeover If you activate a lock code you cannot seize a trunk Entrance telephone You cannot seize a trunk from an entrance telephone Hold park An undialed or partially dialed trunk cannot be parked or placed on hold Simplified Dialing optiset E entry and optiset E basic and optiPoint 500 entry cannot Prime Line use this feature Simplified Dialing With simplified dialing you can program trunks in different trunk Prim
480. sion key before dialing an internal station number In this case you need not enter the trunk group code for external destinations Analog telephones When using analog telephones So telephones not for U S and CMI telephones not for U S you must wait for a confirmation tone after entering external destinations Appointment automat ic wake up system When an appointment comes due the reminder does not follow call forwarding CF destination is an ACD UCD group A call is not forwarded to an ACD UCD group in the following cases e A station is a member of a hunt group If the hunt group is called and a station with CF to an ACD UCD group is next in line the call is not forwarded instead the next station in the hunt group is called directly e A station is a member of a group call If the group is called the call is not forwarded to the ACD UCD group e A station is a member of a group call no answer If the group is called the call is not forwarded to the ACD UCD group Excep tion The first station entered has activated CF to the ACD UCD group In this case the call is forwarded 3 18 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 7 Subscriber Groups Implementing features see also Manager E Subscriber Groups Definition Subscriber groups are preconfigured in the HiPath 3000 HiP
481. slowly flashing LED is only displayed to the station holding the call e General call hold the slowly flashing LED is pre sented to all stations at which the held trunk is pro grammed on this key Flickering Your own tele Immediate connection to the calling station via the trunk 50 ms on phone is called programmed here 100 ms off via the line pro Note Multiple parallel waiting calls are signalized by the flickering of several trunk keys provided that the re spective trunks are programmed on those keys The subscriber being called can select and answer a call by pressing one of the flickering keys regardless of the call shown on the display Users can use the trunk keys for the following features e Call pickup e Retrieve trunk on exclusive hold e Retrieve trunk on common hold e Answer calls e Toggle between several different trunks A Trunk key is used for receiving incoming trunk calls and placing outgoing calls on the selected trunks A Trunk key represents an analog CO trunk appearance a BRI link appearance a T1 DSO channel or an analog E amp M Tie line channel P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 8 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for General External Traffic manage the trunk group associated with the trunk appearance A Trunk key cannot be programmed on the same station that is using Call Keys to A Trunk key can appear
482. station USA USA USA Substitution for 75 75 75 Yes Substitution for 76 76 76 Yes Service codes XXX XXX XXX No XXX XXX XXX 8 26 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Model Specific Data Other Features Delete All Station Numbers Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x X x Hardware requirements _ Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 27 feature08 fm Other Features Team Top 8 14 Team Top Implementing features see also Manager E Team Top Definition Team Top is based on MULAP lines which are generally looped via several telephones These telephones are combined in a MULAP group that has only one station number in the sys tem for more information refer to Section 8 14 3 8 14 1 Team Configuration Implementing features see also Manager E Team Top Example of a Team with Two Members MULAP 202 MULAP 201 Group ringing Group ringing MULAP 202 MULAP 201 DSS Tel B DSS Tel A Programma Programma Programma Programma MULAP 2 with Tel A No 202 MULAP 1 with even Tel A with No 201 Tel A with No 201 Figure 8 1 Example of a
483. station to answer the call is connected to the calling party You can implement group call in call management Any type of telephone can be used in a Group Call group The telephones must be located in the same node A telephone can also be located in another node it will be registered from the system as a external telephone Each call group can be assigned a name in the database with 16 characters maximum The first station to answer the call is connected to the calling party Subsequent calls are sig nalled at the remaining idle extensions When all members are busy they are signalled with Call Waiting tone The first member to go on hook will receive the waiting call Feature Interaction A member of a group can activate DND This means that the telephone will no longer ring when called through the Hunt Group number or when called directly Only display telephones can deactivate activate Call Waiting Tone 87 87 They will not be signalled of a call waiting but will receive a waiting call when they go on hook Data Line security in Manager T Call Waiting rejection in HiPath 3000 Manager E can be con figured for a member telephone An idle telephone rings when a call enters the group however a telephone is not advised of a call waiting and if it goes on hook and calls are waiting the telephone does not ring until a new call enters the queue Individual members of a group can Call forward all calls on their telephones W
484. storing follows the same steps as the normal execution of a procedure If you use a procedure key during a call DTMF signals are automatically sent in the B channel A consultation hold is not initiated Procedures can contain internal and external station numbers and additional information Some of the possibilities are e Acc code trunk code destination station number e Trunk flash code destination station number e Code numbers for control of services destination station number such as send query message Message Waiting 68 station number text number e Digit combination for Voice Mail or for answering machine e Call waiting or busy override when destination station is busy e Initiation of a callback when destination station is idle or busy The following table shows which services features can be programmed on procedure keys The table also shows any conditions that apply to the use of the procedure keys You can find the corresponding codes for activating deactivating the following services fea tures in the Service Manual HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 Feature Use of the Procedure Key not Possible Comments a G Sa 55 g g 2 2 a fe a Ss G D Cc cr oO c 0F7 F e x 5 l8 Deel 2s2 S IF 2 E TS FZS 2 A a oL o ond o 3 ot e on z e 2 E 5 c G T c _ ro ET 5 O ke Switch relays on X X Switch relays off X X Directed call pickup X X X X Ca
485. subaddress signaling method N n Network SFG 1 to 5 or Band Number 1 Number Name Outdial rule Type 1 Dial All A Main network supplier 2 Dial Fld 2 Then 3 E2E3 Main network supplier 3 Dial All _P_ D444 AP1D444 Main network supplier 4 Dial 4 Dial All D4DA Corporate network 254 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 5 24 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing for U S Only The dialing rules provide access to different carriers via digit translation The dialing rules ad dress the dial plan fields selectively for the following operations Repeating digits Suppressing digits Exchanging digits Inserting digits Inserting pauses Switching the signaling method Detecting a dial tone Using the A Parameter The parameter A ensures that all subsequent digit fields are transmitted The reference point is the last field indicator preceding A The parameter A can occur more than once in the string and can be placed in any position The AA combination has the same effect as A The E1A combination is permitted only at the beginning of a string Using the D Parameter The parameter D n can occur more than once in the string and can be placed in any position It can be surrounded by any parameter It should be no more than 25 characters long P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Descrip
486. sultation is automatically reconnected to the last call on hold Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Unscreened transfer Unscreened transfer is possible on a free or busy station in a net worked system Call pickup groups with If you are using a portion of B channels on a T1 for data applications fractional T1s for example with a data server you must bar the data B channels from being used for call pickup groups P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 21 feature09 fm Networking Automatic Recall 9 10 Definition Automatic Recall The system initiates a recall if the network cannot perform an unscreened transfer The recall applies locally and not network wide In homogeneous HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 networks an unanswered call from one node to an other recalls the initiating station in the originating node In non homogeneous networks an unanswered call to a non HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 Com munication Server system recalls at the transferring system s intercept position or originator depending on the system configuration
487. support 6 2 Letters for LCR outdial rules U S only 5 24 Local exchange carriers carrier types 5 15 Operator access 11 45 protocols 11 31 Location Identification Number LIN 4 75 Long output format for CDRC 10 30 M Main network supplier for least cost routing U S only 5 16 Malicious call identification 11 16 Management information bases MIB 12 1 Manager secretary configuration see Top configuration 8 35 MCID See Malicious call identification MCL single stage carrier access U S only 5 16 MCL two stage carrier access U S only 5 16 Message texts mailboxes information func tion 6 15 Message waiting 6 15 U S ISDN 11 67 voicemail 11 68 Message waiting indication at the trunk inter face 4 17 MFC R2 trunk 4 39 MIB 12 1 Missed Calls List Saving Station Numbers 3 53 Mobile PIN 3 75 MULAP 8 28 8 43 hp3hp5featurelX fm Multi device connection 11 38 Multi Device Connections 4 1 Multilingual text output 8 10 Multiple Subscriber Number MSN 11 4 Multiple Subscriber Numbers 11 3 11 4 Multiple subscriber numbers U S ISDN 11 47 MUSAP keys and least cost routing U S only 5 19 Music on hold internal external source 2 12 MWI at the trunk interface 4 17 N N11 Access 11 45 Names 6 6 called party display 11 65 calling party display 11 65 translating station numbers for speed dial ing 4 16 National and international codes for outgoing calls 11 26 Networking 9 1 call forwarding with rerouting 9 27
488. t Routing LCR Not for U S Implementing features see also Manager E Least Cost Routing LCR Definition Least cost routing provides HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 with automatic control over the route of an outgoing call This route can be one of various public network carriers or a private network Based on routing tables the system seeks the least expensive connection route for the outgo ing call The system seizes a trunk only after it has scanned the routing tables The system sends a dial tone as a function of the dial plan so that the station is informed of the ready to dial condition The signals dialed are buffered until the routing tables have been scanned Only then does the system make the connection Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X X X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Number of LCR classes of ser 15 15 15 15 vice Dependencies Restrictions Subject LCR Dependency Restriction If all the least expensive connection routes have been seized LCR automatically switches to defined more expensive routes The sys tem can signal this to the user both visually and acoustically The dialed station number is displayed until the station number infor mation on the other party is received
489. t a station has programmed in the call forwarding table External call forward If you activate external call forwarding no answer for the entire ing trunk the system circumvents internal call management for more in formation refer to the ISDN features CFB and CFNR Call waiting If a user has activated call waiting the caller camps on even if the user did not configure busy call forwarding in the local call manage ment table If call waiting is not possible for this user and the user has not config ured busy call forwarding the caller receives a busy signal Hunting to external call The system wide flag controls the call forwarding no answer if an forwarding destination external CF has been activated within a call destination list If the flag is not set the call forwarding no answer ends at the exter nal CF destination If the flag is set the call forwarding no answer continues out of the external CF destination to the station entered in the call destination list Note For CF on loop start trunks the flag functions only if you have entered a call cycle for the call forwarding no answer P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 15 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 6 Call Forwarding CF Definition Call forwarding CF enables users to forward all incoming calls including speaker calls to a
490. t in Wrap up state can still be called by dialing the station number Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 3 38 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 12 6 Recorded Announcement Music on Hold MOH with UCD Implementing features see also Manager E Recorded Announcement Music on Hold Definition This feature allows customers to play a greeting message announcement before answering to internal callers or external callers while they are being switched Trunk by trunk assignment of announcement devices is possible With UCD music and or further announcements can be played to callers if they cannot be switched immediately These announcements or music can be played in any order up to sev en until a group member agent becomes available It is possible to play music on hold or announcements from a connected external announce ment device using the following types of devices e Devices that always start at the beginning of the message when activated such as greet ing messages e Continuous playback devices for announcements and music on hold The ann
491. t mailbox can be easily customized via HiPath 3000 Man ager E C The music or announcements to be played should be available in PCM WAV format 8kHz 16 bit mono The announcement function of an available HiPath Xpressions Compact board can be remotely configured The general Model Dependent Data also applies to HiPath Xpressions Compact based an nouncements see above P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 2 16 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for All Traffic Types Consultation Hold 2 9 Consultation Hold Definition This feature allows users to place a new internal or external call on hold and consult with an existing caller on the same line by placing the existing caller on hold The consultation call ends when the user retrieves the held call If the user hangs up instead of retrieving the held call the held call is transferred or recalled If users place an external call on hold and place another external consultation call they must use the telephone transfer feature to connect the two calls Analog telephones can connect external calls to external stations using the conference feature Related Topics e Section 2 4 Transfer before answering on page 2 6 e Section 2 5 Screened Transfer on page 2 8 e Section 2 6 Conference on page 2 9 Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300
492. tation that has activated this type of message the advisory message appears on the caller s display Messages can contain variable parameters The user enters the parameters such as the time when activating the feature Users can use the numeric keypad on the telephone to enter ad ditional characters With an optiset E memory telephone users can enter and send but not store an additional individualized message The message is also displayed at the initiator s telephone so that co workers are also advised 10 default system wide advisory messages are provided These can be changed via adminis tration using Manager T HiPath 3000 5000 Manager C and HiPath 3000 Manager E This feature can be activated deactivated via a DISA connection by its own station user or for another user with the aid of the feature Associated Services The Flags screen is one of three screens in the System Status pathway of HiPath 3000 Man ager E that provides station specific rather than system specific status information You can use the Flags screen to see if a station has activated an Advisory Message or not Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements optiset E or optiPoint telephone with display Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Number of
493. tations only Call charges Toll charges are assigned to the party who set up the toll call When a call is transferred or released the toll charges are assigned to the remaining internal station from the moment the call is released Conference partici pants when external applications are con CSTA Phase II places a limit on the length of CSTA messages Con ferences with more than three participants exceed this limit and can cause the connected applications to malfunction when at least one nected via CSTA station is monitored by CSTA This is why the option to expand conferences to include more than three participants is not offered in the menu and will be rejected if you try to invoke it with a code DISA The conference feature cannot be invoked from an external DISA sta tion Parking Conference calls cannot be parked P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 2 10 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for All Traffic Types Conference Subject Dependency Restriction Silent monitoring Silent Monitoring limits the maximum number of conferences Maxi mum number of conferences possible in system maximum number of simultaneous Silent Monitoring stations Conferences with IP workpoint clients For this feature gateway channels of the HiPath HG1500 board s will be used The number of workpoint clients TDM and IP involved in the conference determines the number of nec
494. tempts deferred path replacement see be low for prerequisites Path replacement is performed in the following situations e After transfer scenarios e Connect after call forwarding or call forwarding no answer if it can be recognized using the facility information Exceptions e Connection after group ringing or group call e Basic call without features e If after a feature e g Transfer is selected only TDM devices in the same node are in volved in a call the IP route is also replaced there is no path replacement for TDM devices in different nodes connected via IP trunking e There is no path replacement for conferences e Path replacement is interrupted if another feature is activated during a path replacement process Cross references e The DMC Direct Media Control feature uses path replacement messages as a Carrier message for additional DMC information P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 9 29 feature09 fm Networking Toggle 9 17 Toggle Definition The conditions described for Toggle also apply to networked systems That is station users can use the Toggle feature to toggle between callers including those orig inated or received on CorNet call routes Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X X X Hardware requirements
495. termine the incoming preference this setting applies to a particular telephone If more than one MULAP is connected to a telephone an in coming preference can be set for each MULAP Only the last setting entered for the incoming preference applies to the telephone e f incoming preference is deactivated a call cannot be answered by going off hook or pressing the speaker key the system attempts to execute an outgoing seizure e If No incoming preference is selected for a telephone the setting applies to all incom ing calls to this telephone Calls to the local station number can be answered only by pressing a station number DSS or general call key Outgoing Calls Initiating an outgoing call An outgoing call can be initiated by going off hook pressing the speaker key or pressing a call digit MULAP station number or DSS key When an outgoing call is initiated a station number is assigned and the called party is dis played In the default configuration device without MULAP the local station number is as signed when the line is seized If seizure is via a MULAP the MULAP group number is as signed P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 47 feature08 fm Other Features Team Top Outgoing Preference Outgoing preference automatic outgoing seizure Each station is assigned an outgoing preference The primary stations in the MULAP groups and the executives in the ex
496. th 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction T1 Trunks T1 trunks support DTMF signaling only Protocols The protocols for processing ANI and DNIS digits depends on the service and the carrier P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 65 feature11 fm ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only 11 3 28 Connected Party Display Definition For users calling from a HiPath 3000 telephone this feature displays the connecting party num ber through the BRI if the public network provides it If the connected party number information is restricted the HiPath 3000 does not forward or use the connected party number for any pur pose Users can override this feature system wide Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 11 66 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 3 29 Definition Message Waiting ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only This feature indicates that there is a message
497. th 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 11 49 feature11 fm ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only 11 3 12 Definition Call Forwarding CF All calls for the ISDN port can be forwarded Three different types of call forwarding CF are available e Call forwarding unconditional CFU All calls for the ISDN port are immediately forwarded to any port e Call forwarding busy CFB Same as CFU but only if the line is busy e Call forwarding no reply CFNR Same as CFU but only if the call is not answered within a specified period 15 s Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction CF Forwarding is always performed for the first basic access necessi tating that the first Sp port is present in the system CF This service is activated telephony speech and 3 1 kHz audio only Internal to So Internal stations support CFU only to prevent conflicts with call man agement 11 50 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description ISDN Features U S ISDN Features for U S Only 11 3 13 Call Hold CH Definition Call hold CH is important
498. th ComScendo Service Resilience Configuration Notes P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 14 8 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Index Numerics 3PTY See three party conference A Account code ACCT 10 12 Administration of Plus Products via PPP 12 10 Administration via LAN 12 3 Administration via PPP 12 8 Advice of charge 11 10 Advice of charges during a call not for U S 10 2 Advisory messages 6 19 Allocation mode 11 32 Alternate carriers U S Only 5 16 Analog direct inward dialing with MFC R2 4 39 Announcement before answering 4 35 configuring 4 35 Announcements 2 15 AOC See advice of charge AOC D not for U S 10 2 Appointments 8 25 Assigning speed dialing numbers to ITR groups 4 71 Associated dialing 8 12 Associated services 8 14 Automatic call completion on no CCNR on the trunk interface 4 78 Automatic callback when free or busy 6 7 Automatic incoming call connection with UCD 3 42 Automatic Number Identification ANI 3 62 Automatic Recall 2 18 Automatic Wake up System 8 25 Available Not available 3 37 reply P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description hp3hp5featurelX fm B Channel Allocation 3 77 B channel cut through operation mode 11 59 Basic electronic key telephone system 11 63 Basic MULAP groups 8 43 Basic rate interface 11 29 CAID 11 35 11 36 CO protocol 11 36 parameters 11 35 PDID 11 35 SPID 11 35 11 36 Basic rate tr
499. the destination station Automatic recall Call charges Toll charges are assigned to the switching station until the call is picked up or released After the destination station answers the charges are assigned to it P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 2 6 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for All Traffic Types Transfer before answering Subject Dependency Restriction Call charges If the destination is an external destination the call charges are as signed to the transferring station as long as the destination answers the call DSS Direct Station Selection Pressing a DSS key in talk state results in an immediate Consultation call with the party designated by the DSS key In effect it replaces the procedure Consult Destination Do Not Disturb Transferring a call to a station in Do not Disturb results in an immedi ate recall to the transferring station If the transferring station is itself in a Do Not Disturb state a Recalling transferred call overrides the DND function and rings the telephone Music on Hold The called party hears MOH if provided External destinations An external call can only be transferred to another external destina tion in the same system or in another node via CorNet if one of the trunks can provide release supervision ground start PRI BRI DID T1 Busy stations Only two calls can be transferred to a bus
500. the message Do not disturb is also displayed on optiset E or optiPoint telephones with display On all other optiset E or optiPoint telephones the station LED indicates a busy state The attendant console night station or any authorized station can override DND The call is then immediately transferred to a station with DND and the AC can then immediately transfer a blind call If the station has activated the ringer cutoff feature the call is signaled visually only If the station with do not disturb activated is engaged in a call the incoming call is signaled as call waiting A caller who dials a telephone with DND activated receives a busy signal and is not allowed to camp on Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject AC night station Call forwarding CF Dependency Restriction The AC and night station cannot activate DND You cannot specify DND if call forwarding is active on the same tele phone Call forwarding CF Callback You cannot activate call forwarding to a telephone with DND If a callback is initiated to a station with DND activated the callback is not executed until DND is deactivated If the subscriber w
501. thout lifting the handset can be done via phones with a microphone Through lifting the handset the call becomes a normal two party call Speaker calls permit announcements to groups paging zones of up to 20 stations This fea ture is also called internal paging In this case group members have no direct answering op tion If a member of a paging group goes off hook during a page the call then becomes a normal two party call Group members can include optiset E and optiPoint telephones Speaker calls and internal paging options are available on internal optiset E and optiPoint tele phones with loudspeakers and with optiPoint 400 410 and optiClient 130 They are activated by means of a key or a code For each extension it is possi ble to configure whether the user can receive a speaker call Speaker call To place a Speaker Call to a station the user dials the default access code 80 or can press the Program Service key scroll to and select the prompt 80 Speaker Call then enter the destination number hears confirmation tone and announces the call Non display and analog telephones use the access code followed by the station number At the receiving end the user hears a short burst of ring followed by the introduction from the calling party The Mic Mute key LED is lit to advise the called party that the caller cannot hear The called party can go off hook to answer the call or if the telephone has a microphone press the Mute b
502. tification Presentation COLP 05 11 8 11 1 8 Connected Line Identification Restriction COLR 0 11 9 11 1 9 Advice of Charge AOC 0 6c eens 11 10 11 1 10 Call FonvardinguCr 0 0 oes Gis oti ats tate be bee a et tunct he dawn clint Wie eee 11 11 11 1 11 External Call Forwarding occ yet ange tease ie Pelee a dos er eee es wet 11 13 11 142 Call Deflection CD ws sande tu Gee Gua ett a E ieee oa a Satoh ed copes 11 14 11 113 Subaddressing SUB cc cade eit te dso e DSM eres CaS ees e HE Sete 11 15 11 1 14 Malicious Call Identification MCID 0 0 0 ce 11 16 11 1 15 Competition of Calls to Busy Subscribers CCBS 04 11 18 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 6 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Contents P16 Call Hold CH eo a lewis cune eG Rama oe ee iio ee eee oe Pea gate Sw eg 11 19 11 1 17 Three Party Conference 8PTY 000 eee eee eee eee 11 20 11 1 18 Call Waiting CW oer see ater esre ee etsy Ane A a eek ee Saha eee Ras ieee 11 21 11 1 19 Telephone Portability TP 0 0 ccc cee eee 11 22 11 1 20 User to User Signaling UUS1 0 0 0 0 eee 11 23 11 1 21 Explicit Call Transfer ECT n n aaa SG ai oiete de bet wae emta Rae dete 11 24 11 1 22 Point to Point Connection on the User Side 0 000005 11 25 11 1 23 Programming National and International Codes for Outgoing Calls 11 26 11 1 24 C
503. timulus in terface of the HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 The user acknowledges the message traffic using the display As a result keypad dialing can be done only on optiset E and optiPoint telephones with display mobile telephones HiPath cordless with optiset E or optiPoint menu navigation and IP telephones with stimulus interfac es An authorized station can activate keypad dialing using the service menu or using the 503 code This is possible only in the idle state Then the station must select an ISDN trunk that the feature can use HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 cannot prevent improper use such as call charges fraud or trunk blocking The customer must be informed that Siemens AG accepts no liability whatsoever for damages resulting from the improper use of this feature The actions carried out using keypad dialing are not subject to any system control Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX x x x Hardware requirements Digital trunk connection optiset E or optiPoint telephone with display mobile telephone Hi Path cordless with optiset E or optiPoint menu navigation or IP telephone with stimulus interface Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 2 or later V1 2 or later V1 2 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 73 feature04
504. tion When the callback destination finishes its call when busy or initiates an outgoing call the system calls back First the system calls the user who initiated the call After that user answers the system calls back the station the initiating user wishes to speak with A telephone can initiate up to two Callback requests and be the destination for up to two re quests Further requests beyond these limits are rejected Callback requests are deleted when e the call is completed e the initiator cancels the request e the system deletes daily at 11 57 p m all callbacks that were initiated towards other CorNet nodes Callback requests can be set on internal stations and groups but not to groups located in other CorNet nodes Callback Requests Set on a Group e A request set on a hunt group is set on the first member of the group e A request set on a Group Call is set on the first member of the group Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Callbacks per station 5 5 65 5 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 6 7 feature06 fm Features for Internal Traffic Automatic Callback When Free or Busy Dependencies Restrictio
505. tion 5 25 feature05 fm Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing for U S Only Using the E Parameter The parameter E n can occur more than once in the string and can be placed in any position The parameter E n can be arranged in any order depending on n A specific field can be ad dressed multiple times including in sequence With the exception of the E7A combination E n can be surrounded by any other parameters The ncan be any number between one and 10 Using the M Parameter The parameter M n can occur only once in the string This letter must not be in the final posi tion The ncan be any number between one and 16 Using the P Parameter The parameter P n can occur more than once in the string and can be placed in any position It can be surrounded by any parameter The pause length is n times the length of the system pause The ncan be any number between one and 60 Using the S Parameter The parameter Scan occur only once in the string and should not be placed in the final position in the string It cannot precede the C parameter Using the C Parameter The parameter C can occur only once in the string The digits following C are sent without dial pause The parameter C is used for carrier access with single stage two stage DICS and PRI It cannot be used after S Using the U Parameter The parameter U can occur only once in the string It should not be placed in the final position
506. tion 9 7 feature09 fm Networking Supported features depending on networking protocol Feature Abbrevi Interworking Interworking Interworking Interworking ation HiPath 4000 DSS1 CO CorNet N QSIG con 3000 connected to HiPath 3000 nected to ConNet NQ HiPath 3000 V4 0 connect HPath 3000 CorNet Q ed to HPath CorNet NQ lt gt DSS1 3000 lt gt ISO CorNet NQ QSIG lt gt Cornet N Call Waiting cw Y Y Y Y Number Identification Calling Line Identification CLIP Y Y Y Y Presentation Calling Line Identification CLIR Y Y Y Y Restriction Connected Line Identification COLP Y Y Y Y Presentation Connected Line Identification COLR Y Y Y Y Restriction Name Identification Calling Connected Name CNIP Y N Y Y Identification Presentation Calling Connected Name CNIR Y N Y Y Identification Restriction Do Not Disturb Override DND N N N N Do Not Disturb DNDO Call Diversion Call Forwarding Unconditional CFU Y Y Y Y Call Forwarding Busy CFB Y Y Y Y Call Forwarding No Reply CFNR Y Y Y Y Call Deflection CD N N N N Charging Features Advice of Charge at Call Setup AOC S N N N N Advice of Charge during Call AOC D Y Y Y Y Advice of Charge at the end of the AOC E Y Y Y Y call Tabelle 9 2 Networking Features HiPath 3000 5000 V5 0 HiPath 4000 V2 0 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 9 8 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6
507. tion transit through external transfer 9 Outgoing connection via call for warding to an external destination 0 Call information caller list is output immediately when an incoming call is received output can be suppressed This can be used for instance for a da tabase search by a PC When multiple stations are called a line is output for each individual station without ring du ration call duration call detail informa tion 2 Right P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 10 27 feature10 fm Features for Call Detail Recording Call Detail Recording Central CDRC Table 10 1 Compressed Output Format Explanation of Output Fields Sheet 6 of 7 Field Fields Definition Number of Orien position V 24 out characters tation put only Continua 75to 76 e 20 Offset as a code for call setup 2 Right tion of 9 charges connection setup without call duration e 80 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V1 0 and later offset as an ID for a follow up data record in the case of call duration gt 24h contiguous call segments with the same line station number for ex ample after transferring a call af ter clearing a conference Can occur in combination with offset 40 e 40 Offset for a data record with tran sit code by an extension in the sub system Can occur in combination with offset 30 e 50 Offset as a code for DISA calls e
508. tions Subject Dependency Restriction Display Available in Austria only P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 8 16 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 9 Definition Services in the Talk State Other Features Services in the Talk State During a call a station can activate services or perform administrative tasks in the system via system administration Users activate this feature by pressing the Program Service key or with a non display or an an alog telephone by pressing the Consultation key or hook switch flash The features that can be activated during a call are identified in each of the descriptions Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Call forwarding Call forwarding can be activated during a call P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 17 feature08 fm Other Features Reset Activated Features 8 10 Reset Activated Features Implementing features see also Manager E Reset Activated Features Definition Users can reset all of the features currently set on the telephones by entering a code The following
509. tive MULAP group basic MULAP group and its MULAP key and the ring transfer and DSS keys are configured automatically The basic and executive MULAP groups are assigned the original station numbers of the primary station executive and the primary station executive is assigned a pseudo station number examples 4711 becomes 4711 12345 becomes 2345 654321 becomes 4321 Configure the feature using HiPath 3000 Manager E as follows Step Action 1 Configure Top default Options 2 Incoming calls 3 Team Top P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 8 42 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Other Features Team Top 8 14 3 MULAP Groups There are two types of MULAP group Basic MULAP groups These groups form the basis for Team configurations In addition secretary MULAPs are configured by means of basic MULAP groups Members can be primary stations primary station CMIs and non primary stations Primary stations and primary station CMIs are automatically assigned the outgoing pref erence and incoming MULAP call signaling tone LED and display The following can be administered Outgoing preference for all masters and master CMIs This includes automatic outgoing assignment Incoming preference for all members This includes automatic incoming assignment Incoming MULAP call signaling for all members DSS keys for all members All members can activate and deactiv
510. tives of the executive MULAP are monitored The callback is not ex ecuted until a primary station or executive has been activated The MULAP is always called when the callback is executed This means that a callback initiated on a free executive MULAP will also call the executive MULAP when it is ex ecuted When a user sends a text message to a MULAP the message is delivered to all the primary stations in the basic MULAP or all the executives in the executive MULAP The message waiting LED for the mailbox is also activated on all the primary stations in the basic MULAP or executives in the executive MULAP MULAP calls are indicated only in the caller list of the primary stations and executives When making an entry in the caller list only the station called will be entered This entry is extended depending on whether or not the station called is a MULAP number AND MULAP call forwarding is active for this MULAP AND the system flag is set The caller list entry is saved for the destination station if these conditions are satisfied P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 53 feature08 fm Other Features Storing Procedures on Procedure Keys 8 15 Storing Procedures on Procedure Keys Implementing features see also Manager E Storing Procedures on Procedure Keys Definition This feature allows the user to configure procedure keys and to program them with procedures The programming
511. to start when the queue is empty With the SLA interface method the announcement device must reach the end of its message before returning to start This can be critical if the message is lengthy The following types of announcement are available e Section 3 1 12 6 Recorded Announcement Music on Hold MOH with UCD e Section 4 2 10 Announcement Before Answering e Section 4 2 9 DTMF DID e Section 6 9 Message Texts Mailboxes Message Waiting Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X X X Hardware requirements for TDM Free analog Free analog Free analog subs ports subs ports subs ports STRB STRBR for Start REALS for REAL for Stop Start Stop Start Stop TMEW2 TIEL Hardware requirements for IP Free MOH channels STMI2 HXGM2 HXGS2 HXGS2 HXGM3 HXGS3 HXGS3 HXGSR2 HXGSR2 HXGR3 HXGR3 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 2 15 feature02 fm Features for All Traffic Types Announcements Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Announcement devices 16 16 4 1 Simultaneous announcements 32 32 32 32 Dependencies Restrictions
512. to this intercept posi tion during an intercept If an intercept position has not been configured intercepted calls are signaled at the station that has a call assignment for the intercepted trunk During intercepts call management is entered using the intercept station as the basis If the intercept position cannot be reached the call is signaled at a night bell if entered or the call waits in a queue at the intercept position Users can activate the intercept feature under the following conditions e Intercept no answer If there is no answer the call follows the entries in call management If the end of the CM elements is reached the system determines whether or not an intercept after timeout should occur Calls are intercepted if they cannot be switched because there are no avail able stations e Intercept busy if no additional forwarding is possible If a station is busy the system determines whether or not call waiting is possible If call waiting is not possible signaling security or intercept criterion the call follows the entries in call management If the call cannot be signaled at any station the system deter mines whether the call should be intercepted or released In general intercept busy only applies to the first call not to switched or outgoing connec tions A recall of an external station is not immediately intercepted when the destination station is busy instead call waiting is activated P31003 H3560 L40
513. tor as on analog trunks 11 10 P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description ISDN Features Euro ISDN Features not for U S 11 1 10 Call Forwarding CF Definition Three different types of call forwarding CF are available e Chaining call forwarding unconditional Users can activate variable call forwarding or call forwarding preset by key programming unconditional immediate for the following call types Incoming internal calls only Incoming external calls only All calls This is possible even if the same station is already set as a forwarding destination or if the forwarding destination has already activated call forwarding The message Chaining invalid no longer appears when you enter a second call forward ing destination during programming When a user forwards a dialed party to a station which already activated unconditional im mediate call forwarding to another station the system monitors the number of call forward ing operations allowed A preprogrammed counter limits the number of call forwarding op erations to a total of 5 The following example clarifies this procedure Stn A activated call forwarding to stn B 1 CFU Stn B activated call forwarding to stn C 2 CFU Stn C activated call forwarding to stn D 3 CFU Stn D activated call forwarding to stn E 4 CFU Stn E activated call forwarding to stn F 5 CFU Stn F
514. ture12 f m Features via LAN SNMP Functionality 12 Features via LAN 12 1 SNMP Functionality Definition As part of the TCP IP protocol family the Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP is an easy to use platform for performing management tasks in the HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 system software SNMP is used as a kind of management agent in HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 making it possible to monitor and administer LAN components including HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 it self from a central location This involves e addressing HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 via the TCP IP protocol family e allowing external management applications such as HiPath Fault Management HP Open View and IBM Tivoli to access data in HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 using SNMP messages such as GET SET TRAP e implementing remote maintenance tasks online port status enabling and disabling ports determining free ports e transmitting service related class B errors e visualizing the operating status of HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 systems Overview of SNMP Functions e Management Information Bases MIBs MIBs define the volume of data that can be administered via SNMP They are data models that describe the network elements to be administered in a very specific form HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 supports standard MIB II according to the RFC1213 Internet standard which provides Internet and router functions parts of the RMON 1 2 standard MIBs RFC 1757 RFC 2021 The fol
515. ue list If the user activated DND prior to receiving a recall from a queued trunk the trunk reservation is cancelled and the trunk is offered to the next station in the queue list If the user had invoked Call forward CFNA or CF the recalling trunk will ignore the call forward and continue to ring at the requesting station If not answered within default 20 seconds the trunk reservation is cancelled A recalling trunk cannot be picked up by either Call Pick up group or Call pick up Directed If a reservation is placed against a trunk which has an appearance at one or more stations the Trunk key s LED flashes at the recall rate at the station that invoked the queue request The LED will be lit steadily at all other appearances Only one queue reservation request is possible per telephone If a second reservation is at tempted it overwrites the first A system wide flag Trunk reservation enables disables this feature This feature can be invoked in one of the following two ways e Manual reservation for display telephones e Automatic reservation for all other types of telephones Trunk Reservation Automatic When this flag is activated and if a station is not assigned a free trunk after the usual simplified dialing procedures random or specific Busy tone is signaled at the station After a fixed period 5 seconds a positive acknowledgment tone is applied and the trunk is reserved provided that the station has the ap
516. uires PDID values instead of CAID values for more information refer to PDID ad ministration on Page 11 37 If you are unsure of the CO protocol consult the ISDN provider SPID administration allows customers to set service profile identification designator values Each BRI line is assigned two SPID values The HiPath 3000 systems support up to eight SPIDs The SPID values can be assigned to any combination of digital stations or digital data terminals and could be required for some data terminals SPID numbers are used by the CO to identify each terminal for features such as message waiting call transfer and conference Cus tomers must configure the numbers in sequence according to the order of the stations in the system A primary directory number is assigned to each SPID address number Consult the BRI provider for specific SPID number information CAID administration allows customers to set call appearance identification values when the CO switch type is AT amp T or EWSD CAID values are one or two digits that are assigned by the cen tral office to the primary and secondary system numbers A CAID value represents a talk path from a voice station or a data terminal to a BRI channel At least one CAID must be pro grammed for each extension so that external calls can be received and answered directly with out going through the switch Each device in the system can have up to four CAID values Multiple CAID values must be assigned to a
517. ult the system behaves in every respect in the same way as it would for call forwarding to a night destination A list for night service controls external DID calls This method is also known as assigned night service because it enables users to assign different night destinations to individual lines The switchover between day and night service is done on the system telephone by pressing a system telephone key that has been programmed for this purpose or by entering a code for the switchover When the communication system is switched to night service mode all stations use the night service table Furthermore the handling of incoming calls is set to Night in the allo cation table When the communication system is switched to day service all stations use the day service table Furthermore the handling of incoming calls is set to Day in the allocation table Night Service The Night Service function defines how calls are handled when the system is placed in night service mode Up to five stations are authorized to switch the system to night service This list can be changed using HiPath 3000 Manager E Authorized Stations for Night Service list An Intercept station can also be defined for Night Service This station does not need to be the same station called during Night Service This intercept position can be an individual station or a group Separate intercept positions can be entered for day calls and for night calls The Night Inte
518. ulta 100 100 100 30 neous texts Maximum number of charac 24 24 24 24 ters in text No of message texts 10 10 10 10 Max no of messages on op 5 5 5 5 tiset E and optiPoint clients with a display Max no of messages on mo 5 5 5 5 bile telephones Max no of messages on op 1 1 voicemail message tiset E and optiPoint clients without a display and or ana log telephones Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Message texts two stations The texts are automatically deleted when a call is set up between the Message texts Telephones with alphanumeric keyboards can also be used to enter individualized texts that are not stored Voicemail texts is not affected by the system A separate text is available for voice mail The maximum number of Special dial tone With HiPath 3750 and HiPath 3700 an announcement is issued in announcement stead of a special dial tone France The country specific default for France is to use the special dial tone as the acoustic signaling for all telephones P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 6 18 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Internal Traffic Advisory Messages 6 10 Advisory Messages Implementing features see also Manager E Advisory Messages Definition optiset E and optiPoint telephones with display can activate an advisory message that has been configured in the system When a user calls a s
519. umber DID number for every PSTN interface in the service cen ter for external access to HiPath 3000 This number is not the station number previously used for administration via an integrated digital modem B channel or integrated analog modem IM ODC Baud rate 9600 baud 19200 baud 38400 baud or 57600 baud For analog modem there are the following specific values parameters for IMODC You can establish a connection between the service center and HiPath 3000 via the integrated digital modem B channel or the integrated analog modem IMODC The point to point proto col PPP is used in both cases for data exchange HiPath 3000 PSTN ee analog or digital Service center Central Board telecommunica service PC tion network with Modem eal HiPath 3000 Man Interface ager E Figure 12 6 Remote Administration of HiPath 3000 via PPP If the connection is established via callback HiPath 3000 first of all denies a connection request from the service center HiPath 3000 Manager E A callback is then set up to the service cen ters calling party number transferred via the PSTN connection s D channel P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 12 8 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Model Specific Data Features via LAN Remote Administration of HiPath 3000 via PPP Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350
520. umbering plan Public Networks require that DID calls to a station that is out of service or is otherwise unreach able for example do not disturb must be intercepted to a station an answering position or to an announcement device It is therefore necessary to program intercept destinations for DID stations In HiPath 3000 Manager E and Manager T the DID number corresponding to an internal call number can be up to 11 digits in length For an incoming call on an ISDN PRI line the PBX number is blanked out to the left of the in coming call number The remaining portion of the call number is interpreted by the system as a DID number DID calls can appear on MUSAP keys Refer to Section 4 2 5 Selective Seizure of a DID Num ber Using a MUSAP Key Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX x x X Hardware requirements So trunk board Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Entrance telephone MOH Room monitor speaker telephone type These stations cannot be reached from the outside by direct inward dialing P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 25 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming Exter
521. unction Definition This is an expansion of the Relocate feature found in V1 0 or earlier The new Relocate feature allows an optiset E and optiPoint 500 station to use a procedure to change the assignment between the physical telephone port and the logical station data user profile Example the telephone used by station 220 is connected to the second port of the SLMO board in slot 01 220 0102 and the telephone used by station 330 is on the fourth port of the SLMO board in slot 03 330 0304 After executing the relocate function the station data belonging to station 220 is assigned to the fourth port of the SLMO board in slot 03 220 0304 and the data belonging to station 330 is assigned to the second port of the SLMO board in slot 01 330 0102 key layout If you exchange user profiles from different types of optiset E or optiPoint 500 indi vidually programmed key functions on the basic device are replaced with the default values You may only exchange user profiles of the same type of optiset E or optiPoint 500 You can also use Relocate on preconfigured SLMO or SLU boards which means on boards that are not physically present and on SLMO or SLU ports that do not have telephones con nected Note on configuring the virtual HW ports Virtual not physically present SLMO SLU boards can be preconfigured with HiPath 3000 Manager E Virtual not physically present optiset E and optiPoint 500 teleph
522. unk group and continues in descending order Low begins searching at the lowest numbered B channel of the lowest numbered T1 span in the PRI trunk group and continues in ascending order Select the opposite mode from that used by the CO this will avoid collisions when both the CO and the HiPath 3000 are trying to seize a channel Number of B channels allows users to enter the number of B channels for the system so that the system knows where to begin searching for channels to allocate The number entered here depends on the number of B channels that the customer has ordered P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 11 32 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description ISDN Features U S ISDN for U S Only Trunk group calling service allows users to select the type of service for each trunk group The HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3500and HiPath 3300 support 36 types of trunk group ser vice Customers select the type of service according to the service ordered from the ISDN pro vider If you are unsure the trunk group calling service consult the ISDN provider for more information The following tables outline the voice and data services available through the public network providers in the North American market Table 11 3 Inter Exchange IEC Protocol Calling Services ATT 4ESS MCI DMS250 SPRINT Westing FTS2000 MCI DMS250 DMS250 DMS 5ESS DEX600 In WATS 800 Megac
523. unks and least cost routing U S only 5 19 B channel allocation mode 11 32 B channel selection 11 56 terminating 11 58 Block dialing 4 55 C CACH EKTS See Call appearance call handling elec tronic key telephone system CAID See call appearance 11 36 See call appearance identification Call allocation 4 18 Call appearance call handling electronic key telephone system 11 64 Call appearance identification 11 35 definition 11 36 Call collect barring for ISDN trunks 11 28 Call collect barring per station 4 38 Call collect barring per trunk 4 37 Call connection 4 20 Call deflection 11 14 Call detail recording at station 10 6 attendant not for U S 10 8 central 10 16 compressed output format 10 20 compressed output format LAN 10 23 Z 1 hp3hp5featurelX fm long output format 10 30 per trunk not for U S 10 10 Call detail recording attendant 10 8 Call duration display on telephone 10 4 Call forwarding 3 16 11 11 Call Forwarding CF US ISDN 11 50 Call forwarding busy and no answer 3 14 Call forwarding unconditional CFU 11 13 Call forwarding no answer after a timeout 3 11 Call Hold 2 1 Call hold 11 19 Call keys 4 11 least cost routing and U S only 5 19 Call management announcement before answering 4 35 feature 3 6 Call pickup within call pickup groups 3 55 Call pickup from answer machine 3 58 Call waiting 3 4 11 21 U S ISDN 11 42 11 53 Call Waiting Tone 3 4 Call by call service 11 39 Call charge display
524. up can also be a call forwarding destination Call forwarding per MULAP group After dialing the CF per MULAP code the user must enter the MULAP number optiset E and optiPoint telephones with a display and CMI telephones use the same menu system as a CF device The user must also enter the MULAP number when programming a CF per MULAP key The menu system is the same as for a CF key Instead of entering the MULAP number the user can press the MULAP key A partially programmed with MULAP number without CF destination or fully pro grammed with MULAP number and CF destination CF per MULAP key can also be programmed For each MULAP a CF per MULAP key with an internal or external destination can be configured for each telephone Call forwarding via associated services In this case the MULAP number must be entered twice once to indicate the source and once to indicate the trunk Execution of call forwarding When a forwarded MULAP is seized a special dial tone is activated When a call is forwarded a CF device has priority A call is forwarded to the station CF destination If CF per MULAP is activated the call is forwarded to the MULAP CF des tination There is no parallel signaling on the MULAP and CF destination Only the call forward ing destination is called Secretarial function transfer Using the ring transfer function the secretary can switch calls to the executive and initiate a secretarial function transf
525. up ringing group has activated DND group connection is not carried out at that station Timed reminder An active timed reminder does not follow group ringing No group ringing on busy If the flag is set no group ringing will take place if the station is busy P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 21 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic 4 2 3 Night Service Implementing features see also Manager E Night Service Definition Night service forwards all calls that reach the attendant console to a predefined destination Users can define either an individual station or a group as a destination Users can also use a central bell in conjunction with night service to alert any personnel night shift to night calls HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 distinguishes between day service fixed night service and variable night service In the case of day service and fixed night service incoming external calls follow the tables and call destination lists entered in CM for day service and night service regardless of the station type With variable night service to a voice station calls follow the call destination lists for fixed night service and are then intercepted by the variable night station All other call destinations for fixed night service are considered to be invalid and are replaced by the variable night station As a res
526. ures for Outgoing External Traffic 4 3 14 Temporary Station Number Display Suppression Definition This feature prevents a calling or called party from receiving a station number display The fea ture is designed as a changeover function That is the changeover applies until it is deliberately canceled changeover repeated This feature applies only to incoming from or outgoing calls to an ISDN public network connec tion The system wide flag Call number suppression on can be set to suppress the system Caller ID display The default setting is off that is the number is not suppressed The feature is designed as a changeover function that is the changeover applies until it is de liberately canceled changeover repeated The system wide flag Call Number Suppression Override does not apply in the US All types of telephones can invoke this feature The Flags screen is one of three screens in the System Status pathway of HiPath 3000 Man ager E that provides station specific rather than system specific status information You can use the Flags screen to see if a station has activated Number Suppression or not Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in X X x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependenc
527. utes the call based on a time of day schedule and the station s least cost routing class of service Destination Dependent Evaluation The dialed digit sequence may be converted to a new digit sequence after evaluation or it may be preceded by additional digits such as the carrier information of the destination 5 2 4 LCR Time of Day Evaluation The time table allows the system to evaluate the availability of a selected route according to a maximum of eight time zones For each weekday the number can be evaluated in hour minute intervals throughout the day 5 2 5 LCR Dial Rules The dialed number can be converted to any new digit sequence up to 40 digits The system can evaluate up to 514 digit sequences dialed from the station Wildcards may be used in the LCR dial plan table The system supports 254 dial rules for digit translation requirements as well P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 5 17 feature05 fm Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing for U S Only 5 2 6 Expensive Route Identification If the first route selection in the route table is busy the LCR function can advance to the next expensive route configured in the route group table The system can notify the user of this with an audible signal an optical signal or both Users can then decide whether they would like to use the assigned route or hang up 5 2 7 Overflow Options When the L
528. utton to reactivate the microphone The caller can invoke this feature by using a key programmed on the telephone The LED is lit for the duration of the Speaker call Direct answering The operation is similar to the above except that the called party can allow Speaker calls to be immediately connected without having to enable the microphone To enable the Direct Answering function the user dials the default access code 96 or presses the Program Service key and scrolls to and selects the prompt 96 HF answerback On To disable the feature the feature Speaker Call remains active the user dials the default ac cess code 96 Internal Paging The operation is similar to the feature Speaker Call except that the caller dials 80 followed by a Call Group number After the hearing the tone the user can make an announcement P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 6 10 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for Internal Traffic Speaker call Stations in a group which are busy or in DND do not receive the internal paging Calls placed to a group while an internal page is in progress hear only busy and only camp on to after the paging has been terminated Calls placed to a telephone which has been called via Speaker Call only hear busy and are not allowed to camp on to until the Mic Mute function has been disabled Internal Paging and Speaker calls are forwarded if the destination or member of the paging group is forw
529. vailable in xX x x x Hardware requirements Analog trunk board Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 33 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction DTMF DID If the incoming call is not answered within 60 seconds the trunk is re leased Intercept The trunk is released 30 seconds after the call is intercepted P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 34 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Features for External Traffic Features for Incoming External Traffic 4 2 10 Announcement Before Answering Implementing features see also Manager E Announcement Before Answering Definition This feature plays an announcement for external callers from an optional external announce ment device This applies to both analog and digital trunks The announcement can be played either parallel to ringing or only if the call is placed in the announcement device queue The announcement begins after a programmable period and can be heard by several callers simultaneously Users can configure an announcement before answering to relieve an intercept station For this purpose users connect an announcement device which is capable of answering an incoming call and forwarding it to a specific station This f
530. vated P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 25 feature08 fm Other Features Delete All Station Numbers 8 13 Delete All Station Numbers Implementing features see also Manager E Delete All Station Numbers Definition This feature allows you to delete all station numbers quickly and easily Using this feature it is much easier to customize the default numbering plan when installing a new system or retain an existing numbering plan when replacing a non Siemens system Type of Number Default Station Numbers Delete HiPath 3800 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3250 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3150 HiPath 3300 Station numbers 100 749 100 287 11 30 Yes 500 687 51 70 Station DID numbers 100 749 100 287 11 30 Yes 500 687 51 70 Trunk numbers 7801 7920 7801 7860 801 816 Yes Trunk group codes 0 World 0 World 0 World No external codes 9 U S 9 U S 9 U S 80 84 80 84 82 88 Yes 850 859 850 859 USBS station number 891 891 891 Yes Internal amp DID IMOD station number 890 890 890 Yes Internal amp DID Digital modem 879 879 77 amp 879 Yes Internal amp DID Group numbers 350 499 350 499 31 50 Yes Internal amp DID 8600 8749 Internal attendant code 9 World 9 World 9 World Yes intercept station 0 U S 0 U S 0 U S DID attendant code 0 World 0 World 0 World No intercept
531. warding destination The system wide flag controls the call forwarding no answer if an external CF has been activated within a call destination list If the flag is not set the call forwarding no answer ends at the ex ternal CF destination If the flag is set the call forwarding no answer continues out of the external CF destination to the station entered in the call destination list Note For CF on discriminating digit trunks the flag functions only if you have entered a call cycle for the call forwarding no answer P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 13 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic 3 1 5 Call Forwarding CF Busy and No Answer Implementing features see also Manager E Call forwarding CF Busy and No Answer The following call forwarding types are available e Call forwarding no answer If an extension does not answer the system forwards the call to an answering machine or voice mail system after a programmable period of time e Call forwarding busy Callers who call a busy extension receive a busy signal The call destination list determines whether the system carries out call forwarding busy The following are special situations e Group call A group is always busy if all members of the group are busy e Hunt group A hunt group is always busy if all hunt group members are busy e Free g
532. ware requirements V5 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Dependency Restriction Changes can be made from the configuration station only Subject Date time P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 8 3 feature08 fm Other Features Relays 8 3 Relays Implementing features see also Manager E Relays Definition HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 provide control outputs relays on an optional control relay module This enables you to perform the following functions from any connected telephone by entering codes e Manual switch on and off e Timer controlled switch e Door opener control e Connection controlled entrance telephone amplifier e Door busy indicator for a configurable station e Night bell e Second ringer e Announcement device start and stop control e External music on hold MOH control e Second ringer simulation type e Simulation of call charge pulses e Station active The optional control relay modules STRB with HiPath 3550 and HiPath 3350 and STRBR with HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 can be implemented with four control inputs and four out puts each for functions such as monitoring alarm control and adjustment This can be used in security systems or Property Management Systems PMS A control relay module can be con nected for each system HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3500 and HiPath 3300 The relay card REAL which provides four control out
533. wer an incoming call on the Trunk key by pressing the flickering Trunk key e Toggle between several different trunks If a user has an appearance of several Trunk keys on his or her telephone the user can toggle between any of the trunks by pressing the desired Trunk key The first trunk is placed on Consultation Hold at the station Any sub sequent depression of another Trunk key places the last call on Consultation Hold at that telephone If the user goes on hook at any point the last held party is immediately recalled per the Consultation Hold procedure e Call forwarding An incoming call appearing on a Trunk key can be forwarded by the sta tion to another destination If the forward destination does not have an appearance of the trunk the user can handle the call via the dialog keys as a normal incoming call If the for ward station answers the call the LED on all appearances of the Trunk key will be steadily lit If the station has forwarded the external calls to a voice mail system the original destina tion s station number is forwarded to the voice mail system P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 4 9 feature04 fm Features for External Traffic Features for General External Traffic Operation If the default station templates are in effect this feature can only be used on display telephones e Placing a call The user presses an idle Trunk key Simulated dial tone can be prese
534. ws the intercept criteria Group hunt group If no stations in a group or hunt group are available the call camps on at all telephones in the group Entrance telephone Stations that cannot be reached via direct inward dialing Such as entrance telephones should not be entered as stations to which calls are allocated otherwise an intercept will occur DTMF DID With DTMF DID DISA an analog call can be released before the call forwarding no answer process has concluded because the system uses fixed timers to prevent the trunks from freezing up Night bell If a CM element does not have any entries in the first four columns the system immediately calls the night bell regardless of the entry in the seventh column Call Management If a system search is the first item in a CM element the system ig nores subsequent entries in this CM element P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 3 9 feature03 fm Features for General Traffic Features for General Incoming Traffic Subject Dependency Restriction Call Management If a call can no longer be signaled in the system due to an AC failure for example the system sends a busy signal or releases the call Solution Make an entry in the second column of the AC s call destination list System search The system searches all stations and Does not follow call forwarding Skips executive stations Routes only
535. x has a default announcement You can record individual MOH by simply changing the MOH mailbox greetings via HiPath 3000 Manager E C The music or announce ments to be played should be available in PCM WAV format 8kHz 16 bit mono The MOH function of an available HiPath Xpressions Compact board can be remotely config ured P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 2 13 feature02 fm Features for All Traffic Types Music on Hold Internal or External Source Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x HW requirements for TDM free analog subs ports SLMA SLA16 EXM EXM SLMA8 SLA8 16 24N EXMR EXMR TMEW2 TIEL EXMNA EXMNA MPPI MPPI HW requirements for IP free MOH channels STMI2 HXGM2 HXGS2 HXGS2 HXGMS3 HXGS3 HXGS3 HXGSR2 HXGSR2 HXGR3 HXGR3 Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction EXMNA EXMNA is used only in the U S EXM EXMR EXMNA MPPI Connecting the EXM EXMR EXMNA or MPPI board automatically switches the system over to the external music source MOH HiPath 3250 provides limited internal MOH MOH source You cannot use the logical port O as an MOH source MOH source at analog
536. x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Station number sup Temporary or permanent station number suppression cannot be ac pression tivated ISDN SUB addressing The ISDN feature SUB must be applied for or released in the public network Analog trunk DICS can only be used with ISDN P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 5 5 feature05 fm Description of Features for Least Cost Routing Least Cost Routing LCR Not for U S 5 1 1 4 Corporate Network CN Definition A corporate network is an alternative network such as a company owned network that is con nected directly to the HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 The LCR function determines the corresponding trunk group based on the station number di aled and then routes the call either via the trunk group in the public exchange or via the trunk group in the corporate network If necessary the system translates the station number Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath3750 HiPath3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later 5 1 1 5 Main network su
537. xecute the feature over DISA DISA internal Associated services If the user confirms the feature with associated services default 83 lt DID gt 9419 the call does not follow call management for non physical ports It is not possible to activate the feature via associated services Physically not avail able stations For incoming calls to stations which are no longer physically avail able the call follows the call management CFW to PM instead drop ping the call to the intercept This mechanism is available 1 minute after proceeding with this feature or 5 minutes after a system hard re start Display status infor mation If a relocate session was successful the user will see in the optiset E or optiPoint 500 display status information Higher prior display texts like View Messages cover up the status indication Key LED The feature access can be set up on a key of an optiset E or optiPoint 500 station The LED of this key will be never used Lock code Hoteling is possible with code lock active To delete the status indica tion during code lock active is possible Activation of relocate Activation of the feature is only possible if the station is idle First two SLMO or SLU hardware ports The feature cannot be accessed on the first two SLMO or SLU hard ware ports optiClient 130 You cannot execute the feature with optiClient 130 IP device You cannot execute the feature w
538. y Restriction Group mailboxes For groups and MULAPs the Entry Voice Mail EVM information is only displayed for the first station In HiPath Xpressions Compact the feature functions without restric tions P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 2 29 feature02 fm Features for All Traffic Types Whisper Off Hook Announcement 2 17 Whisper Off Hook Announcement Definition The Whisper Off Hook Announcement feature allows stations station C in the illustration to monitor an existing call between two stations stations A and B in the illustration and to pass on information to one of these stations In other words the connection is switched in such a way that only station A hears station C and station B only hears station A to hear the muffled tones of what user C is saying because of feedback on station A Although there is no connection between station B and station C user B may be able Station A N Station B talks to B and C talks to A hears B and C l hears A Station C talks to A hears A and B ALMU MO The feature is activated by station C by dialing a code There is a partially assigned key on the telephone only the code is assigned to the key the phone number must be dialed A new menu item will be incorporated into the Service menu the Idle Call menu will remain un changed The option for activating the feature is lin
539. y dialed P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 4 46 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description Example SSD 722 0 Features for External Traffic Features for Outgoing External Traffic If the station does dial a DID manual suffix dialing after selecting the SSD and before the specified time has expired 0 is automatically dialed automatic suffix dialing Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in xX x x x Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Speed dialing entries in 1000 1000 1000 300 the system Max length of 25 digits 25 digits 25 digits SSD entries 6 digit trunk access code Max no of characters per 16 16 16 16 name Dependencies Restrictions Subject External station num bers Dependency Restriction Speed dialing destinations can contain external station numbers only External station num bers The external station number must include the trunk group or seizure code Translation of station numbers to names You can assign a name to each speed dialing destination Tenant system If a tenant service is implemented using toll restrictions the system does not check whether trunk seizures are authorized If soeed dial ing is used the system automatically seizes the next free trunk re
540. y ex ternal stations remain in the conference and no backward release criterion is present on loop start trunks a timer Time until warning tone in main station interface transit con is started The default time is 5 minutes The default time is 5 minutes When this timer expires the re maining stations receive a warning tone and the conference is disconnected after a default of 10 seconds This timer time from warning tone until release is variable from O to 42 min Members of the conference call can leave the conference by going on hook or by answering a call waiting However they must call the conference master to be included in the conference once again The status of the Transit allowed via Hook on station flag is evaluated in V5 0 SMR04 or later The following table shows the different ways in which the conference can proceed if the confer ence leader hangs up The End conference Drop last conf party for USA only and Leave conference menu options offered during a conference are still independent of the station flag The same also applies when convening 3 and releasing 3 a conference using a code num ber Stations Station flag Transit allowed via Hook on A Conference B C D selected deselected initiator Internal Internal Internal Stations B and C D The conference is Internal Internal External are connected to ended and all con gether nections are closed Internal External
541. y station simultaneously On a display telephone the state of the called party if internal is dis played Busy or Do Not Disturb P31003 H3560 L403 1 7618 09 05 HiPath 3000 HiPath 5000 V6 0 Feature Description 2 7 feature02 fm Features for All Traffic Types Screened Transfer 2 5 Screened Transfer Definition Users can use screened transfer by initiating a consultation call to an internal user a third par ty after answering a call After the third party answers the user can hang up the phone trans ferring the call received It is also possible to transfer an internal call to an external destination Model Specific Data Subject HiPath 3800 HiPath 3750 HiPath 3550 HiPath 3350 HiPath 3700 HiPath 3500 HiPath 3300 Feature available in x X x X Hardware requirements Software requirements V5 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later V1 0 or later Dependencies Restrictions Subject Dependency Restriction Call charges Toll charges are assigned to the switching station until the call is transferred After the destination station answers the charges are assigned to it External destination In the case of an external destination the transfer must be initiated DSS Pressing a DSS keyin talk state results in an immediate Consultation call with the party designated by the DSS key In effect it replaces the procedure Consult Destination Music

HiPath 3000/HiPath 5000 Version 6.0

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents